Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D11-261 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - JAMBA JUICE - BUILD OUTJAMBA JUICE 566 SOUTHCENTER MALL Di 1-261 City okukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206 - 431 -2451 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Address: 566 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Project Name: JAMBA JUICE Permit Number: D11 -261 Issue Date: 08/18/2011 Permit Expires On: 02/14/2012 Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Contact Person: Name: BRAD DERKACH Address: 3100 E RANDOL MILL RD , ARLINGTON TX 76011 Contractor: Name: ALPINE BUILDERS LLC Address: 12680 MUKILTEOSPEEDWAY , MUKILTEO WA 98275 Contractor License No: ALPINBL891NA Phone: 817- 633 -4200 Phone: 864 - 828 -2950 Expiration Date: 08/02/2013 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: FULL BUILD OUT OF NEW FOOD USE TENANT Value of Construction: $100,000.00 Fees Collected: $2,433.96 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS /AFA International Building Code Edition: 2009 Type of Construction: II -B Occupancy per IBC: 0008 Electrical Service Provided by: PUGET SOUND ENERGY * *continued on next page ** doc: IBC -7/10 D11-261 Printed: 08 -18 -2011 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Size (Inches): 0 Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: Permit Center Authorized Signature: N Date: I t I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Print Name: A1-.A.J7-;,v,4>u/k/ Date: f -/8 -// This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. doc: IBC -7/10 D11-261 Printed: 08 -18 -2011 7: All construction shall be done in conform with the approved plans and the requirem of the International Building Code or International Residential G , International Mechanical Code, Washingt c ate Energy Code. 8: All food preparation establishments must have Seattle /King County Department of Public Health sign -off prior to opening or doing any food processing. Arrangements for final Health Department inspection shall be made by calling Seattle /King County Department of Public Health, (206/296- 4928), at least three working days prior to desired inspection date. On work requiring Health Department approval, it is the contractor's responsibility to have a set of plans approved by the agency on the job site. 9: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 10: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 11: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 12: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 13: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 14: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 15: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 16: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 17: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 18: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 19: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 20: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 21: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 22: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 23: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 24: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) doc: IBC -7/10 D11 -261 Printed: 08 -18 -2011 25: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and operating devices on doors required to b ssible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the st to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 26: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IF'C Chapter 10) 27: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 28: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 29: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 30: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinlder systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinlder work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2050). 31: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 32: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 33: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 34: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 35: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 36: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 37: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 38: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 39: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: IBC -7/10 D11-261 Printed: 08 -18 -2011 CITY OF TUK_A Community Devefflirment Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWkqov Building Peet No. DI( Mechanical Permit No. Plumbing/Gas Permit No. Public Works Permit No. Project No. (For office use only) Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Site Address:5QC0 s .)ITTtlaNtrf 2. M A1-1— Tenant NamekTAKT A ►Ci` Property Owners Name: WFST F IELD Mailing Address: 2-too SovrNC.FNTEQ MAi-` 5 ATP-l: Suite Number: / / / G New Tenant: Floor: City WA State /51- Yes ❑ .. No Zip CONTACT PERSON - who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issued Name: 12PD racik -f-( Mailing Address: 3160 E. CAN-Dm- H 1 L L Day Telephone: SS 11- 633- 4/153 L.IZOo ARUNGTaa City E -Mail Address: BI)eckc,.ch ( pciMS dcsl qn _ corn Fax Number: 817 -cp.33 - H 153 TY 760 State Zip GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION - (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) Company Name: Mailing Address: City Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: State Zip Expiration Date: ARCHITECT OF RECORD - All plans must be stamped by Architect of Record Company Name: MICHAEL BLACK_ Ai Mailing Address: 3100 F . R P DtL rl LL Contact Person:IRA'D Dr,: zr�ctc E -Mail Address:Brierka.ch. OMSGIc'5c. C ot"1 A(L1.INtoTC") City Day Telephone: 2)17 - Fax Number: 5/1 - TX 76011 State Zip 633 - HZcw 633 - y153 ENGINEER OF RECORD - All plans must be stamped by Engineer of Record Company Name SAN 15 L_ A . Rrr45 Mailing Address: 3100 E. 2 AND % l L L RD. Contact Person: -"DANI E J S E -Mail Address:D rZe parv15 Aei v.. Coin H:'Applications\Porms- Applications On Line \2010 Applications \7 -2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised: May 2011 bh AlaiN&i v' TX 76011 City State Zip Day Telephone: 17 '- 653 zoo Fax Number: 5/7 - 633 - '-115 3 c15-71 5-71 Page 1 of 6 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206 - 431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price : $ /00;cLDO Existing uuilding Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): FULL 1301 L'D our OF NEvv Fo6D U$LL TENAKYr Will there be new rack storage? ❑ ....Yes ..No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Er' Sprinklers Er Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes gr. No If 'yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H'. Wpplications\Forms- Applications On Line12010 Applications17 -2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised: May 2011 bh Page 2 of 6 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1" Floor GIG Ty if 11 1) 2nd Floor 3rd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Er' Sprinklers Er Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes gr. No If 'yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H'. Wpplications\Forms- Applications On Line12010 Applications17 -2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised: May 2011 bh Page 2 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Sicable to all permits in this application • Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). fi r I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Signature: Print Name: 5O fl "Pralizsrpa Mailing Address:2 800 Sot HCra e /1 Ai-i- IDate Application Accepted: 1 I Date: c 7 /Z'Ci /i 1 Day Telephone: 32-3— 57 " 3�y¢ T eldILA City State Zip Date Application Expires: 1 )_ 1 Staff Initials: H:\ApplicationsTorms- Applications On Line\2010 Applications \7 -2010 - Permit Application.doc Revised: May 2011 bh Page 6 of 6 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -43 1 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D11 -261 Address: 566 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 07/29/2011 Applicant: JAMBA JUICE Issue Date: Receipt No.: R11 -01796 Initials: User ID: WER 1655 Payment Amount: $1,476.90 Payment Date: 08/18/2011 11:19 AM Balance: $0.00 Payee: PB SWANN SEATTLE LLC TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 400009 1,476.90 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES 000.322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 640.237.114 Total: $1,476.90 1,472.40 4.50 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 08 -18 -2011 • r -- w City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D11-261 Address: 566 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUB:W Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 07/29/2011 Applicant: JAMBA JUICE Issue Date: Receipt No.: R11 -01625 Payment Amount: $957.06 Initials: WER Payment Date: 07/29/2011 03:02 PM User ID: 1655 Balance: $1,476.90 Payee: PRUDENCE SWANN (PHONE) TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Credit Crd VISA Authorization No. 060118 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description 957.06 Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 957.06 Total: $957.06 doc: Receipt-06 Printed: 07 -29 -2011 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit DI/ -26 / PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -367 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: / zj,1 -m Z)v'e' � Type of -Inspection: /../ /1i� I Address: b6 /Vs t/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. / / — /d —// m. Requester: Phone No: pproved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. 9 COMMENTS: r)lf/n, t-a %f_ /r; f � 71 PAvA /Av� an y— mop REJR ECTION FEE REQUIRED,, Prior to next inspection. fee must be p at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INS( CTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ptl 2-" PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: etnikm4-to Oro Type of Inspection: Ri,1A /f y o ��° b% �@.7L p/t ./a cf •4 platie Address: G/14,4// Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Want d:. // / L /h/ a:m. P.m. Requester: • Phone No: -yckt --6 so --4 V -s-- EIApproved per applicable codes. a Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Q , A. /f y o ��° b% �@.7L p/t ./a cf •4 platie J p pcaoirv4 Qeshv'AJi ?AI , 141-De I t 44 t t s ,e -etn/ 00 4 1.412.S '752-w DtA." ',Li 00414-1 0 660.D - FoQ tO bi5 fispec r: Al' Date: /l� !/ ISPECTION FEE REQUED. Prior t next inspection. fee must be p ' at 6300 Southcenter Blv .. Suite 1 . Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: a 190 d 4- C7211? € Type of Inspection: fii'J T 2-- 2 ideof Ii,)v /9,4'/ 1/.hi /- al fi/ Address: dsle4 /)f9// Date Called: .2o AO % vii7 /p7 Special Instructions: Date v aryt�� /% / / �p mr Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. CZ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r/te 1-7/v9/ -a/Adf 2 ideof Ii,)v /9,4'/ 1/.hi /- al fi/ . ph 6/ 5 „k4 /- - 4/,( f, .2o AO % vii7 /p7 to c • SPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Pri to next inspection, fee'must be at 6300 Southcenter B d., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: • Zr i R m m Gf ' A «' p Type of Inspection: i jautggszT ►cs e-•• . tI SPA zla +:1 All etP'4e:e ri 1 cOorr -k: as. 1n Ake e Address: t �. G Z \i Le ,J\ iq J M A 1 Date Called: +1\ D ct Oekhte71. t J eue+i aJ4C: lf3 6.4 itsciat. J is. age Special Instructions: _1Aak-r, i ft , i t o c k . 0 Ichi 4.13 1‘% Mee i\gi,izAt d i ' k ke-10 kri i:1(..isvirre Date Wanted:. toltct111 a.m. c Requester: oe-iftkp104eit, . Phone No: t Q,o —DSO ^ "1z EiApproved per applicable codes. El-Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: eo A 11 -( `f `-1+L . C A -?f .` y_: tI SPA zla +:1 All etP'4e:e ri 1 cOorr -k: as. 1n Ake e bow'a C'ervkil\FA'1 /.1- 71t , ua1€ 4 l -(p �,.1,?11c'r� ,. I 1S Mr-:- r _ S , t+ % feeew+vte O )coo Q t∎ irrt�+ (-tee W ( LIN Z +1\ D ct Oekhte71. t J eue+i aJ4C: lf3 6.4 itsciat. J is. age 0edia r 0 trenco OA Jae. ■ Nisci•oe-FcL _1Aak-r, i ft , i t o c k . 0 Ichi 4.13 1‘% Mee i\gi,izAt d i ' k ke-10 kri i:1(..isvirre w Ie.,r - - e ;rs-ktlatat.S A A Q0,4",■',1 1 iv -k lev a.0 roes,(nom:Q kI, 4 floe -k i-'4 .4-1 Qr -r4.w.6 ,3 ' -f w v1 oeGc. - z s+ le oe-iftkp104eit, . ns ector: y1AA.. (Date: 10.-19.....11 EINSPECTIO EE REQUIRED. P$ior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 6//-2 4,/ PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Projecsoe Type of Inspection: e, t -1 ithil /w & - ,441.1,Nc 1 Ad ress: .EGG "ICI Date Called: (S1A2.�[v Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. /0/,6/,/ a.m` Requester: Phone No: IApproved per applicable codes. OCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: e, t -1 ithil /w & - ,441.1,Nc 1 f r- (S1A2.�[v — 43/49 . 1 t.K' ^C� Date: /e9 / //y n SPECT�,ON FEE REQUI D. Prior to xt inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. all to schedule reinspectioh. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 (206) 431 -3670 Projec • Tr7..,/ Type of Ins ection: Add s / �[P �� l,�_ fj4 r--Y . I Y(b7 D to Called: Special In ructions: Date Wanted: / 7, a.m. Requester: Phone No: ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Pio COMMENTS: /) 80.4/11,07..L AA It4,/ P-i-tori-, 5 h4,/ 1-7 • h/e;ti / c.% nq t,ndl 4, - / 1 ' I r( 4, (ft,/,4 Date: !07 1/ REINSPECTION FEE R(iUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Olt-261_ PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 te, (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: ` -1 /4s11ji9 cJ1 / /t' r° Type of Inspection: f A £4 . /1 4 Adds: � f � Co SC. R' ( Date Called: Special Instructions: . Date Wanted: -1 r i/ a.m. � Requester: I' Phone No ?.oe -7K4---7311? Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: f ?�7c.r.H 1 - 12dl`54 - A., — AI 0. 1Pn - /r, ' a l' Q, �,4- _ A Air-We, - ,., _,,,„ h Recto r Date: mod- v- NSP CTION FEE REQUIRE[. Prior next inspection, fee must be paid - 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 1 0. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INPPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit £W .. x.61 rt s 41`/S' PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: �j� ` U(A -"\J '"� Type of Inspection: �` SIP CO‘J -e.r/ S(" ,•N 4C.. J(.ukC. Address: Sb6o s Suite #: • MA'1.L _- Contac�Person:( Special Instructions: .,." Phone No.: c 7. 6. 33 - Li dno Approved pera plicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: P Fire Alarm: }' Hood & Duct: et) S P .,." 9L Permits: IV Occupancy Type: .8 . OV �� �v,r V r- -e.. to 5(.‘Q r-- cam.. (Lace,' d"' OVA Needs Shift Inspection: 5 Sprinklers: P Fire Alarm: }' Hood & Duct: et) Monitor: .,." Pre -Fire: Permits: IV Occupancy Type: .8 Inspector: A c-. g-a. Date: //Mg Hrs.: rt $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: I Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 • • ,4 • • :4" • ell' ,...Z • .d 9 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential I -4oject Summary PRJ -SUM 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address SouthCenter Mall Date 7/28/2011 566 Southcenter Mall For Building Department Use Seattle, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Jamba Juice # 5561 ApplicantAddress: 566 Southcenter Mall Space # 1110, Seattle, WA 98188 Applicant Phone: 510- 596 -0162 FILE COPY btt2W REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 1 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED JUL 292011 PERMIT CENTER 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address SouthCenter Mall Date 7/28/2011 566 Southcenter Mall For Building Department Use Seattle, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Jambe Juice # 5561 Applicant Address: 566 Southcenter Mall Space # 1110, Seattle, WA 98188 Applicant Phone: 510- 596 -0162 Project Description ❑ New Building ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Induded Refer to SEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive ® Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces dearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting and the space use has not changed ❑ Less than ((60%)) 20% of the fixtures or of the lamps plus ballasts alone are altered. added. or replaced ((flew)), installed wattage not increased, & the space use has not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Location (floor plan /room #) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2 `• Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed x Area Jambe Juice Retail Sales 1.33 616 819 Sales Display Sales Display Area 0.90 175 158 Back Area L07 Recessed Mounted 2x4 4 58 232 ** From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 977 Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Location (floor plan /room #) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Service Area LO1 Recessed Metal Halide Downlight 12 44 528 Service Area L02 Recessed Fluorescent Wall Washer 4 45 180 Back Area L07 Recessed Mounted 2x4 4 58 232 The 2009 SEC Section 1510 specifies that parking garage lighting cannot be traded with other interior Total Proposed Watts Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 940 Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, Tamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. Parking Garage Lighting - Maximum Allowed Wattage Location I Occupancy Description Allowed Watts/ft2 Gross Area (ft2) Watts Mowed Par in Garage Lig ting - Proposed Wattage k h Location Fixture Description # of Fixtures Watts /Fixture Watts Proposed The 2009 SEC Section 1510 specifies that parking garage lighting cannot be traded with other interior Total Proposed Watts lighting or with exterior lighting. 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouse or Parkina Garaoe ® Other I Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not ••- • • - - - - • • • Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures a) with 1 lamp ((2- lamps)), b) fitted with 5 to 60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8, or CFL lamps, and c) hard -wired electronic dimming ballasts and automatic dimming control for all lamps in all zones. Screw -in CFL fixtures, tracking lighting, bare lamp strip and industrial fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps < =150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. TABLE 15 -1 Unit Liahtina Power Allowance (LPA Use' LPA2 (W /ft2) Use' LPA2 (W /ft ) Automotive facility and aircraft maintenance 0.82 ((0:85)) Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, 0.90 ((0 )) Convention center 1.08 ((110)) Parking garages 0.20 Courthouse 1.05 ((1 -10)) Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 0.90 Cafeterias, fast food establishments', restaurants /bars5 0.99 ((1-20)) Police and fire stations 0.90 Dormitory 0.61 ((046)) Post office 0.87 ((4:AA)) Dweling Units 1.00 Retail10, retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.33 Exercise center 0.88 ((095)) School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 0.99 (()) Gymnasia, assembly spaces 0.95 Theater, motion picture 0.83 ((079-7)) Health care clinic 0.87 ((100)) Theater, performing arts 1.25 Hospital, pharmacies, nursing homes, and other 1.20 Transportation 0.77 ((A 8A)) Group 1 -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies Hotel /motel 1.00 Warehouses 0.50 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate 1.62 Workshops 1.20 Laundries 1.20 Libraries5 1.18 ((1720)) Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only Manufacturing facility 1.11((1 -20)) Main floor building lobbies3 (except mall concourses) 1.10 Museum 1.00 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms. elevator lobbies 0.80 Footnotes for Table 15-1 In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. The watts per square foot may be increased, by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet. Reserved. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 9 feet. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Reserved. Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three- quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque) and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional lighting power allowance is allowed for merchandise display luminaires installed in retail sales areas that are specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise. The following additional wattages apply: i. 0_4 W6)) watts per square foot of sales floor area not listed in items ii and iii below; ii. 0.9 ((i:4)) watts per square foot of fumiture, clothing, cosmetics or artwork floor area; or iii. 1_5 ((2.5)) watts per square foot of jewelry, crystal or china floor area. The specified floor area for items i, ii, or iii above, and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified and specified on building plans. Calculate the additional power allowance by multiplying the above LPDs by the sales floor area for each department excluding major circulation paths. The total additional lighting power allowance is the sum of allowances for sales categories 1, ii, or iii plus an additional 1,000 watts for each separate tenant larger than 250 square feet in area. The additional wattage is allowed only if the merchandise display luminaires comply with all of the following: (a) Located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). (b) Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed and automatically controlled, separately from the general lighting, to be tumed off during nonbusiness hours. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose. Thic arirlitinnol linhtinn nnwnr ie clInu, ri nnly if tho Iinhtinn ie nr+,u IIv inetnllori 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Summary MECH -SUM 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Info Project Address South Center Mall Date 7/28/2011 566 Southcenter Mall For Building Dept. Use Seattle, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Jamba Juice # 5561 Applicant Address: 566 Southcenter Mall Space # 1110, Seattle, WA 98188 Applicant Phone: 510- 596 -0162 Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. ❑ Includes Plans Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning requirements, Section 1416. Compliance Option 0 Simple System 0 Complex System O Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH -SUM for simple & complex Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name' Model No.1 Capacity2 Btu /h OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLV3 Econmizer Option or Exceptions Heat Recovery Y/N VAV -1 TITVS ATQP -12 35500 Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name' Model No.1 Capacity2 Btu /h OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency4 Heat Recovery Y/N VAV -1 TITUS ATQP -12 37500 Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name' Model No.1 CFM SP' HP /BHP Flow Controls Location of Service 'If available. 2 As tested according to Table 14 -1A through 14 -1G. 3 If requi ed. ° COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as applicable. 5 Flow control types: variable air volume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). 6 Exception number from Section 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Summary (back) MECH -SUM 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 System Description See Section 1421 for full description of P Simple System qualifications. All Systems: ❑ No humidification? ❑ No Reheat? If Heating/Cooling or Cooling Only: ❑ Constant vol? ❑ Split system? ❑ <= 84,000 Btuh? ❑ Economizer included? ❑ Air cooled? ❑ Parkanari cvc� ❑ < =1:iri (100 Rtiih� ❑ Coolina Cao < =15 Btuh /ft2? ❑ Heating Cap. > 0 & < =10 Btuh /ft2? If Heating Only: ❑ <1000 rim? ❑ <30% outside air? ❑ Heating Cap. < =10 Btuh /ft2? Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. CSTART ap < =15 Heat/Cool Eq. with Cap < =10 ft2, or /ft2 Yes Yes Heating /Cooling or Cooling Only No — Heating Only Reference Section 1421 Yes Yes Yes Yes Simple System Allowed (section 1420) 4 Yes Use Complex Systems (section 1430) Complex Systems Refer to MECH -COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Code Compliance - Complex Systems Checklist 0 MECH -COMP Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 2009 Seattle Energy Project Address SouthCenter Mall Date 7/28/2011 The following additional information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for a complex mechanical system for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Use the checklist as a reference for notes added to the mechanical drawings (see the MECH -CHK checklist for additional requirements). This information must be on the plans since this is the official record of the permit. Having this infnrmatinn in CPnarata snarifiratinns aInna is NOT an arrantahla alternative For Building Department Use Applicability (yes, no, na) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST ITEMS FOR COMPLEX SYSTEMS ONLY 1431.1 Field assem. sys. Provide calculations for total onsite energy input/output to equip. 1431.2 System Sizing Indicate equipment & system sizing complies with 1431.2 1431.3 Hydr. Sys. Design Indicate design flow rate in accordance with Table 14-3 1432.1 Setback & shut -off Indicate separate systems or show isolation devices on plans 1432.2.1 Air system reset Indicate automatic temperature reset & operation sequence 1432.2.2 Hydr. Sys. reset Indicate automatic temperature reset & operation sequence 1432.3.1 Hydr. Var. Flow Indicate variable flow method for all applicable systems 1432.3.X Hydronic Isolation Indicate method of isolation for all applicable systems 1432.4 DDC Capabilities Indicate control capabilities including demand response setpoind adj. 1432.4 DDC data mgmt Indicate metering and trending capabilities. 1432.5 Pressure Reset Indicate static pressure reset for VAV systems 1433 Air Economizer Indicate economizer on equipment schedule or provide calculations to justify exemption. Demonstrate higher efficiency equipment if required. 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economizer and provide calculations showing compliance with 1413 if 1433 Exception 3 is utilized 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate special requirement zones and indicate systems 1435 Simul. htg. & clg. Indicate method of prohibiting simultaneous heating and cooling, or state excpetion and show supporting calculations 1436 Heat recovery Indicate heat recovery of all applicable systems on plans; complete and attach heat recovery calculations 1437 Elec. motor effic. MECH -MOT or Equip. Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency 1438 Variable speed drives Indicate VS control or equivalent on schedules for all applicable equip. 1438.1 Heat Rejection Indicate heat rejection equipment types and fan types 1438.2 Hot Gas Bypass Indicate cooling equipment staging and capacity modulation abilities 1438.3 Large Volume sys Indicate multiple system rooms & indicate ventilation control 1439.1 Kitchen Hoods Indicate source and conditioning of make -up air 1439.2 Laboratory Exhaust Indicate HR, VAV, semi - conditioned makeup, or CERM calc no is circiea Tor any question, proviae explanation: Decision Flowchart ( Start Here Section 1411.1 Equipment Efficiency Shall Meet Tables 14 -1A through 14-1G s/Oil Fuma input? 225,000 uh or Any U • eate Yes Use flowchart to determine how the requirements of the Complex Systems Option apply to the project. Refer to the indicated Code sections for complete information on the requirements. 1411.1 IID & Power Venting or Damper. If input > 225,000 Btuh then 1412.6 Modulating Controls Required Yes f Section 1411.1 0.75% Maximum Jacket Loss Yes t Section 1412.8 Ventilation Controls for High - Occupancy Areas Yes Section 1431.1 Calculations of Total On -Site Energy Input & Ouput Required Yes Section 1432.2.1 Supply Air Reset Controls Required (continued on back) Yes Yes Yea., 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical - Complex Systems (back) MECH -COMP 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 0 Hydronic System Section 1432.3.2 through 1432.3.5 Device Isolation Required Total umpHP >3H•, or HP >1.5 and ontrol v Section 1432.3.1 Variable Flow Design Required Mechanical Cooling? Section 1433 Economizer Required C Present Total Cooling > 7S0kBtuh Section 1432.4 DDC Required With Trending and Demand Response No Supply OSA > =5000 CFM Yes* Section 1436.1 50% Effective Heat Recovery Required Steam System Yes Section 1436.2 Condensate Recovery Required No No 4 Hour Ops, ter Cooled Conden tuh, & Servi OkB >1,50 Yes* ter Section 1436.3 Condenser Heat Recovery Required emot Refrigeration Condensers > 500kBt Yes* Section 1436.4 Refrigeration Condenser Heat Recovery Required No ystem or Zone w/ Simultaneous tg. & Clg.? Yes► Section 1435 Zone Controls Must Reduce Supply Air Quantity Before Reheating /Recooling ystem o ystems serving a room have 10,000 CF pp Yes-0 Section 1438.3 Controls Must Reduce Airflow When System In Not Heating or Cooling ho • No Section 1438 Variable Flow Devices Required otor Ind. in Eqpmt. Covr'd by Tb114- 1A -14- 1G? Multi -speed Motor in Multi- d system? Yes♦. Section 1432.2.2 Water Temperature Reset Required No-* Section 1437 Motors Must Meet Efficiencies in Table 14-4 Yes otal Bld.. Laboratory Exhaust> 5,000 cfm? No DONE Section 1439.1 No Heating or Cooling for at Least 50% of Make -up Air Yes ► Section 1439.2 One Required: a. Heat Recovery per 1439.2 b. 50% VAV Exhaust & Make -up c. 75% Direct Makeup w/ Tempering Only d. Combined Energy Reduction Qer>=Qmin Yes 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Economizer 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential MECH -ECO Revised February 2011 Economizer Summary Check box(es) for exceptions being claimed. List the system /equipment that qualifies for each exception. See Section 1433 for full description of Economizer requirements. ❑ Full Air Econo: ❑ Ex 9b: [] Ex la: ❑ Ex 5: ❑ Ex 9c: ❑ Ex lb: ❑ Ex 6: ❑ Ex 9d: ❑ Ex 2: ❑ Ex 7: ❑ Ex 9e: ❑ Ex3: Ex 8: Ex 10: ❑ Ex 4: ❑ Ex 9a: ❑ Ex 11: Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project complies with Economizer requirements. If not, the Systems Analysis Option must be used. START Reference Section 1433 Yes Full Air Economizer - Complies caption it Cap <54,000 B it not Exterior No ception . it Cap < 33,000 Bt nit not Exterior o djacen Idg. Cap. w/o economizer <72,000 Btuh or 5 %? ap <24, ER/EER 64 % >C Cap. w/o econo. kBtuh ► Yes. Exception 2: Chilled Water Sys. ' er 25% over ptio er Cooled Re . aterside Economize 'ng chilled Sys Ye< Exception 4: Cooling 75% Site HR or Solar Yes—. ception =: Dehumidification with supporting rgy anal • Exception 7: Heat Pump Loop ling All Crite. Yes • No 0 No xc. 9a: EER 8 IPLV Yes Over C••e No ception 10: RF System Meeting All Criteria xception 11: ed / Lab equipment y water coo No Does Not Comply Qualifies for Full Air Economizer Exception - Complies • 2009 Seattle Ene Code Com.Iiance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamil Residential Electric Motors 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential MECH -MOT Revised February 2011 Project Address SouthCenter Mall Date 7/28/2011 Complete the following for all design A & B squirrel -cage, T -frame induction permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more having synchronous speeds of 3600, 1800 or 1200 rpm (unless one of the exceptions below applies). For Building Department Use Motor No. or Location HP Type (open /closed) Description of Application or Use Synch. Speed Min.Nom. Full Toad Efficiency fitininaun Nonirtal Ft1 -Ladd Efficiencies (%) As of 12119)2010 Open Motors 1 Enclosed Rtbfors Synchronous Speed (RPM) 3,600 1,800 1,200 I 3,600 1,800 1 200 Motor H P 1.0 77.0 85.5 82.5 77.0 85.5 82.5 15 84.0 86.5 86.5 84.0 86.5 87.5 2.0 85.5 86.5 87.5 85.5 86.5 88.5 3.0 85.5 89.5 88.5 86.5 89.5 89.5 5.0 86.5 889.5 89.5 88.5 89.5 89.5 7.5 88.5 91.0 90.2 89.5 91.7 91.0 10.0 89.5 91.7 91.7 90.2 91.7 91.0 15.0 90.2 93.0 91.7 91.0 92.4 91.7 20.0 91.0 93.0 92.4 91.0 93.0 91.7 25.0 91.7 93.6 93.0 91.7 93.6 93.0 30.0 91.7 94.1 93.6 91.7 93.6 93.0 40.0 92.4 94.1 94.1 92.4 94.1 94.1 50.0 93.0 94.5 94.1 93.0 94.5 94.1 60.0 93.6 95.0 94.5 93.6 95.0 94.5 75.0 93.6 95.0 94.5 93.6 95.4 95.4 100.0 93.6 95.4 95.0 94.1 95.4 95.0 125.0 94.1 95.4 95.0 95.0 95.4 95.0 150.0 94.1 95.8 95.4 95.0 95.8 95.8 200.0 95.0 95.8 95.4 95.4 96.2 95.8 250.0 95.0 95.8 95.4 95.8 96.2 95.8 300.0 95.4 95.8 95.4 95.8 96.2 95.8 350.0 95.4 95.8 95.4 95.8 96.2 95.8 400.0 95.8 95.8 95.8 95.8 96.2 95.8 450.0 95.8 96.2 96.2 95.8 96.2 95.8 500.0 95.8 96.2 96.2 95.8 96.2 95.8 Exceptions: 1. Motors in systems designed to use more than one speed of a multi-speed motor. 2. Motors already included in the efficiency requirements for HVAC equipment (Tables 14- 1A or 14 -1B). 3. Motors that are an integral part (i.e. not easily removed and replaced) of specialized process equipment (i.e. equipment which requires a special motor, such as an explosion - proof motor). 4. Motors integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no qualifying motor has been approved (i.e. if the only U.L. listing for the equipment is with a less- efficient motor and there is no energy - efficient motor option). For motors claiming an exception, list motor and note which exception applies. 2009 Seattle Enerciv Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH -CHK 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Address SouthCenter Mall !Date 7/28/2011 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the 2009 Seattle Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, na) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401 -1424) 1411 Equipment Performance 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, flue /draft damper & jacket loss 1411.1 Air - cooled chiller Provide total air and water chiller capacity 1411.2.1 Water - cooled chiller Full -load and NPLV values adjusted for any non - standard conditions 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. List heat pumps on schedule 1411.5 Unenclosed Heat Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls 1412 HVAC Controls 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat 1412.4 Setback and Shutoff Indicate thermostat with 7 day program capability & required setback 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location, leakage rate, control type, & max. leakage 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate heat pump thermostant & outdoor lockout on schedule 1412.6 Combustion heating Indicate modulating or staged control 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high - occupancy areas and labs 1412.9 Loading Dock & Garage Ventilation Indicate enclosed loading dock & parking garage ventilation system . activation and control method. 1412.10 SgI Zone VAV Ctrls Indicate VAV controls for single -zone systems 1416.3.2 System Balancing Indicate air and water system balancing requirements 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans 1432.2.1 Temperature Reset Indicate temperature reset method 1413 Air / Water Economizers 1412.1 Single zone systems Indicate multiple cooling stage control capability. 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb 1413.2 Wtr Econo Document Indicate max. OSA condition for design clg Toad & equipment performance data. 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/ air economizer 1413.5 Htg. Sys. Impact Indicate that system does not increase heating energy use during economizer operation 1414 Ducting Systems 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate duct design pressures and sealing requirements 1414.1.2 Low press. duct test Indicate that low- pressure duct systems to be leak tested 1414.1.3 HP & ext. duct test Indicate that high - pressure & exterior duct systems to be leak tested 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on duct 1415 Piping Systems 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 1415.2 Radiant Systems Indicate R -value of insulation on radiant panels Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential .iWfechanical 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Permit Plans Checklist Continued MECH -CHK Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Address SouthCenter Mall (Date 7/28/2011 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the 2009 Applicability (yes, no, na) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Section 1416), continued 1416 Completion Requirements 1416.3.2 System Balancing Indicate air and water system balancing requirements 1416.3.3 Functional Testing Provide sequence of operations and test procedures. 1416.3.4 Documentation Indicate O &M manuals, record drawings, staff training 1416.3.5 Comm. Report Indicate requirements for final commissioning report 1416.4 Compliance Chklist Submit to building official upon substantial completion. SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440 -1454) 1440 Service water htg. 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R -10 insulation under tank 1442 Shut -off controls Indicate automatic shut -off of circulators or heat trace 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 1444 Pump Energy Indicate method of pump energy management (Sec 1438) 1445 Heat Recovery Indicate preheat capacity as % of peak service water demand. 1450 Heated Pools 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover 1455 Heat Recovery Indicate method and capacity of exhaust air temperature reduction COLD STORAGE (Sections 1460 -1465) 1460 Cold Storage 1463 Evaporators Indicate motor type and speed control 1464 Condensors Indicate condenser cooling type, design wb temp and control 1465 Compressors Indicate design minimum condensing temp and control. COMPRESSED AIR AND VACUUM PUMPS (Section 1470) 1470 Compressed Air and Vacuum 1470.1 Air compressor gnl. Indicate "no Toss" water drains 1470.2 Rotary screw comp Indicate variable speed drive or other acceptable control COMMERCIAL FOOD SERVICE (Sections 1475) 1475 Commercial Food Service 1475 Food service equip. Indicate that equipment complies with energy and water efficiency criteria in Energy Star If "no" is indicated for any item in Sections 1401 -1424 or 1440 -1465 , provide explanation: * PE T PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D11 -261 DATE: 07 -29 -11 PROJECT NAME: JAMBA JUICE SITE ADDRESS: 566 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued EPARTMENTS:e V uilding Pubic s A IAA I�I� "�2'� Fire Prevention [ Planning Division Structural Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: Incomplete DUE DATE: 08-02 -11 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: ❑ No further Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Notation: DUE DATE: 08-30-11 Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents /routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 Contractors or Tradespeople Peter Friendly Page 1 General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with LEI to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name Phone Address Suite /Apt. City State Zip County Business Type Parent Company ALPINE BUILDERS LLC 8648282950 12680 Mukilteo Speedway Mukilteo WA 98275 Snohomish Limited Liability Company UBI No. 603118414 Status Active License No. ALPINBL891NA License Type Construction Contractor Effective Date 8/2/2011 Expiration Date 8/2/2013 Suspend Date Specialty 1 General Specialty 2 Unused Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date DOMAS, LAURENCE DEAN Partner /Member 08/01/2011 Bond Information Page 1 of 1 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 1 AEGIS SECURITY INS CO 521547 07/28/2011 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 08/01/2011 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 1 Colony Ins Co g1378835 07/01/2011 08/01/2012 $1,000,000.00 08/02/2011 Summons /Complaint Information No unsatisfied complaints on file within prior 6 year period Warrant Information No unsatisfied warrants on file within prior 6 year period https: // fortress .wa.gov /lni/bbip /Print.aspx 08/18/2011 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX NOTES: 1. THIS SCHEDULE IS PROVIDED FOR QUICK REFERENCE ONLY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK DESCRIBED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. CONFLICTS BETWEEN SCHEDULE AND THE REST OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE OWNER'S ATTENTION PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 2. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR DIVISION OF EQUIPMENT ORDER, SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITY SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: a chanical L r . tectrical .t�rR�'umbing W Gas Piping City of Tukwila Pk%1'1,..'01s 3s DIVISION FLOOR WORK & DEMOLITION SAWCUT SLAB FOR NEW IN —SLAB PLUMBING FIXTURES REPAIR, LEVEL & SLOPE FOR FINISHES AND TRANSI110NS NEW CLAD CONCRCTE MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 566 SOUTHCENTER MALL S PACE #1110 S EATTLE, WA 98188 FILE COP Permit No. Pier r view approval is subject to errors and omissions. of constrdction documents does not authorize t' ,' D Ziori ,=i any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt o: Lpproveci Fi d Copy and conditions is acknowledged: REVISIONS No changes shall bo made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tuk' 'ila Building Division. NCT3: PCV!3iens will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. By Date: /% City Of T'Ukwila BUILDING DIVISION °° --m,1 REGISTERED ARCH I ECT STOREFRONT BARRICADE 'COMING SOON" SIGN PATCH & REPAIR EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT FINISHES TO MATCH EXISTING KEY PLAN (LEVEL 1 OF 2) PROJECT INFORMATION PROJECT DIRECTORY DRAWING INDEX 0 N M ...• •■ • ..• •r•r. SCOPE OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT CONSISTING OF BUILD —OUT OF A LEASED SPACE IN AN EXISTING, MULTI — STORY, MULTI— TENANT MALL WORK INCLUDES NON STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, CEIIJNGS, AND FINISHES. GENERAL NORDSTROM macys LEASE SQUARE FOOTAGE: LEVEL: OCCUPANCY GROUP: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: SPRINKLERED: FIRE ALARM: SEISMIC ZONE:. GOVERNING CODE CRITERIA: JAMBA JUICE SPACE #1110 BUILDING CODE: FIRE CODE: ENERGY CODE: MECHANICAL CODE: PLUMBING CODE: ELECTRICAL CODE: PB SWANN MANAGEMENT, LLC 4181 SARATOGA RD. LANGLEY, WA 98260 PHONE: 360 -544 -8524 FAX: 360- 230 -5527 CONTACT: BRENT SWANN CONTACT: PRUDENCE SWANN TENANT'S ARCHITECT LOCATED ON LEVEL 1 OF 2 TYPE —II NO YES CONSTRUCTION PB SWANN MANAGEMENT, LLC MANAGER 4181 SARATOGA RD. LANGLEY, WA 98260 PHONE: 360 - 544 -8524 FAX: 360- 230 -5527 CONTACT: BRENT SWANN CONTACT: PRUDENCE SWANN JAMBA CONTACT 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE W WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 20 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE W WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 2009 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CODE W WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 20 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE W WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 2009 INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE W WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS 20 8 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE JAMBA JUICE COMPANY 6475 CHRISTIE AVE., SUITE 150 EMERYVILLE, CA 94608 PHONE: 510 - 596 -0162 CONTACT: TOM BLANCHARD LANDLORD WESTFIELD, LLC 2800 SOUTHCENTER SEATTLE, WA 98188 PHONE: 206 - 802 -6070 FAX: 310 -689 -5702 CONTACT: SCOTT PRIESTER BUILDING DEPARTMENT TENANT'S ENGINEER MICHAEL BLACK, A.I.A. 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TX 76011 PHONE: 817 - 633 - 4200x106 FAX: 817- 633 -4153 CONTACT: BRAD DERKACH A -000 COVER SHEET DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. RANDOL MILL RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76011 PHONE: (817) 633 - 4200x108 FAX: (817) 633 -4153 CONTACT: DAN REEVES MILLWORK WISCONSIN BUILT 400 INTERPANE LANE DEERFIELD, WI 53531 PHONE: 608- 764- 8661x309 FAX: 608 - 764 -8664 CONTACT: MIKE ROPER LIGHTING TARRANT LIGHTING 2113 FRANKLIN DR. FT. WORTH, TX 76106 PHONE: 817 - 626 -0044 FAX: 817- 740 -9416 CONTACT: LARRY GARRETT SIGNAGE CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD, #100 TUKWILA, WA 98188 PHONE: 206 -431 -3670 FAX: 206 -431 -3665 HEALTH DEPARTMENT USABLE SQUARE FOOTAGE: OCCUPANT LOAD: SEATTLE & KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH 2124 4TH AVE., 4TH FLOOR SEATTLE, WA 98121 PHONE: 206 - 296 -4787 VISIBLE GRAPHICS 14732 CALVERT STREET VAN NUYS, CA 91411 PHONE: 818 - 787 -0477 FAX: 818- 787 -0415 CONTACT: DAVE MAHN - - III -III !l1 =M A -003 SPECIFICATIONS s 11.... STAINLESS STEEL PACKAGE A — SPECIFICATIONS FURNITURE PACKAGE A -005 SPECIFICATIONS MANAGER'S OFFICE EQUIPMENT ARCHITECTURAL MISC. EQUIPMENT A -111 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN i 61111: 11 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT A -121 FLOOR PLAN !�� A -122 BLOCKING PLAN MI III MEMIII —131 REFLECTED CEWNG PLAN MENU Hill U BOARDS I•mmYYIMI " '11111 �,� ; 1111 , ill SIGNAGE :QTY ANINIKN:IADAAX►�i`:Q11:1 � ' „ ► REFRONT SIGNAGE (SEPARATE PERMIT) A -701 INT RIO' 11ONS 11 , 111 1111151 : —: 11 ►I ERIOR DETALS 11111 INTERIOR DETALS CEIUNG DETAILS 1NIMNI! 1 INTERIOR DETALS 1!111 —: , I: • DETALS a ►I RIOR DETALS �! ���! —: ► A -806 BLENDER STATION PLANS ..��. —:I 21 2; :I.I► a a:ll► 11111 FURNISHINGS MILLWORK PACKAGE woD•u6!sapswpd WALK —IN REFRIGERATOR AND FREEZER PACKAGES SEE EQUIPMENT SCHED SEE EQUIPMENT SCHED SEE EQUIPMENT SCHED SEE EQUIPMENT SCHED SEE EQUIPMENT SCHED SEE EQUIPMENT SCHED O O EQUIPMENT FIXTURE PLAN A -802 A -802A A -803 MECHANICAL STAINLESS WEST STAR INDUSTRIES 4445 E. FREMONT ST. STOCKTON, CA 95215 PHONE: (209) 955 -8239 FAX: (209) 955 -8250 CONTACT: BEN FOCKE EQUIPMENT VENDOR AT ONYE TIi+1E) SEATING COUNT: KITCHEN SERVICE: 119 SF / 200 = 1 BACK AREA/STORAGE: 128 SF / 100 = 2 WALK —INS: 135 SF / 0 = 0 TOTAL OCCUPANTS: 3 4 (MAXIMUM) f�IX�1:l��[CrZI T [�7S�C�7`►I; =MINIM= MECHANICAL 5 VXyhI: �L�I[l]►1,�:.'�K:10K11/:l110:�! !!ME ME ANIC PLAN 11 .1111 MFP -101 MFP ROOF PLAN INTERIOR GRAPHICS 1111111111 PIM ELECTRICAL TO AND FINAL CONNECTION TO EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 1111131141111 ,.. _ .. • _ - - - -YY TOILET DcaRUST IAN EAST BAY 49 FOURTH ST. OAKLAND, CA 94607 PHONE: 510- 627 -0293 FAX: 510- 633 -7939 CONTACT: LUCILLE CUNNINGHAM E -001 ELECTRICAL SPECW FCA1IONS ■VIII LECTR CAL SPE•IhC44ITO NLINlM1INI=l1MINIMI ----- ----- - - --- 11=111 ELX�iNC�7:1WII CIE —17 1► ■=i[IyMMIX•ii;i[tIMICLI;i IN, ■4- i[ I h -11 V /= ■ ■:Q I ' �L1; I! ,.:1►I��y:1�1r1111q E -601 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES & RISER E -801 ELECTRICAL DETAILS INTERIOR SEATING = PATIO SEATING = TOTAL NUMBER OF SEATS = HEALTH DEPART KENT NOTES PLUMBING ROUGH —IN PLAN '— 1 'CLIMBING PLANS P -104 PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAMS P -601 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHED • — ;11 •LUM:IN I AIL .. nr����! -- ° - YYLMOZ EXISTING SANITARY WASTE SERVICE TO SPACE 0al111101 01IIDDi11 I IIH FINAL CONNECTIONS 11M0CI1111 MC CONNECTIONS 11110CI0111 HIT cAS rlrlNC A/c ® s WATER HEATER 0 0 PLUMBING FIXTURES SEE EQUIPMENT ScHED ----- 11..01.. A Date - - - -- ELECTRICAL 111111.11 ELECTRICAL SERVICE TO SPACE 0 0 0 • III■ 1110011■ 11111 A (N) SANITARY VENT Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By Revisions TOILETS PROVIDED: COMMON TOILET ROOMS PROVIDED WITHIN 185' —O" OF JAMBA SPACE DRY STORAGE CAPACITY: 13 LINEAR FEET 1" TRUE NORTH EXITS PROVIDED: ONE EXIT 1. PUBLIC HEALTH — SEATTLE & KING COUNTY INSPECTION REQUIRED ON COMPLETION OF WORK PRIOR TO OPENING. 2. NO CHANGES WILL BE MADE WITHOUT HEALTH DEPARTMENT APPR'V REVIEWED FOR CODE COIVMPLIANCE APPROVED RECEIVED AUG 022011 TUKVVILA PUBLIC WORKS z $ ECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER DESIGN /BUILD UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT: FIRE ALARM PLAN SIGNAGE AUG 1 r, 2011 COMMON USE TOILET ROOMS APPROXIMATELY 1 85'-0" FROM JAMBA SPACE JAMBA JUICE SPACE #1110 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ELECTRICAL & TELEPHONE PANELS NEW TRANSFORMER EQUIPMENT ROUGH —IN AND FINISH LIGHT FIXTURES, MOUNTING ACCESSORIES, & LAMPS 7/28/11 Description By EXIT /EMERGENCY UGHT SYSTEM / \ ALARM SYSTEM JJ 6.0 10 -24 -08 'TELEPHONE/ DATA e r sheet '6.0 CONNECTION TO MANAGER'S DESK P.O.S. CONDUIT & CABLE PULLS TELEPHONE DATA LINES OUTLETS AND CONDUIT FROM POINT OF P.O.S. EQUIPMENT/TELEPHONE /DATA INSTALLATION (COORD. W/ JADEON) FIRE PROTECTION FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 1 2 3 9 10 ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES ACCESSIBILITY /EGRESS MAP AC ACC ACOUS ACT AD ADDM ADJ AFF AHU ALT ALUM ANOD APPROX APT ARCH ATM AUTO AV BB BD BLDG BLKG BO BOT BRG BRZ B /ST BUR ASPHALTIC CONCRETE/ ACOUSTICAL CEILING ACCESSIBLE ACOUSTICAL ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE AREA DRAIN ADDENDUM ADJUSTABLE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AIR HANDUNG UNIT ALTERNATE ALUMINUM ANODIZED APPROXIMATE /APPROXIMATELY APARTMENT ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL AUTOMATIC TELLER MACHINE AUTOMATIC AUDIO VISUAL BULLETIN BOARD BOARD BUILDING BLOCKING BOTTOM OF BOTTOM BEARING BRONZE BASEMENT BUILDING STANDARD BUILT UP ROOFING CAB CABINET CB CATCH BASIN CEM CEMENT, CEMENTITIOUS CER CERAMIC CFLG COUNTERFLASHING CH COAT HOOK CI CAST IRON CIP CAST -IN -PLACE CJ CONTROL JOINT CL CENTERLINE CLG CEILING CLO CLOSET CLR CLEAR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CO CLEAN OUT, CASED OPENING COL COLUMN COMM COMMUNICATION CONC CONCRETE CONN CONNECTION, CONNECT CONSTR CONSTRUCTION CONT CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE CORR CORRIDOR CPT CARPET CS CEILING SYSTEM CSWK CASEWORK CT CERAMIC TILE CTR CENTER CU CUBIC D DBL DEMO DET DF DIA DIAG DIM DIV DMPF DN DR DS DW DWG DWR E EIFS EJ EL ELEC ELEV ENCL EP EQ EQUIP EXH EXP EXIST EXT FA FCIO FCIC FD FDC FDTN FE FEC FH FHC FIG FIN FIXT FLEX FLR FLUOR FO FOIC F010 DEEP DOUBLE DEMOUSH, DEMOLITION DETAIL DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIAMETER DIAGONAL DIMENSION DIVIDE, DIVISION DAMPPROOF, DAMPPROOFING DOWN DOOR DOWNSPOUT DISHWASHER DRAWING DRAWER EAST EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL ELEVATOR ENCLOSE, ENCLOSURE ELECTRIC PANEL EQUAL EQUIPMENT EXHAUST EXPANSION, EXPOSED EXISTING EXTERIOR FIRE ALARM FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ INSTALLED BY OWNER FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FLOOR DRAIN FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FOUNDATION FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HOSE CABINET FIGURE FINISH, FINISHED FIXTURE FLEXIBLE FLOOR FLUORESCENT FACE OF, FINISHED OPENING FURNISHED BY OWNER/ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FURNISHED BY OWNER/ INSTALLED BY OWNER FP FR FRMG FRPF FS FT FTG FUT FVC FWC GA GALV GB GC GEN GFRC GFRG GFRP GL GWB GYP GYP BD HB HC HD HDBD HDW HDWD HM HO HORIZ HR HT HVAC ID INCL INFO INSUL INT JAN JC JS JT FIRE PROTECTION FRAME, FIRE RATED FRAMING FIREPROOF, FIREPROOFING FIRE RETARDANT TREATED FLOOR SINK FOOT, FEET FOOTING FUTURE FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET FABRIC WALL COVERING GAGE GALVANIZED GRAB BAR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GENERAL, GENERATOR GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC GLASS GYPSUM WALL BOARD GYPSUM GYPSUM BOARD HIGH HOSE BIBB HOLLOW CORE HAND DRYER HARDBOARD HARDWARE HARDWOOD HOLLOW METAL HOLD OPEN HORIZONTAL HOUR HEIGHT HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING INSIDE DIAMETER INCLUDE, INCLUDING INFORMATION INSULATE, INSULATION INTERIOR JANITOR JANITOR CLOSET JANITOR SINK JOINT KIT KITCHEN LAM LAU LAV LT LTG M MAS MATL MAX MECH MED MEMB MEZZ MGT MFR MH MIN MISC MO MS MTD MIL MVBL MW N NIC NO NOM NTS OC OD OH OPNG OPP ORD OTS LONG /LEFT HAND LAMINATE, LAMINATED LAUNDRY LAVATORY UGHT UGHTING MIRROR MASONRY MATERIAL MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MEDIUM MEMBRANE MEZZANINE MANAGEMENT MANUFACTURE, MANUFACTURE MANHOLE MINIMUM, MINUTE MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY OPENING MOP SINK MOUNTED METAL MOVABLE MICROWAVE NORTH NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER NOMINAL NOT TO SCALE ON CENTER OUTSIDE DIAMETER OVERHEAD OPENING OPPOSITE OPPOSITE HAND OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PBD PC PCG PD PERP PLAM PLAS PLYWD PNL PL PR PRK PROP PT PTD PIN PTD /WR PARTICLEBOARD PRECAST PLASTIC CORNER GUARD PLANTER DRAIN PERPENDICULAR PLASTIC LAMINATE PLASTER PLYWOOD PANEL PROPERTY UNE PAIR PARKING PROPERTY PAINT, POINT, PRESSURE TREATED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PARTITION PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER /WASTE RECEPTACLE QT QUARRY TILE R RCP RD REF REFR REINF REQD REV RFG RM RO RT S SC SCD SCHED SD SECT SF SGL SHT SHTHG SIM SPEC SPKLR RADIUS, RISER, RIGHT HAND REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN ROOF DRAIN, ROAD REFER TO, REFERENCE REFRIGERATOR REINFORCED, REINFORCING REQUIRED REVISED, REVISION ROOFING ROOM ROUGH OPENING RIGHT SOUTH SOLID CORE SEAT COVER DISPENSER SCHEDULE STORM DRAIN SECTION SQUARE FOOT SINGLE SHEET SHEATHING SIMILAR SPECIFICATION SPRINKLER SPKR SPEAKER SQ SQUARE SS SERVICE SINK SST STAINLESS STEEL STC SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS STD STANDARD STL STEEL STOR STORAGE STRUCT STRUCTURAL SUSP SUSPENDED T T &G TEL TEMP TER THK TMPD TO TPD TSTAT TV TYP U UGND UNFIN UON VB VERT VEST VIF VNR VR VWC W/ W/O WC WD WH WLD WP WR WT WWF TREAD TONGUE AND GROOVE TELEPHONE TEMPERATURE, TEMPORARY TERRAllO THICK, THICKNESS TEMPERED TOP OF TOILET PAPER DISPENSER THERMOSTAT TELEVISION TYPICAL URINAL UNDERGROUND UNFINISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VAPOR BARRIER VERTICAL VESTIBULE VERIFY IN FIELD VENEER VAPOR RETARDER VINYL WALLCOVERING WEST, WIDE WITH WITHOUT WATER CLOSET, WALLCOVERING WOOD WALL HYDRANT, WATER HEATER WELDED WEATHERPROOF, WATERPROOF, WATERPROOFING, WORK POINT WATER RESISTANT WEIGHT WELDED WIRE FABRIC XFMR TRANSFORMER YD YARD 1. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. 2. VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF EACH PORTION OF THE WORK. 3. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPUMENTARY, AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE STRUCTURAL GRID OR TO FINISH SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 5. DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED NEARBY WALL INTERSECTIONS, SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THE EDGE OF THE FINISH OPENING IS FOUR INCHES FROM THE FACE OF THE NEARBY WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL OTHER DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN ADJACENT WALL INTERSECTIONS. HEALTH NOTES 1. STRUCTURAL: -FULLY ENCLOSED BUILDING. - VERMIN PROOF. 2. WALLS & CEIUNGS: - LIGHT IN COLOR FOOD PREPARATION, UTENSIL WASH, & WALK -IN REFLECTANCE VALUE LRV) COLORED MEANS HAVING A LIGHT OR GREATER. 3. UGHTING: - SUFFICIENT NATURAL OR ARTIFICIAL LIGHTING, I.E. 20 FOOT CANDLES 30" ABOVE THE FLOOR. -LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SHATTERPROOF OR W/ SHATTERPROOF SHIELDS, AND EASILY CLEANABLE. 4. UTENSILS & EQUIPMENT: - ALL EQUIPMENT MEETS OR IS EQUIVALENT TO, APPLICABLE SANITATION STANDARDS. - ALL CRACKS & CREVICES AT JOINTS SEALED W/ AN APPROVED MATERIAL - COUNTERS /CABINETS OF ACCEPTABLE QUALITY. SYMBOLS SECTION SHEET NUMBER BUILDING SECTION INDICATOR WALL SECTION INDICATOR SECTION X A -XX SHEET NUMBER DETAIL SHEET NUMBER DETAIL INDICATOR ELEVATION DETAIL SHEET NUMBER SECTION DETAIL INDICATOR ELEVATION SHEET NUMBER SHEET NUMBER EXTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR INTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR MATCH UNE SEE XX /A -XXX MATCHUNE INDICATOR EXISTING COLUMN GRID INDICATOR AND GRID UNES NEW COLUMN GRID INDICATOR AND GRID UNES EL 100.00' SPOT ELEVATION INDICATOR ROOM NAME 2022 DATUM INDICATOR ROOM NAME AND NUMBER 1. ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL SLOPES NOT TO EXCEED RUNNING SLOPE OF 1:20 (5.0 %), MAX CROSS SLOPE OF 1:50 (2.0 %) MAX. 2B. ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES AND AISLES SHALL BE LEVEL WITH SURFACE SLOPES AND NOT EXCEEDING 1:50 (2.0 % % %) IN ALL DIRECTIONS. 2A. SITE ACCESSIBILITY PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY NOTES: 1. THIS PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL FEDERAL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITY ACT REGULATION AND ALL LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS. 2. THRESHOLDS SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 1/2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. EDGE TO BE BEVELED WITH SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1 IN 2. 3. DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH TYPE, MOUNTED 30" TO 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR AND BE OPERABLE WITH A MAXIMUM EFFORT OF 5 LBS FOR INTERIOR DOORS. 4. PROVIDE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY AT ALL ENTRANCES AND WITH DIRECTIONAL SIGNS AS REQUIRED. SEE A -201. 5. ACCESSIBLE DOORS MUST BE MINIMUM 3' -0" (WIDTH) X 6' -8" (HEIGHT). MODIFY IF REQUIRED. 6. PROVIDE 18" CLEAR SPACE AT STRIKE /PULL SIDE ON INTERIOR DOORS, AND 12" CLEAR AT STRIKE /PUSH SIDE OF DOORS WITH CLOSERS. 7. FLOOR SHALL BE LEVEL THROUGHOUT. 8. PROVIDE HANDICAP ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE ON RESTROOM DOORS: A. 12" EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE FOR MEN. B. 12" DIAMETER CIRCLE FOR WOMEN. C. 1/4" THICK, CENTERED ON DOOR, 60" ABOVE FLOOR WITH CONTRASTING COLOR. 9. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED. SYMBOL LEGEND: MINIMUM 36" CLEAR PATH OF TRAVEL 3' -O" /CLR. 000000 000 11 . I. 0 of r - -1 I I L__J uUVVVVVOU 0000 00000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I -- L I —. 11 { H ,t • 1 ,`� iii o r 7 0 QLy 0 0000 00 0 .0 11 0 .0 CO O O, 4 0 AC R S 1 : FT 00 0 UP TS RA 7 Ae N) NN NOTE: PATH OF EGRESS TO SHOW 1 FOOT- CANDLE ILLUMINATION AT THE WALKING SURFACE LEADING TO EXIT DISCHARGE DOORWAY 5' -0" TURNING RADIUS rr CODE C:,'.Ci�rr! CA; cE AUG 1 r, 2011 City C'.E Tukwila A` DING EIW,./;SKIN RECEIVED JUL 2 9 2011 PERMIT CENTER 9)))07 6r) b MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 REGI TREAD ARC. TECT CHAEL R. BLACK ATE OF WASHINGTON woYu6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road 0 0 0 0 Y a JAMBA JUICE SEATLL rn 0 w m 2 z 1- U 0 w a Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By BM D Revisions Date A Description By A A A 0 A DID —)-to NO SCALE t� TRUE NORTH JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 General Information/ Egress Map A -001 24x36 24x36 DUNNAGE c0 PO x N 24x48 CO N 8-17xVZ 24x48 9 :XtZ CO N NOTE: PATH OF EGRESS TO SHOW 1 FOOT- CANDLE ILLUMINATION AT THE WALKING SURFACE LEADING TO EXIT DISCHARGE DOORWAY 5' -0" TURNING RADIUS rr CODE C:,'.Ci�rr! CA; cE AUG 1 r, 2011 City C'.E Tukwila A` DING EIW,./;SKIN RECEIVED JUL 2 9 2011 PERMIT CENTER 9)))07 6r) b MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 REGI TREAD ARC. TECT CHAEL R. BLACK ATE OF WASHINGTON woYu6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road 0 0 0 0 Y a JAMBA JUICE SEATLL rn 0 w m 2 z 1- U 0 w a Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By BM D Revisions Date A Description By A A A 0 A DID —)-to NO SCALE t� TRUE NORTH JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 General Information/ Egress Map A -001 1 6 7 8 9 10 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. THE AIA A107 "ABBREVIATED FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR FOR CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS OF LIMITED SCOPE WHERE THE BASIS OF PAYMENT IS A STIPULATED SUM," 1997 EDITION, EXCEPT AS MODIFIED OR SUPPLEMENTED BELOW, SHALL GOVERN THE WORK. B. REFERENCES TO THE "OWNER" SHALL MEAN JAMBA JUICE COMPANY OF EMERYVILLE, CALIFORNIA. 01100 SUMMARY A. THE SECTIONS OF SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDED ON THESE DRAWINGS IDENTIFY THE TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TYPICAL JAMBA JUICE "SMOOTHIE BAR" COMMERCIAL RESTAURANT PROJECTS. CONSEQUENTLY, THEY MAY CONTAIN SOME SPECIFICATIONS OR ELEMENTS THAT DO NOT APPLY TO THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE REMAINING DRAWINGS IN THIS SET AND SHALL VISIT SITE TO DETERMINE THE APPLICABLE SCOPE OF REQUIRED WORK FOR THIS PARTICULAR JAMBA JUICE RESTAURANT. B. DEFINITIONS: 1. LANDLORD: MALL DEVELOPER OR BUILDING OWNER. 2. OWNER: JAMBA JUICE, TENANT. C. SPECIAL WORK REQUIREMENTS: 1. OBTAIN A COPY OF, AND COMPLY WITH, ALL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING LANDLORD. NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY IN THE EVENT THAT LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. USE OF PREMISES: CONFORM TO ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. D. SEPARATE WORK: 1. CERTAIN ITEMS WILL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD, OWNER OR CONTRACTOR, OR ANY COMBINATION THEREOF. 2. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX ON SHEET A -000 FOR CLARIFICATION OF SEPARATE WORK ITEMS. 3. PERFORM WORK SO AS TO ALLOW THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK BY OTHER CONTRACTORS WITHOUT HINDRANCE. E. ITEMS FURNISHED BY OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR: 1. CERTAIN ITEMS WILL BE FURNISHED BY JAMBA JUICE FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR. THESE ITEMS ARE NOTED IN THE RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WORK TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION OF THESE ITEMS. 3. JAMBA JUICE RESPONSIBILITIES: a) ARRANGE FOR AND DELIVER SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES TO CONTRACTOR. b) ARRANGE AND PAY FOR PRODUCT DELIVERY TO SITE. c) ARRANGE FOR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED, DEFECTIVE, OR MISSING ITEMS. d) ARRANGE FOR MANUFACTURERS' WARRANTIES, INSPECTIONS, AND SERVICE. 4. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES: a) REVIEW SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES. b) RECEIVE AND UNLOAD PRODUCTS AT SITE; INSPECT FOR COMPLETENESS, FOR DAMAGE, JOINTLY WITH JAMBA JUICE c) HANDLE, STORE, PROTECT, INSTALL AND FiNISH PRODUCTS. d) REPAIR OR REPLACE ITEMS DAMAGED BY WORK OF THIS CONTRACT. F. CONTRACTOR COORDINATION: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE WORK TO ASSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS, WITH PROVISIONS FOR ACCOMMODATING ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED LATER. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AND SHALL MAKE RUNS PARALLEL WITH ONES OF BUILDING. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXECUTE CUTTING AND PATCHING TO INTEGRATE ELEMENTS OF THE WORK, REMOVE ILL-TIMED AND DEFECTIVE WORK AND REPLACE WITH NEW WORK CONFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 4. CONTRACTOR SEAL ALL NEW PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS, AND CEIUNGS AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. 01270 UNIT PRICES A. UNIT PRICES WILL BE EXCERCISED AT THE OPTION OF JAMBA JUICE. PRICES STATED FOR EACH UNIT PRICE SHALL BE VALID FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONTRACT AND SHALL INCLUDE ALL COSTS INCLUDING OVERHEAD AND PROFIT. B. UNIT PRICE NO. 1 - LEVEUNG OF EXISTING FLOOR SLAB 1. ITEM: STATE THE PRICE FOR LEVELING AND F1WNG EXISTING EXPOSED FLOOR SUBSTRATE TO SPECIFIED TOLERANCE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 03547. PRICE SHALL INCLUDE LABOR, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO RECONDITION THE FLOOR INCLUDING PREPARATION, PRIMING, AND F1WNG AS SPECIFIED. 2. UNIT MEASURE: PER SQUARE FOOT TO A DEPTH OF 1/4 INCH. C. UNIT PRICE NO. 2 - 11LE FLOOR CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE 1. ITEM: STATE THE PRICE FOR PROVIDING CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 09300. 2. UNIT MEASURE: PER SQUARE FOOT. 01312 PROJECT MEETINGS A. PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING: PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK, CONTRACTOR AND OWNER SHALL HOLD A PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING TO DETERMINE THE EXACT SEQUENCING AND PHASING OF CONSTRUCTION. B. PROGRESS MEETINGS: ATTEND PROGRESS MEETINGS CALLED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND /OR JAMBA JUICE THROUGHOUT THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK. C. PRE - INSTALLATION MEETING: CONVENE A PRE - INSTALLATION MEETING WHEN IT IS SPECIFIED FOR A CERTAIN PORTION OF THE WORK. REQUIRE ATTENDANCE OF PARTIES DIRECTLY AFFECTING, OR AFFECTED BY, THE WORK OF THE APPUCABLE SPECIFICATION SECTION. D. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE ALL MEETING AGENDAS, MINUTES AND DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES, SCHEDULES AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE: 1. IDENTIFY DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. REVIEW AND SIGN EACH SUBMITTAL PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. UNSIGNED SUBMITTALS MAY BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. 3. UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, SUBMIT THE NUMBER OF SUBMITTALS THE CONTRACTOR REQUIRES, PLUS TWO THAT WILL BE RETAINED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 4. TRANSMIT EACH ITEM TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. INCLUDE PROJECT NAME, CONTRACTOR NAME, SUBCONTRACTOR OR SUPPUER NAME, AND DRAWING SHEET, DETAIL NUMBER, OR SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER CORRESPONDING TO THE SUBMITTAL AS APPROPRIATE. 5. MAKE SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED TO CAUSE NO DELAY IN THE WORK. ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME FOR POSSIBLE REVISION AND RESUBMITTAL OF REJECTED SUBMITTALS. 6. REVISE AND RESUBMIT REJECTED SUBMITTALS AS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN APPROVAL B. PROGRESS AND VALUE SCHEDULES: SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND OWNER. 1. PROGRESS SCHEDULE: SUBMIT HORIZONTAL BAR CHART WITH SEPARATE BAR FOR EACH MAJOR TRADE OR OPERATION, IDENTIFYING FIRST WORK DAY OF EACH WEEK. 2. SCHEDULE OF VALUES: a) SUBMIT TYPED SCHEDULE ON FORM AS APPROVED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. b) SUBDIVIDE INTO EACH MAJOR TRADE OR CATEGORY OF WORK. c) INCLUDE A UNE ITEM AMOUNT FOR EACH ALLOWANCE, AS APPLICABLE. d) INCLUDE IN EACH UNE ITEM A DIRECTLY PROPORTIONAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACTOR'S OVERHEAD AND PROFIT. 3. SUBMIT PROGRESS AND VALUE SCHEDULES IN DUPLICATE WITHIN 5 DAYS AFTER NOTICE TO PROCEED. 4. SUBMIT REVISED SCHEDULES WITH EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. C. SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES: 1. SHOP DRAWINGS: a) SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS IN THE FORM OF 2 LEGIBLE RIGHT - READING COPIES, EXCEPT THAT SHOP DRAWINGS 11 "X17" OR SMALLER MAY BE SUBMITTED IN THE FOR OF TWO BLACKUNE OR ELECTROSTATIC COPIES. b) UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW QUANTITIES, MATERIALS, METHODS OF ASSEMBLY, A JACENT CONSTRUCTION, DIMENSIONS, AND OTHER APPROPRIATE INFORMATION TO FULLY ILLUSTRATE THE WORK. 2. PRODUCT DATA: a) MARK EACH COPY TO IDENTIFY APPUCABLE PRODUCTS, MODELS, OPTIONS AND OTHER DATA; SUPPLEMENT MANUFACTURE'S STANDARD DATA TO PROVIDE INFORMATION UNIQUE TO THE WORK. b) SUBMIT THE NUMBER OF COPIES THAT CONTRACTOR REQUIRES, PLUS 2 COPIES THAT WILL BE RETAINED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 3. SAMPLES: a) SUBMIT SAMPLES AS SPECIFIED IN THE TECHNICAL SECTIONS. b INCLUDE IDENTIFICATION ON EACH SAMPLE GIVING FULL INFORMATION. c SUBMIT THREE SAMPLES, ONE OF WHICH WILL BE RETAINED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, UNLESS INDICATED 0 ERWISE IN THE TECHNICAL SECTION. D. CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT THE ORIGINAL SIGNED VERSION TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 01450 QUALITY CONTROL A. STANDARDS: 1. COMPLY WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS EXCEPT WHEN HELD CONDI11ONS OR SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS INDICATE MORE RIGID STANDARDS OR MORE PRECISE WORKMANSHIP. 2. PERFORM ALL WORK TO MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, LAWS, REGULATIONS, SAFETY ORDERS, AND DIRECTIVES FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE WORK. 3. ACCESSIBIUTY: EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES AND WORK PROVIDED SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL STATE AND LOCAL CODES WITH RESPECT TO HANDICAP AND BARRIER -FREE ACCESSIBILITY, AND WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABIUiiES ACT (ADA). THE MORE RESTRICTIVE STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN. 4. PERFORM WORK WITH PERSONS QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE WORKMANSHIP OF SPECIFIED QUALITY. 5. INSTALL PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. WHERE CONFUCT EXISTS BETWEEN MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS, NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY. B. EXAMINATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION: 1. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK OF EACH TRADE OR LOCATION, CAREFULLY INSPECT INSTALLED WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND VERIFY THAT SUCH WORK IS COMPLETE TO THE POINT WHERE WORK OF THIS SECTION MAY PROPERLY COMMENCE. NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 2. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDI11ONS AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. TEMPORARY UTILITIES: PROVIDE TEMPORARY UT1U11ES, SERVICES, AND CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. COORDINATE TEMPORARY FACIUTIES AND CONTROLS WITH THE OWNER'SJJEPRESENTA11VE AND THE LANDLORD. 1. ELECTRICITY: CONNECT TO EXISTING SERVICE. OWNER WILL PAY COSTS OF ENERGY USED. TAKE MEASURES TO CONSERVE ENERGY. 2. LIGHTING: PERMANENT LIGHTING MAY BE USED DURING CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY LIGHTING AS REQUIRED. 3. HEATING AND VENTILATION: PERMANENT SYSTEM MAY BE USED. OWNER WILL PAY FOR THE COST OF ENERGY USED. 4. TELEPHONE PROVIDE TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 5. WATER: U11UZE EXISTING FACILITIES. OWNER WALL PAY FOR WATER USED. B. CONTROLS: 1. DUST CONTROL: PROVIDE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT PENETRATION OF DUST INTO LANDLORD'S OCCUPIED AREAS SEPARATE FROM WORK AREAS. PREVENT DAMAGE TO OPERATING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS, AND CREATE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS AND SYSTEMS OF THIS PROJECT. 2. NOISE CONTROL PROVIDE NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS AND CONTROLS AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD. C. MAINTAIN PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICULAR ACCESS TO SITE AND WITHIN SITE TO PROVIDE UNINTERRUPTED ACCESS TO EMERGENCY VEHICLES AND LANDLORD'S OTHER TENANTS. D. FIRE SAFETY: COMPLY WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS AND WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF UNIFORM FIRE CODE ARTICLE 87 FOR FIRE SAFETY DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. E. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION: 1. OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND /OR LANDLORD FOR MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS OR FACIUTES NOT INDICATED. 2. BARRICADES (IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD): a PROVIDE FULL HEIGHT BARRICADE TO SEPARATE CONSTRUCTION AREA FROM EXTERIOR OR MALL CONCOURSE. b BARRICADE SHALL CONFORM TO LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. WHEN NO REQUIREMENTS EXISTS, THE BARRICADE SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: 1) BARRICADE SHALL CONSIST OF METAL STUD FRAMING AND GYPSUM BOARD OR PLYWOOD TOWARD THE PUBLIC SIDE. PAINT SHEATHING WITH COLOR AS DIRECTED BY THE LANDLORD. 2) PROVIDE LOCKED DOOR IF REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO THE CONSTRUCTION AREA. IF A DOOR IS REQUIRED, IT MUST SWING IN. 3. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF TEMPORARY BARRICADES OR FACILITIES WHEN USE IS NO LONGER REQUIRED. CLEAN AND REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED BY INSTALLATION OR USE OF TEMPORARY BARRICADES OR FACILITIES. F. CONSTRUCTION CLEANING: 1. CONTROL ACCUMULATION OF WASTE MATERIALS AND RUBBISH ON A DAILY BASIS. PERIODICALLY DISPOSE OF WASTE OFF -SITE. 2. MAINTAIN AREAS FREE OF DUST AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS DURING FINISHING OPERATIONS. G. SMOKING: SMOKING SHALL BE PROHIBITED IN ALL INTERIOR SPACES. 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDUNG: 1. TRANSPORT AND HANDLE PRODUCTS BY METHODS REQUIRED TO PREVENT PRODUCT DAMAGE. 2. MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS SHALL REMAIN IN MANUFACTURER'S CONTAINERS OR PACKAGING, AND STORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, UNTIL READY FOR INSTALLATION. B. PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS: 1. FURNISH PRODUCTS SPECIFIED, EXCEPT WHERE "OR APPROVED" IS USED. SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS MAY BE SUBMITTED TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL 2. SUBSTITUTIONS WiLL BE CONSIDERED ONLY FOR THE FOLLOWING REASONS: a) A PRODUCT BECOMES UNAVAILABLE DUE TO NO FAULT OF THE CONTRACTOR. b SUBSTITUTE PRODUCT WILL BE IN OWNER'S BEST INTEREST BY PROVIDING A COST SAVINGS OR SCHEDULE B EFiT. 3. DOCUMENT EACH SUBSTITUTION REQUEST WITH COMPLETE DATA SUBSTANTIATING COMPLIANCE OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ON SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM PROVIDED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 4. A SUBSTITUTION REQUEST CONSTITUTES A REPRESENTATION THAT CONTRACTOR: a) HAS INVESTIGATED PROPOSED PRODUCT AND HAS DETERMINED THAT IT MEETS OR EXCEEDS PERFORMANCE OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT, IN ALL RESPECTS. b) SHALL PROVIDE THE SAME WARRANTY FOR SUBSTITUTION AS FOR SPECIFIED PRODUCT. c) WILL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND MAKE ANY CHANGES THAT MAY BE REQUIRED FOR WORK TO BE COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS. d) WILL WAIVES CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS THAT MAY SUBSEQUENTLY BECOME APPARENT. e) AGREES TO PAY ALL COSTS OF REDESIGN RELATED TO THE SUBSTITUTION. 5. THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WILL DETERMINE ACCEPTABILITY OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION, AND WILL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION WITHIN A REASONABLE 11ME. 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. FINAL CLEANING: 1. THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL SURFACES PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 2. REMOVE ALL WASTE AND SURPLUS MATERIALS, RUBBISH, AND CONSTRUCTION FACIUiiES FROM THE SITE. B. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES: 1. COMPLY WITH PROCEDURES STATED IN GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT (DOCUMENT AIA A -701) FOR SUBSTANTIAL AND FINAL COMPLETION. 2. SUBMIT ALL CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL ISSUED BY THE GOVERNING AUTHORITIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOLLOWING: a CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. 3. SUBMIT FiNAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT IDENTIFYING TOTAL ADJUSTED CONTRACT SUM, PREVIOUS PAYMENTS, AND SUM REMAINING DUE. 4. SUBMIT "CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS ", AIA DOCUMENT 0706. 5. SUBMIT CONTRACTOR'S LIEN RELEASE FORM AND LIEN RELEASE FORMS FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. 6. ALL CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES SHALL BE COMPLETE WITHIN 45 DAYS OF STORE OPENING. C. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: 1. MAINTAIN A COMPLETE SET OF RECORD DRAWINGS THAT CLEARLY AND NEATLY INDICATE EXACT INSTALLED LOCATIONS OF ITEMS THAT WILL BE CONCEALED IN THE WORK SUCH AS CONDUIT, PIPING, DUCTS, REINFORCING, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, AND SIMILAR ITEMS. SHOW ALL CHANGES FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND ALL UNCOVERED EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT WILL BE SUBSEQUENTLY CONCEALED. 2. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED FOR NO OTHER PURPOSE AND SHALL BE STORED SEPARATELY FROM THOSE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION. 3. DOCUMENTS SHALL BE IN SAME FORMAT AS THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 4. AT CONTRACT CLOSEOUT, SUBMIT DOCUMENTS WITH TRANSMITTAL LETTER CONTAINING DATE, PROJECT TITLE, CONTRACTOR'S NAME AND ADDRESS, UST OF DOCUMENTS, AND SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR. D. SUBMITTALS: IN ADDITION TO SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, AND SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY SECTION 01330, FURNISH SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES, AND SUBMIT A FINAL STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING GIVING TOTAL ADJUSTED CONTRACT SUM, PREVIOUS PAYMENTS, AND SUM REMAINING DUE. E. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: (TWO COPIES REQUIRED, SEPARATE BINDERS): 1. SUBMIT COMPLETE DATA FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENT USED IN THE WORK. 2. SUBMIT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. 3. ARRANGE IN A BINDER VWTH A SECTION FOR EACH SYSTEM. F. WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES AND BONDS: (TWO COPIES REQUIRED IN SEPARATE BINDERS): 1. SUBMIT ALL APPLICABLE MANUFACTURER WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES AND BONDS. G. SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS: FURNISH PRODUCTS, SPARE PARTS, AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS IN QUANTITIES SPECIFIED IN EACH SECTION, IN ADDITION TO THAT USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OF WORK. COORDINATE WITH OVER; DELIVER TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND OBTAIN RECEIPT PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. H. RETAIN FINISH OVERAGES IN THE FOLLOWING QUANTITIES: HELD TILE = 6, ACCENT = 4, SPECIAL = 8 COVE, 6 EACH CORNER, PAINT = 1 QT. EACH 02225 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. BY WHATEVER MEANS NECESSARY, VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. B. DEMOUSH IN AN ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE WORK. C. PROTECT EXISTING U11U11ES AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS FROM DAMAGE. D. DURING DEMOUTiON OPERATIONS, NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF CONDI11ONS THAT DIFFER SUBSTANTIALLY FROM THOSE INDICATED, SPECIFIED, OR EXPECTED. PERFORM NO DEMOUTION IN SUCH AREAS, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. E. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, TAKE POSSESSION OF MATERIALS BEING DEMOLISHED, AND IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF. DO NOT OVERLOAD EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN WITH DEMOUSHED MATERIALS. F. CAREFULLY REMOVE, STORE, AND PROTECT MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS TO BE REUSED. G. CAREFULLY REMOVE, PROTECT, AND TURN OVER AS DIRECTED, MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS CLAIMED BY JAMBA JUICE OR THE LANDLORD FOR SALVAGE. PRIOR TO DEMOLITION, CONTACT JAMBA JUICE AND THE LANDLORD TO DETERMINE WHICH ITEMS WILL BE CLAIMED. H. WHERE CUT EDGES OF THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WILL BE VISIBLE IN THE COMPLETED WORK, CUT IN UNIFORM STRAIGHT LINES. CONCRETE AND MASONRY SHALL BE SAW -CUT OR CORE DRILLED. I. REPAIR DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO JAMBA JUICE. J. CONCRETE RESURFACING: 1. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR- FiNISH ADHESIVE RESIDUE BY A CONTAINED ABRASIVE BLASTING SYSTEM USING REUSABLE SYNTHETIC BEADS, OR STEEL SHOT. 2. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: ABRASIVE- BLASTER SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 5 YEARS EXPERIENCE IN WORK OF THE TYPE AND SCOPE SPECIFIED, AND BE SKILLED IN THE PROPER OPERATION, AND TECHNIQUES RECOMMENDED BY THE BLAST EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER. 3. ABRASIVE BLASTING: a) SCHEDULE NOISE- PRODUCING OPERATIONS TO OCCUR AT APPROVED 11MES COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD. b) USE SELF- CONTAINED, DUST CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. c) PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK, ASSESS TRANSITIONS; MAKE ALLOWANCES FOR ADJUSTMENT OF ABRASIVE BLASTING IN TRANSITIONAL AREAS. VERTICAL EDGES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. d) VISIBLE 'CRATERING' OR 'POCKING' OF THE RESURFACED FLOOR IS NOT ACCEPTABLE; RE -BLAST SUCH AREAS WITH FiNER MATERIAL IN A SLOWER PASS TO CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK. e) REMOVE ONLY ENOUGH MATERIAL TO ASSURE THE SLAB IS FREE OF NOTICEABLE VISIBLE DEFECTS. 02750 CONCRETE CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIR A. PROVIDE A SMOOTH, EVEN, AND INVISIBLE TRANSITION TO NEW CONSTRUCTION. WHEN FINISHED SURFACES ARE CUT SO THAT AN INVISIBLE TRANSITION WITH NEW WORK IS NOT POSSIBLE, TERMINATE EXISTING SURFACE ALONG THE NEAREST BREAK UNE, JOINT, OR CORNER. B. MATERIALS: UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, CONFORM TO ACI 301. PROVIDE REINFORCING STEEL TO MATCH EXISTING IN DEMOUSHED WORK. C. PATCHING OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS ON GRADE: 1. ENSURE THAT BELOW -GRADE CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE IN THE SLAB AREA TO BE PATCHED. 2. REPLACE EXISTING SUBGRADE MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING AND MECHANICALLY COMPACT. REPLACE AND MAKE CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIERS AND OTHER SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION DISTURBED OR DAMAGED DURING DEMOU11ON OR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. 3. RE- COMPACT EXISTING SUBGRADE TO 95 PERCENT OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AS DETERMINED BY ASTM D1557. 4. PATCH SLAB WITH CONCRETE HAVING A MINIMUM 28 -DAY STRENGTH OF 3000 PSI AND A MAXIMUM WATER /CEMENT RA110 OF 0.40. USE SUPERPLAS11CIZER ADMIXTURE AS NECESSARY FOR WORKABIUTY. 5. FiNISH CONCRETE TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. 03001 CONCRETE A. SUMMARY: 1. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 2. WHEN SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL, COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS. B. MATERIALS: 1. CONFORM TO ACI 301. 2. CONCRETE MATERIALS: a) CEMENT: ASTM C150, NORMAL - TYPE 1 PORTLAND CEMENT; GREY COLOR. b) NORMAL WEIGHT FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATES: ASTM C33; SEVERE WEATHER EXPOSURE. 3. FORM MATERIALS: APA B -B PLYFORM CLASS 1, E(T 4. REINFORCING STEEL ASTM C615, GRADE 40.: 5. WATER: CLEAN AND NOT DETRIMENTAL TO CONCRETE. 6. ADMIXTURES a) AIR - ENTRAINMENT: ASTM C 260. b) WATER REDUCER NORMAL: ASTM C 494, TYPE A. c) ACCELERATOR: ASTM C 494, TYPE C OR E, NON - CORROSIVE, NON - CHLORIDE. d) HIGH RANGE WATER REDUCER (SUPERPLAS11CIZER): ASTM C 494, TYPE F OR G AND SHALL BE OF THE SECOND OR THIRD GENERATION TYPE. SHALL BE BATCH PLANT ADDED TO EXTEND PLASTICITY TIME, AND REDUCE WATER 20 TO 30 PERCENT. e) FREEZE PROTECTION ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 494, TYPE E. 7. ACCESSORIES: a) NON -SHRIN K GROUTS: NON -C AT A LYZE D NATURAL AGGREGATE GROUT; MINIMUM 7000 PSI COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS. b) FORM RELEASE AGENT: THAT WILL NOT BOND WITH, STAIN OR ADVERSELY AFFECT CONCRETE SURFACES, AND WILL NOT IMPAIR SUBSEQUENT TREATMENTS OF CONCRETE SURFACES WHEN APPLIED TO MOST FORMS OR FORM LINERS. c) BONDING AGENT: A TWO COMPONENT MOISTURE INSENSITIVE, 100% SOLIDS EPDXY ADHESIVE WITH A SHEAR BOND TO CONCRETE STRENGTH OF OVER 1400 PSI. C. CONCRETE MIX: 1. MIX CONCRETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C94, MINIMUM 3000 PSI 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH. 2. ALL CONCRETE SHALL CONTAIN THE SPECIFIED WATER REDUCING OR HIGH RANGE WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURE TO ATTAIN A MAXIMUM WATER /CEMENT RATIO OF 0.5. 3. ALL CONCRETE REQUIRED TO BE AIR ENTRAINED SHALL CONTAIN AIR ENTRAINING ADMIXTURE TO PRODUCE 4% TO 6% AIR. 4. ALL CONCRETE PLACED IN AMBIENT TEMPERATURES FROM 40 DEGREES F TO 20 DEGREES F SHALL CONTAIN A FREEZE PROTECTION ADMIXTURE AT THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIRED DOSAGE. D. USE PLYWOOD FORMS, UNLESS SPECIFIED OR APPROVED OTHERWISE. E. REINFORCEMENT: 1. FABRICATE AS INDICATED AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 315. 2. PLACE, SUPPORT, AND SECURE REINFORCEMENT AGAINST DISPLACEMENT. 3. LOCATE REINFORCING SPUCES NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AT POINTS OF MINIMUM STRESS. F. MOISTURE CURE ALL CONCRETE FOR A MINIMUM OF 7 DAYS, UNLESS APPROVED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 03350 POLISHED CONCRETE • HTC SUPERFLOOR 1.1 GENERAL: PROVIDE A SEALED AND POLISHED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH AS SHOWN AND SPECIFIED. A. SUBMITTALS: PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING 1. MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA ON ALL MACHINES AND CHEMICALS USED DURING INSTALLATION. 2. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION THAT INSTALLER IS A CERTIFIED APPLICATOR OF HTC - SUPERFLOOR OR EQUIVALENT FLOOR FINISHES AND FAMILIAR WITH THE HTC - SUPERFLOOR INSTALLATION PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER, APPROVED " ww.htc- america.com, WITH NOT LESS THAN THREE YEARS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE IN INSTALLING SEALED AND POLIS TE FLOORS. a) CERTIFIED AND APPROVED INSTALLERS 1. PACIFIC DECORATIVE CONCRETE, INC. www...cifi • .. 'v r (916) 725 -9269. 2. ALTERNATE INSTALLER MUST SUBMIT REFER CE FOR, FIVE SIMILAR PROJECTS TO BE PRE APPROVED BY JAMBA JUICE. CONTACT JAMBA REP FOR EXP9plDED SP A DNS TO BE FOLLOWED. C. PROJECT CONDITIONS: 1. COMPLY WiTH MANUFACTURERS E VIR TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY. 2. CONCRETE SHALL BE CURED F I OF 21 DAYS, AND FREE FROM ALL COATINGS, INCLUDING CURING AGENTS. 3. APPLICATION OF FINISH SYSTEM OCCUR PRIOR TO FIXTURE & TRIM INSTALLATION AND/ OR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 4. CLOSE FLOOR TO TRAFFIC DURING LOOR FINISH APPLICATION AND AFTER APPLICATION, FOR THE TIME AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 5. CONCRETE SUBSTRATE TO BE IN SOUND CONDITION. IF CONCRETE PATCH WORK IS REQUIRED, CONTRACTOR CAN PATCH CONCRETE AT OWNER REQUEST AS EXTRA WORK. LIMITATIONS FOR SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE AND MOISTURE CONTENT, AMBIENT 2.1 MATERIALS: A. CONCRETE POLISH PROCESS www.htc - america.com /concepts /superfloor/ A PROCESS INVOLVING SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT, DIAMOND ABRASIVES, AND CHEMICALS WHICH ENHANCES THE DENSITY, HARDNESS, WEATHERING, AND LIGHT REFLECTIVITY. B. ARCHITECTURAL COLOR AGENT: www.ameripolish.com COLOR: "SAND ". C. CONCRETE DENSIFIER/ HARDENER 1. www.convergentconcrete.com / OR EQUAL. D. AMERIPOLISH STAIN GUARD: www.omeripolish.com 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. HTC- SUPERFLOOR POLISH PROCESS: 1. FILL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS (1/4" WIDE OR MORE) WITH ARDEX TWP (TILT -WALL PATCH). COLOR TO MATCH SLAB. 2. GRIND CONCRETE (TO WITHIN 2 -3 INCHES OF WALLS) WITH 3 OR 4 HEAD PLANETARY GRINDER WITH 800 LBS OR MORE DOWN FORCE, FITTED WITH 25, 40, OR 50 GRIT METALS BONDED DIAMOND ABRASIVES. REMOVE CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS, FLOOR SLAB IMPERFECTIONS, AND ACHIEVE A UNIFORM SCRATCH PATTERN. VACUUM FLOOR THOROUGHLY WITH A SQUEEGEE VACUUM ATTACHMENT. 3. GRIND CONCRETE (TO WITHIN 2 -3 INCHES OF WALLS ) WITH 80 GRIT AND 150 METAL BONDED DIAMONDS. GRIND 90 DEGREES FORM PREVIOUS GRIND AND REMOVE ALL SCRATCHES FROM PREVIOUS GRIT. VACUUM FLOOR THOROUGHLY AFTER EACH GRIND. 4. GRIND FLOOR EDGES WITH 40, 60, 120, AND 220 GRIT GRINDING PADS. VACUUM FLOOR THOROUGHLY AFTER EACH GRIND. 5. POLISH FLOOR WITH 100 AND 200 GRIT RESIN BONDED DIAMONDS. FIRST POLISH THE EDGES WITH PADS OF THE SAME GRIT AND THEN FLOOR FIELD. AFTER EACH POLISH, CLEAN FLOOR THOROUGHLY WITH CLEAN WATER, AN AUTOSCRUBBER AND A WET VACUUM. 6. INSTALL ARCHITECTURAL COLOR AGENT AS SPECIFIED. COLOR: SAND. 7. INSTALL IMPREGNATING SILICATE DENSIFYING AGENT. FOLLOW PROCEDURES FOR NUMBER OF COATS TO APPLY. ALLOW 12 TO 24 HOURS FOR FULL CURE. 8. POLISH FLOOR TO 800 GRIT LEVEL WITH RESIN BONDED DIAMONDS. FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS FROM #4. 9. INSTALL AMERIPOLISH STAIN GUARD. BUFF WITH WHITE PAD AS NEEDED. 10. POLISH ALL EDGES TO MATCH FIELD POLISH. 03450 CEMENTITOUS FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01. SUMMARY A. THIS IS THE RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATION FOR ARDEX SD -T SELF - DRYING, SELF - LEVELING CEMENTITIOUS TOPPING FOR FAST TRACK RESURFACING, SMOOTHING, OR LEVELING OF INDOOR CONCRETE. 1.02. SECTION INCLUDES A. ARDEX SD -T SELF - DRYING, SELF- LEVELING CONCRETE TOPPING. B. ARDEX EP 2000 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION EPDXY FOR ARDEX ENGINEERED CEMENTS. C. WEAR SURFACE PROTECTION FINISH AS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT AND /OR SPECIFIED IN CONTACT DOCUMENTS. 1.03. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLATION OF THE CEMENT - BASED, SELF - DRYING, SELF - LEVELING TOPPING MUST BE BY A QUALIFIED, FACTORY- TRAINED APPLICATOR, SUCH AS AN ARDEX LEVELMASTER ELITE INSTALLER, WHO HAS SPECIFIC EXPERIENCE WITH THE INSTALLATION OF ARDEX SD -T. PLEASE CONTACT BEN MACK AT ARDEX INC. (888) 512 -7339 OR VISIT www.levelmasterelite.com FOR A COMPLETE LIST OF INSTALLERS. B. TOPPING MATERIAL SHALL ACHIEVE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 6100 PSI AFTER 28 DAYS PER ASTM C109 /MODIFIED (AIR -CURE ONLY). C. TOPPING SHALL BE ABLE TO BE INSTALLED FROM 1/4" TO 2" IN ONE POUR FOR ARDEX SD -T AND UP TO 5" WITH THE ADDITION OF AN APPROPRIATE AGGREGATE, AND MAY BE TAPERED TO MATCH EXISTING ELEVATIONS. D. TOPPING SHALL BE WALKABLE AFTER 2 -3 HOURS (707) AND BE ABLE TO BE COATED WITH TRADITIONAL WEAR PROTECTION COATING AFTER 24 HOURS. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. DELIVER MATERIALS IN THEIR UNOPENED PACKAGES AND PROTECT FROM EXTREME TEMPERATURES AND MOISTURE. PROTECT LIQUIDS FROM FREEZING. 1.05. SITE CONDITIONS A. ARDEX SD -T IS A CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL. OBSERVE THE BASIC RULES OF CONCRETE WORK. DO NOT INSTALL BELOW 507 SURFACE TEMPERATURE. INSTALL QUICKLY IF FLOOR IS WARM AND FOLLOW HOT WEATHER PRECAUTIONS AVAILABLE FROM THE ARDEX TECHNICAL SERVICE DEPARTMENT. NEVER MIX WITH CEMENT OR ADDITIVES OTHER THAN ARDEX - APPROVED PRODUCTS. B. THE TOPPING MUST BE COATED WITH A WEAR PROTECTION COATING SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE OF THE FLOOR. C. ARDEX SD -T IS A PORTLAND CEMENT -BASED PRODUCT AND, AS WITH ANY CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL, VARIATIONS IN COLOR CAN OCCUR AS A FUNCTION OF JOB -SITE CONDITIONS. IF A MONOLITHIC APPEARANCE IS REQUIRED, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT AN OPAQUE SEALER BE USED. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01. MATERIALS A. THE PORTLAND CEMENT -BASED TOPPING SHALL BE ARDEX SD -T SELF 1• SELF - LEVELING CONCRETE TOPPING. B. PRIMER FOR AREAS TO RECEIVE ARDEX SD -T TO INCLUDE STANDA AB ' ":1 T CONCRETE AND NON- POROUS SURFACES SUCH AS TERRAllO, CERAMIC TILE AND BURNISHED CQ►CC1ZE HI 'E ARDEX EP 2000 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION EPDXY FOR ARDEX ENGINEERED CEMENTS. C. AGGREGATE SHALL BE WELL- GRADED, WASHED GRAVEL (11(8" LARGER) FOR USE IN PRE - LEVELING OR WHEN THE MATERIAL IS INSTALLED OVER 2" THICK. D. WATER SHALL BE CLEAN, POTABLE, AND SUFFI TLY COO WARMER THAN 707). E. WEAR SURFACE: THE FINISHED TOPPING S SPECIFIED. F. FLOOR COVERING CAN BE USED AS 2.02. MIX DESIGNS A. MIXING RATION: THE CEMENTITIOUS T0\J INS SHALL BE MIXED IN 2 -BAG BATCHES AT ONE TIME. MIX EACH BAG OF THE POWDER WITH THE SPECIFIED AMOUNT OF WATER IN AN ARDEX T -10 MIXING DRUM USING AN ARDEX T -1 MIXING PADDLE AND A 1/2" HEAVY DUTY DRILL (MIN. 650 RPM). MIX THOROUGHLY FOR 2 -3 MINUTES TO OBTAIN A LUMP -FREE MIXTURE. FOLLOW WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS ON THE ARDEX PRODUCT BAG LABEL. B. AGGREGATE MIX: FOR PRE - LEVELING AND AREAS TO BE INSTALLED OVER 1 -1/2" - 2" THICK, AGGREGATE MAY BE ADDED TO REDUCE MATERIAL COSTS. MIX THE POWDER WITH WATER FIRST, AND THEN ADD FROM 1/3 UP TO 1 PART BY VOLUME OF AGGREGATE (1/8" - 1/4" OR LARGER). DO NOT USE SAND. THE ADDITION OF AGGREGATE WILL DIMINISH THE WORKABLE OF THE PRODUCT AND MAY MAKE IT NECESSARY TO INSTALL A FINISH LAYER. ALLOW THE FIRST LAYER TO DRY FOR 12 -16 HOURS. FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR HIGHLY ABSORBENT CONCRETE (I.E., "DOUBLE PRIMING ") AND THEN INSTALL THE FINISH LAYER. C. FOR PUMP INSTALLATIONS, THE TOPPING SHALL BE MIXED USING THE ARDEX LEVELCRAFT AUTOMATIC MIXING PUMP. START THE PUMP AT 150 GALLONS OF WATER PER HOUR, AND THEN ADJUST TO THE MINIMUM WATER READING THAT STILL ALLOWS SELF - LEVELING PROPERTIES. DO NOT OVERWATER! CHECK THE CONSISTENCY OF THE PRODUCT ON THE FLOOR TO ENSURE A UNIFORM DISTRIBUTION OF THE SAND AGGREGATE AT BOTH THE TOP SURFACE AND BOTTOM OF THE POUR. IF SETTLING IS OCCURRING, REDUCE THE WATER AMOUNT AND RECHECK. CONDI11ONS DURING THE INSTALLATION, SUCH AS VARIATIONS IN WATER, POWDER, SUBSTRATE, AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, REQUIRE THAT THE WATER SETTING BE MONITORED AND ADJUSTED CAREFULLY TO AVOID OVER WATERING. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01. PREPARATION A. ALL SUBFLOORS MUST BE SOUND, SOLID, CLEANED, AND PRIMED: 1. ALL CONCRETE SUBFLOORS MUST BE OF ADEQUATE STRENGTH, CLEAN, AND FREE OF ALL OIL, GREASE, DIRT, CURING COMPOUNDS AND ANY SUBSTANCE THAT MIGHT ACT AS A BONDBREAKER BEFORE PRIMING. MECHANICALLY CLEAN IF NECESSARY USING SHOT BLASTING OR OTHER. ACID ETCHING AND THE USE OF SWEEPING COMPOUNDS AND SOLVENTS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 2. ALL CRACKS IN THE SUBFLOOR SHALL BE REPAIRED USING ARDEX EP 2000 TO MINIMIZE TELEGRAPHING THROUGH THE UNDERLAYMENT. 3. SUBSTRATES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND CORRECTED FOR MOISTURE OR ANY OTHER CONDITIONS THAT COULD AFFECT THE PERFORMANCE OF THE UNDERLAYMENT OR THE FINISHED FLOOR COVERING. B. JOINT PREPARATION 1. MOVING JOINTS - HONOR ALL EXPANSION AND ISOLATION JOINTS UP THROUGH THE TOPPING. 2. SAW CUTS AND CONTROL JOINTS - FILL ALL NON- MOVING JOINTS WITH ARDEX SD -F FEATHER FINISH OR ARDEX SD -P INSTANTPATCH AS REQUIRED. C. PRIMING 1. FOR AREAS TO RECEIVE ARDEX SD -R, APPLY THE FRESHLY MIXED EPDXY TO THE PREPARED SURFACE USING A SHORT -NAP PAINT ROLLER FOR SMOOTHER SURFACES AND A LONGER NAP FOR MORE UNEVEN SUBSTRATES. ARDEX EP 2000 CAN ALSO BE APPLIED WITH A PAINTBRUSH FOR HARD -TO- GET -TO AREAS AND IN CORNERS. 2. WHILE IN A FRESH STATE, BROADCAST AN EXCESS OF TFINE SAND ( "PLAY SAND" THAT IS LESS THAN 1/32 OF AN INCH IN GRAIN SIZE) CONSISTENTLY OVER THE ENTIRE AREA. FIGURE ABOUT 2/3 LB. OF SAND PER SQUARE FOOT OF AREA. AVOID ALL TRAFFIC OVER THE SURFACE FOR A MINIMUM OF 6 HOURS. 3. AFTER 16 HOURS, BROOM SWEEP AND VACUUM THE SURFACE TO REMOVE ALL LOOSE SAND. (OTHERWISE UNCONTAMINATED SAND CAN BE RE -USED ON THE NEXT PROJECT.) INSTALL THE ARDEX SD -T IN ACCORDANCE WITH WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 4. PRIMER COVERAGE" APPROXIMATELY 150 -200 SQ.. FT. /UNIT. 3.02. APPLICATION OF CEMENTITIOUS TOPPING A. POUR OR PUMP THE LIQUID TOPPING AND SPREAD IN PLACE WITH THE ARDEX T -4 SPREADER. USE THE ARDEX T -5 SMOOTHER FOR FEATHEREDGE AND TOUCH -UP. WEAR BASEBALL SHOES WITH NON- METALLIC CLEATS TO AVOID LEAVING MARKS IN THE LIQUID TOPPING. THE TOPPING CAN BE WALKED ON IN 2 -3 HOURS AT 707. B. THE TOPPING MUST BE COATED WITH A WEA FINISH SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED USE OF THE FLOOR. 3.03. SEALING? A. THE COATING PROCESS SHOULD BEGIN WITHIN 24 HOURS AFTER COMPLETION OF THE POUR. THERE MUST BE NO FOOT TRAFFIC ON THE POURED FLOOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION 0 AT S LL ION OF THE SEALER. B. SURFACE AND AIR TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY AND AIR - MOVEMENT CONDITIONS MUST BE AS SPECIFIED IN MANUFACTURER'S 2003 PUBLISHED INSTRUCTIONS AND ADDITIONALLY ON THE PRODUCTS LABELS. C. WEAR CLEAN SOCKS AND NO SHOES ON FLOOR DURING SEALING PROCESS. D. INSTALLATION MUST BE PHYSICALLY PROTECTED AFTER COMPLETION FOR A MINIMUM OF 12 HOURS OR AS RECOMMENDED BY THE SEALER MANUFACTURER. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. WHERE SPECIFIED, FIELD SAMPLING OF THE ARDEX TOPPING IS TO BE DONE BY TAKING AN ENTIRE UNOPENED BAG OF THE PRODUCT BEING INSTALLED TO AN INDEPENDENT TESTING FACILITY TO PERFORM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 109 /MODIFIED: AIR -CURE ONLY. THERE ARE NO IN SITU TEST PROCEDURES FOR THE EVALUATION OF COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH. 3.05. ONGOING MAINTENANCE A. FOLLOWING COMPLETE CURE, CLEANING IS TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WEAR PROTECTION FINISH MANUFACTURER. ALL BE COATED WITH A RESIN -BASED WEAR PROTECTION SYSTEM AS OTECTION LAYER AS SPECIFIED. ' P r"1 AUG 1 r, 2011 CV.7.19 TO: t1a i a,a ECER/F JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER lbpos MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARUNGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 REGISTERED TECT CHAEL R. BLACK ATE OF WASHINGTON woYv6!sapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road 0 N 0 1- 0 0 c e 817.633.4153 f d 0 0 N 0 N. o ILI J Z < 00 W2 00 o 00 I W '" z � Q SOW (i) O W m = U W J < J _ 0 u.. ) w I- (0 (1) PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By Revisions Date n A A A A 7/28/11 BMD BMD Description By JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Specifications A -002 4 5 9 10 03547 CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT A. SUMMARY: 1. PROVIDE LEVELING OF EXISTING CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SLABS. 2. PROVIDE RAMPS AND TAPERS TO ALIGN FINISH MATERIALS. B. SUBMITTALS: MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. C. MATERIALS: 1. FAST - SETTING SELF- LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT SYSTEM: SELF - LEVELING, POURABLE, CEMENT -BASED MATERIAL, MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH 4,500 PSI WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C109; MINIMUM BOND STRENGTH 200 PSI; ONE OF THE FOLLOWING. a) "ULTRA /PLAN" BY MAPEI CORPORATION (800 -42- MAPEI). b) "SDL" SELF- LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT CONCRETE BY ARDEX INC. (412- 264 - 4240.) c) "LEVEL -RIGHT FS -10" BY MAXXON (800- 356 - 7887). 2. FAST - SETTING TROWELABLE UNDERLAYMENT SYSTEM: a) "QUICKCEM TOP 102" BY MAPEI CORPORATION (8 •PEI). b) "SD -P" FAST- SETTING UNDERLAYMENT BY A 1 C. . - 264 - 4240). c) "EUCO- SPEED" BY EUCLID CHEMICAL COMPA Y 8 -321 .28). 3. ACCESSORIES: FURNISH PRIMERS, PATCHIN C SAND FILLERS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER FOR THE CONDI NS F PROJECT. D. PREPARATION: 1. VERIFY AREAS TO BE LEV E �. 1,' ,u' . '1 OR BELOW FINAL DESIGN ELEVATION. 2. SURVEY THE FLOOR Tt 1 EAS THAT EXCEED TOLERANCE LIMITATIONS. 3. ENSURE THAT SUB -FLO" , DRY, HARD, SOUND, AND FREE OF OILS, OR OTHER SUBSTANCE THAT WOULD AFFECT PROPER BONDING A ` Cb•ING. SHOTBLAST SURFACE AS NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE A CLEAN SURFACE. E. APPLICATION: 1. INCLUDE IN BID: INSTALL TROWELABLE UNDERLAYMENT AT LOCATIONS WHERE SLOPES ARE INDICATED AND AT OTHER LOCATIONS AS APPROPRIATE TO INSTALLATION CONDITIONS. 2. UNIT PRICE NO. 1: INSTALL SELF - LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT AT OTHER LOCATIONS AS NECESSARY TO CORRECT SLAB FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS. 3. SET SCREEDS, MARKERS, AND REFERENCE BLOCKS. SET SCREEDS AT ALL CONSTRUCTION AND CONTROL JOINTS TO ESTABLISH WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS IN UNDERLAYMENT. 4. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. WHERE SUBSEQUENT FINISHING OF THE MATERIAL IS REQUIRED, FLOAT TO LEVEL SURFACE. DO NOT OVER TROWEL. 5, APPLY PRIMER TO AREAS TO RECEIVE UNDERLAYMENT; REPEAT APPLICATION IF NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE PROPER BUILD. 6. MIX MATERIALS AND POUR OR PUMP AND SQUEEGEE INTO PLACE TO ACHIEVE APPROPRIATE THICKNESS. PROVIDE FILL THICKNESS AS NECESSARY TO ALIGN ADJACENT FINISH FLOORING SURFACES. 7. CURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. USE NO CURING COMPOUNDS THAT WOULD AFFECT THE BOND OF SUBSEQUENT FINISH MATERIALS. 8. TOLERANCES: "VERY FLAT "; LEVEL TO WITHIN 1/8" IN 10 FEET. FF 50, FL 30, OVER TEST AREA; FF 25, FL 15, LOCAL MINIMUM. 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS A. SUMMARY: 1. METAL FABRICATIONS NOT SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. 2. UNISTRUT METAL FRAMING AND THREADED ROD, WHEN INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. SUBMITTALS: 1. MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS STAMPED BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN AREA OF CODE JURISDICTION. C. MATERIALS: 1. GALVANIZED STEEL ASTM A653; G90 GALVANIZED FINISH; 20 GAGE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. STAINLESS STEEL: ASTM A167; TYPE 302 OR 304. D. PRODUCTS: 1. UNISTRUT: a) UNISTRUT CORPORATION, WAYNE, MI (800/521 -7730) "P1000 SERIES "; 12 GAGE, GALVANIZED FINISH; SUBMIT ALTERNATE PRODUCTS FOR APPROVAL b) PROVIDE COMPATIBLE MATCHING FITTINGS FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND AS INDICATED. 2. THREADED ROD: ASTM A575, AND A576; THREADED, HOT - ROLLED STEEL SIZES AS INDICATED ON APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. E. INSTALLATION: 1. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, INSTALL UNISTRUT ITEMS PLUMB AND LEVEL INSTALL ELEMENTS ACCURATELY IN THE POSITIONS INDICATED. 2. SUPPORT WORK RIGIDLY IN POSITION. PROVIDE REINFORCING ANCHORS, AND BACKING AS DETAILED, AND AS OTHERWISE NECESSARY FOR SECURE ATTACHMENT. 3. INSTALL ORNAMENTAL METAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED FOR FABRICATION. 4. ISOLATE ORNAMENTAL FABRICATIONS FROM DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. F. SPECIAL INSTALLATION FOR UNISTRUT: 1. COORDINATE LAYOUT WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS; REVIEW OVERHEAD SUPPORT LOCATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO ATTEMPTING INSTALLATION. 2. INSTALL ITEMS PLUMB AND LEVEL FROM OVERHEAD STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY A. SUMMARY: 1. BLOCKING AND NAILERS. 2. PLYWOOD. B. DIMENSION LUMBER: 1. MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PS 20; STAMPED AND GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH WWPA, WCUB, OR NLGA GRADING RULES. 2. MOISTURE CONTENT: KILN DRIED TO 19% MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT. 3. SPECIES: HEM -FIR, SPRUCE - PINE -FIR (SPF ), OR DOUGLAS FIR LARCH, UNLESS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 4. ARCHITECTURAL LUMBER GRADES: UNEXPO NON- STRUCTURAL WOOD FRAMING AND BLOCKING INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE GRADED AS FOLLOWS: a) NON- STRUCTURAL FRAMING (2" TO 4" THICK, 2" TO 6" WIDE): "CONSTRUCTION - UGHT FRAMING," "STUD," OR BETTER. b) BLOCKING AND NAILERS: "UTILITY - UGHT FRAMING," OR BETTER. C. PANEL MATERIALS: 1. PLYWOOD: APA RATED; CD GRADE; EXTERIOR; PLYWOOD, UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE; THICKNESSES AS INDICATED. 2. TERMINAL BACKBOARDS: APA AC GRADE EXTERIOR; FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. D. FASTENERS: HOT- DIPPED GALVANIZED OR COPOLYMER COATED STEEL FOR TREATED WOOD LOCATIONS. E. FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT: 1. FIRE - RETARDANT TREAT ALL INTERIOR CONCEALED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD, AND OTHER WOOD AS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED. 2. PRESSURE TREAT LUMBER IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA C -20 AND PLYWOOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA C -27. 3. ALL FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD SHALL BEAR A UL "FR -S" LABEL OR A LABEL FROM AN APPROVED INSPECTION AGENCY CERTIFYING THAT THE MATERIAL HAS A FLAME SPREAD RA11NG NO HIGHER THAN 25 WITH NO EVIDENCE OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. F. INSTALLATION: 1. BLOCKING AND NAILERS (WOOD BLOCKING): INSTALL WOOD BLOCKING TO RECEIVE MECHANICAL FASTENERS FOR SUPPORT OF PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT, CABINETS, DOOR STOP PLATES, TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES, AND ALL OTHER WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED COMPONENTS. METAL BACKING MAY BE SUBSTITUTED AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 09111. 2. INTERIOR PLYWOOD SHEATHING: a) PLYWOOD BACKING: INSTALL PER REQUIREMENTS FOR WOOD BLOCKING IN APPLICATIONS BETTER SUITED TO PANEL MATERIALS. BACKING TO BE BETWEEN STUDS IN WALL CAVITY BEHIND GYP. BD. FINISH. b) TERMINAL BACKBOARDS: MECHANICALLY ATTACH ARE- RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD TERMINAL BACKBOARD DIRECTLY OVER GYPSUM BACKING BOARD. 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY A. SUMMARY: 1. WOOD MILLWORK TRIM AND BASEBOARDS. 2. WOOD VENEER (SYMBOLS WD -1 AND WD -2 ON DRAWINGS) B. MATERIALS: 1. FINISH MILLWORK LUMBER: AS SCHEDULED (FURNISHED BY OWNER). 2. VENEER SHEET MATERIAL AS SCHEDULED (FURNISHED BY OWNER) C. FABRICATION: 1. SHOP CUT AND MILL ALL LUMBER TO THE SHAPES INDICATED. 2. TOLERANCES FOR OVERALL ASSEMBLY DIMENSIONS SHALL BE WITHIN 1/32 OF AN INCH. 3. SHOP FIT, ASSEMBLE AND FINISH MILLWORK TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. D. INSTALLATION: 1. MAKE ALL JOINTS TO CONCEAL SHRINKAGE; MITER ALL EXTERIOR CORNERS; COPE ALL INTERIOR CORNERS; MITER OR SCARF ALL END -TO -END JOINTS; INSTALL ALL TRIM PIECES AS LONG AS POSSIBLE, JOINTING ONLY WHERE SOLID SUPPORT IS OBTAINED. MAKE NO JOINTS CLOSER THAN 4 FEET FROM CORNERS. 2. SAND ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SMOOTH AND PROVIDE FINISH COATING AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 09900. 07200 BUILDING INSULATION A. MATERIALS: PROVIDE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. (SEE SECTION 09820 FOR ACOUSTICAL INSULATION.) 1. THERMAL BATT INSULATION: PRE - FORMED GLASS FIBER BATT WITH FSK -25 REFLECTIVE MEMBRANE ON ONE SIDE. 2. TAPE: TO MATCH FOIL SCRIM KRAFT FACE, 2 -INCH MINIMUM WIDTH. B. INSTALLATION: INSTALL INSULATION IN ACORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 07515 ROOF PATCHING AND REPAIR A. SUMMARY: 1. REMOVAL PATCHING AND /OR REPAIR OF EXISTING ROOF AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION AND TO FORM A COMPLETE AND CONTINUOUS ROOF MEMBRANE AND FLASHING ASSEMBLY. 2. A CONTRACTOR APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK. 3. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS OF THE EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY. CONTACT THE LANDLORD TO VERIFY GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS. FIELD- VERIFY CONDITIONS, MATERIALS AND REQUIREMENTS. 07515 ROOF PATCHING AND REPAIR A. SUMMARY: 1. REMOVAL PATCHING AND /OR REPAIR OF EXISTING ROOF AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION AND TO FORM A COMPLETE AND CONTINUOUS ROOF MEMBRANE AND FLASHING ASSEMBLY. 2. A CONTRACTOR APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK. 3. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS OF THE EXISTING ROOF ASSEMBLY. CONTACT THE LANDLORD TO VERIFY GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS. FIELD- VERIFY CONDITIONS, MATERIALS AND REQUIREMENTS. B. NEW ROOFING MEMBRANES, INSULATION, ACCESSORIES AND FLASHING MATERIALS SHALL MATCH EXISTING. 07840 FIRESTOPPING A. SUMMARY: PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS FOR PENETRATIONS IN F1RE-RATED CONSTRUCTION. B. QUAUTY ASSURANCE: 1. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FIRE STOPPING SYSTEMS, OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES FOR THE FIRE STOPPING SYSTEMS AND APPUCATIONS PROPOSED. NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IF APPROVAL CANNOT BE OBTAINED. 2. FIRESTOPPING: SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E119, ASTM E814, OR UL 1479 TO MEET THE HOURLY FIRE RATINGS OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING SEALED. C. FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS: CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SYSTEMS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED AND SUITABLE FOR THE CONDITIONS INDICATED. D. F1RESTOPPING INSTALLATION: CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL FIRESTOPPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS NECESSARY TO MEET ALL FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS. 07850 FIRE -RATED JOINTS A. SUMMARY: 1. REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE -RATED ASSEMBLIES AT CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING JOINTS AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: a) WHERE PAR11110N HEADS MEET THE UNDERSIDE OF OVERHEAD FLOOR OR ROOF CONSTRUCTION. 2. REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS DEFINED IN OTHER SECTIONS. B. REFERENCES 1. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) a) E119 - METHOD FOR FIRE TESTS OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS 2. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) a) STANDARD 2079 - TESTS FOR FIRE RESISTANCE OF BUILDING JOINT SYSTEMS. 3. INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) C. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: 1. EACH FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE SELECTED TO MAINTAIN THE EXISTING FIRE RA11NG OF THE ASSEMBLY IN WHICH IT USED. 2. EACH FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE RESIDENT AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE DIFFERENTIAL MOVEMENT BETWEEN ASSEMBLIES OR DEFLECTION OF ROOFS AND FLOORS. D. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. F1RE-RATED CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBUES: SHALL BE SUCCESSFULLY TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E119, INCLUDING HOSE STREAM TEST, TO MEET THE HOURLY FIRE RATINGS OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING SEALED. 2. FlRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLIES AT PAR11110N HEADS SHALL HAVE BEEN SUCCESSFULLY TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DYNAMIC REQUIREMENTS OF UL 2079, INCLUDING HOSE STREAM TEST, TO MEET THE HOURLY FIRE RATINGS OF THE CONSTRUCTION BEING SEALED. E. F1RE-RATED CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLIES: 1. METAL STUD PARTITION HEAD CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLY: a) SYSTEM: BASED ON UL ASSEMBLIES LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS. b) FIRE -RATED RUNNER: "FIRE TRAK" BY FIRE TRAK CORPORA110N, KIMBALL MN (612- 398 - 7800). c GYPSUM BOARD: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 09250. d MINERAL WOOL PACKING MATERIAL AND VOID FILL MATERIAL PER UL RATED ASSEMBUES FOR DYNAMIC WALL H AD CONDITIONS AS DETAILED IN THE DRAWINGS. F. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL CONSTRUCTION JOINT ASSEMBLIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FlRE -RATED ASSEMBLIES LISTED, AND AS NECESSARY TO MEET ALL FIRE RA11NG REQUIREMENTS. 2. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF INTEGRAL COMPONENTS AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THE FIRE RATING OF THE ASSEMBLIES. 07920 JOINT SEALANTS A. MATERIALS: PROVIDE ONLY THE FOLLOWING APPROVED SEALANTS: 1. a TYPE P: ASTM C920, TYPE M, GRADE NS, CLASS 25; TREMCO "DYMERIC," CHEM -CALK 500, PECORA "DYNATROL II," SONNEBORN "SONALASTIC NP -II ", PRC "PERMAPOL RC -2," OR APPROVED. 2. r-IYPE A: ASTM C834; TREMCO "ACRYLIC LATEX CAULK ", PECORA "AC -20 ", SONNEBORN "SONOLAC" OR APPROVED; STANDARD COLORS TO MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 3. QTYPE PTNS: ASTM C920, TYPE M, GRADE NS, CLASS 25; PECORA "DYNATRED ", OR APPROVED; CUSTOM COLORS TO MATCH THE ARCHITECT'S SAMPLES. 4. LLTYPE SM: MILDEW- RESISTANT SILICONE SEALANT: USDA APPROVED; DOW CORNING 786 BY DOW CHEMICAL, GE SANITARY SEALANT OR APPROVED; CLEAR. B. ACCESSORY MATERIALS: 1. JOINT CLEANER: NON - CORROSIVE AND NON- STAINING TYPE, RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER; COMPATIBLE WITH JOINT FORMING MATERIALS. 2. JOINT FILLER: CLOSED CELL POLYETHYLENE FOAM; ROUND PROFILE; THICKNESS: 130% OF JOINT WIDTH. 3. BOND BREAKER: PRESSURE - SENSITIVE TAPE RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER TO SUIT APPLICATION. C. PREPARATION: 1. CLEAN AND PREPARE JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. REMOVE ANY LOOSE MATERIALS AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER THAT MIGHT IMPAIR ADHESION OF SEALANT. 2. AT WIDE JOINTS, PLACE BACKING MATERIALS TO ACHIEVE PROPER SEALANT WIDTH/DEPTH RATIOS. USE BOND BREAKER WHERE THERE IS INSUFFICIENT DEPTH FOR BACKING MATERIALS. USE NO BACKER ROD AT FLOOR JOINTS. D. INSTALLATION: 1. PERFORM WORK AS RECOMMENDED BY THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER. 2. TOOL JOINTS CONCAVE, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. FINISH FREE OF AIR POCKETS, FOREIGN EMBEDDED MATTER, RIDGES, AND SAGS. E. ❑ SEALANT SCHEDULE: 1. LTYPE P: PROVIDE AT ALL MALL FRONT JOINTS, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE; COLORS AS SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S COMPLETE LINE FOR EACH TYPE OF SEALANT. 2.IITYPE A: PROVIDE AT INTERIOR JOINTS, UNLESS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED OTHERWISE. 3.IZTYPE PTNS: PROVIDE AT INTERIOR TILE EXPANSION JOINTS. 4. [OPE SM: PROVIDE AT JOINTS AROUND SINKS, FLOOR SINKS AND COUNTERTOPS IN WET LOCATIONS. 08115 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. SUMMARY: 1. INTERIOR ROLLED STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. 2. EXTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES, WHEN EXTERIOR DOORS ARE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. SUBMITTALS: 1. PRODUCT LITERATURE: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED LITERATURE FOR DOORS AND FRAMES. C. REFERENCES: 1. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA): NFPA 80 - FIRE DOORS AND WINDOWS. 2. STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE (SDI): SDI -105 - RECOMMENDED ERECTION INSTRUCTIONS FOR STEEL FRAMES. 3. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI): A250.8 - SDI -100 RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS FOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. 4, AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) a A366 - SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL, CARBON, COLD ROLLED SHEET, COMMERCIAL QUALITY. b A569 - SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL, CARBON (0,15 MAXIMUM PERCENT), HOT ROLLED SHEET AND STRIP, COMMERCIAL QUALITY. D. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A250.8. 2. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: a INSTALLED FRAME AND DOOR ASSEMBLY SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 80 FOR FIRE -RATED CLASS INDICATED. b WHERE DOORS ARE NOTED WITH AN HOURLY FIRE RESISTANCE RATING, PROVIDE DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES LABELED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY (UL), OR ANOTHER TESTING LABORATORY APPROVED BY THE LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES, TO MEET THE HOURLY FIRE RATING NOTED. ASSEMBLIES SHALL MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR POSITIVE PRESSURE WHEN REQUIRED. E. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: MEMBERS OF THE STEEL DOOR I D OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS, SUBJECT TO COMPLIAN CIFIED REQUIREMENTS. F. STEEL SHEET: COLD ROLLED ASTM A366, OR HST- ROL CK AND OILED SHEET CONFORMING TO ASTM A569. G. INTERIOR DOOR CONSTRUCTION: 1. ANSI A250.8; SEAMLESS; MIN U 1 2. CORE: VERTICAL STEEL STIFF S� KRAFT PAPER WITH HONEYCOMB C FAKE SHEETS. OUND DEADENING FILL BETWEEN STIFFENERS, OR RESIN - IMPREGNATED 3. PROVIDE CONTINUOUSLY WELDED SEAMLESS EDGES. NO PLASTIC FILLERS WILL BE ACCEPTED. H. EXTERIOR DOOR CONSTRUCTION: 1. ANSI A250.8; SEAMLESS; MINIMUM 16 GAGE FACE SHEETS. 2. CORE: POLYSTYRENE OR POLYURETHANE FOAM CORE. 3. SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: a) PROVIDE CONTINUOUSLY WELDED SEAMLESS EDGES. NO PLASTIC FILLERS WILL BE ACCEPTED. b) CLOSE TOP EDGES OF EXTERIOR DOORS FLUSH WITH STEEL FILLER CAP; SEAL JOINTS WATERTIGHT. c) CUT MORTISES FOR BUTTS USING APPROPRIATE TEMPLATES; UNIVERSAL NON- HANDED PREPARATION OF DOORS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. I. FRAMES: 1. DESIGN: DOUBLE RABBET. FRAMES SHALL BE FULLY WELDED OR KNOCKDOWN, AS DETAILED. 2. GAGES: a EXTERIOR FRAMES: MINIMUM 14 GAGE, b INTERIOR FRAMES: MINIMUM 16 GAGE FOR FRAMES OF DOOR OPENINGS UP TO AND INCLUDING 4 FEET IN WIDTH; 14 GAGE FOR FRAMES GREATER THAN 4 FEET IN WIDTH. J. FINISH: 1. INTERIOR FRAMES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RUST - INHIBITIVE PRIMER. 2. EXTERIOR FRAMES: HOT DIP GALVANIZED ZINC COATING CONFORMING TO ASTM A653 A60 (.60 OZ /SQ FT. COATING WEIGHT), WITH MODIFIED EPDXY ESTER BAKED -ON PRIMER TO RECEIVE EPDXY /URETHANE COATING SYSTEM SPECIFIED IN SECTION 09900. K. INSTALLATION OF FRAMES: 1. INSTALL FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SDI -105 AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH LABELING REQUIREMENTS. 2. COORDINATE WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR ANCHOR PLACEMENT. 3. INSTALLATION TOLERANCES; MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION: 1/16 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE, CORNER TO CORNER. 4. DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION IS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08730. 08210 WOOD DOORS A. SUBMITTALS: 1. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT LITERATURE FOR EACH TYPE OF DOOR. 2. SUBMIT TWO 8 X 10 INCH SAMPLES OF EACH DOOR FINISH APPLIED TO SPECIFIED VENEER. B. FLUSH DOOR CONSTRUCTION: 1. AWI SECTION 1300, "PREMIUM" GRADE. 2. CORE: SOLID PARTICLE BOARD CORE, EXCEPT PROVIDE MINERAL CORE WHEN REQUIRED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING. 3. COMPLY WITH AWI 1300 -S -7 "PC -5" OR "PC -7" DOOR CONSTRUCTION . 4. 1 -3/4 INCH THICK, UNLESS SCHEDULED OTHERWISE. 5. FACE VENEERS (AS SCHEDULED); a PAINT GRADE VENEER DOORS: MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY OR PAINT GRADE BIRCH. b) TRANSPARENT FINISH: AWI GRADE 1 SELECT WHITE HARD MAPLE (ACER SACCHARUM); SELECTED FOR ABSENCE OF FIGURE (BIRDSEYE, FIDDLEBACK, ETC.) AND EXPOSURE OF FLAT fdI IN THE PRINCIPLE EXPOSED FACE, MINIMUM THICKNESS 1/50 ". 6. GLASS: ASTM C1048, TYPE I, CLASS 1(CLEAR), QUALITY GLING'LECT; FULLY - TEMPERED. C. FABRICATION: 1. FABRICATE DOORS, TO THE CONFIGURATI INDICAT ACCORDANCE WITH THE AWI STANDARDS SPECIFIED, AND TO FIRE -RATED LABELING REQUIRE S. ATTACH FI E RATING LABELS. 2. BEVEL LOCK AND HINGE EDGES 1 3. BOND EDGE BANDING TO SOLI 4. PRE -FIT AND PRE - MACHINE D SECTION 08739. N INCHES ON SINGLE ACTING DOORS. HOT MELT OR RF CURED ADHESIVE. HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI 1300 -S -6. LOCATE AS SPECIFIED IN 5. FLUSH DOOR BLOCKING: FOR FLUSH DOORS, PROVIDE SOLID LOCK BLOCKS AND SPECIAL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR THE HARDWARE COMPONENTS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. 6. FINISH: DOORS SHALL BE FACTORY PREFINISHED AS SCHEDULED TO MATCH OWNER'S SAMPLE; AWI SYSTEM OP -4 PREMIUM GRADE CONVERSION VARNISH. D. INSTALLATION: 1. FIT AND PREPARE DOORS FOR INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DOOR MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. 2. PROVIDE CLEARANCES OF 1/8 INCH AT JAMBS AND HEADS AND 3/8 INCH FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR TO TOP OF DECORATIVE FLOOR FINISH OR COVERING, EXCEPT WHERE THRESHOLD IS SHOWN OR SCHEDULED PROVIDE 1/4 INCH CLEARANCE FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR TO TOP OF THRESHOLD. 3. DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION IS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08730. 08305 ACCESS DOORS A. SUMMARY: FIRE- RESISTIVE, AND NON -RATED ACCESS DOORS, FRAMES, AND ACCESSORIES. COORDINATE WITH WORK OF DIVISIONS 15 AND 16 FOR LOCATIONS REQUIRED. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. FIRE - RESISTIVE ACCESS DOORS, AND FRAMES REQUIRE AN UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY, WARNOCK - HERSEY, FACTORY MUTUAL OR ANOTHER TESTING AGENCY LABEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY, AND MEETING THE HOURLY FIRE- RESISTANCE RATING OF THE CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY IN WHICH THE DOOR AND FRAME ARE TO BE INSTALLED. C. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. MILCOR LP. (LIMA OH; 800 -441- 6899). 2. KARP ASSOCIATES, INC. (MASPETH NY; 718- 784 - 2105). 3. THE WIWAMS BROTHERS CORPORATION FOR AMERICA (FRONT ROYAL VA; 800 - 255 - 5515). 4. NYSTROM PRODUCTS CO. (MINNEAPOLIS MN; 612 - 781- 7850). 5. JL INDUSTRIES (BLOOMINGTON, MN; 612 - 835 -6850) D. TYPES: 1. FIRE - RESISTIVE METAL ACCESS DOOR: a) FLUSH TYPE DESIGN. b) 16 GAGE FRAME; MIN. 20 GAGE STEEL WELDED DOOR PANEL INSULATED WITH NON - COMBUSTIBLE FILLER. c) SELF- CLOSING AND SELF - LATCHING, WITH INTERIOR LATCH RELEASE. d) FULLY CONCEALED PIN -TYPE HINGES, OR CONTINUOUS PIANO HINGE; 175 DEGREE OPENING. e) RING TURN LATCH. 2. NON -RATED CONCEALED DRYWALL ACCESS DOOR: a) RECESSED TYPE DESIGN. b) MINIMUM 13 GAGE STEEL FRAME; MINIMUM 16 GAGE STEEL DOOR PANEL RECESSED TO RECEIVE DRYWALL. c) INTEGRAL ATTACHMENT FLANGE AND DRYWALL BEAD FOR FLUSH INSTALLATION. d) FULLY CONCEALED PIVOT ROD HINGE. e) LATCHES: SCREW DRIVER OPERATED CAM LATCH. 3. NON RATED CEIUNG ACCESS PANEL a) ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: ONE OF THE FOLLOWING. 1) INTEX FORMS (GILROY CA; 408 -846- 5667). 2) GC PRODUCTS (SACRAMENTO CA; 800 - 636 -8864; 916 - 349 -2726) b) FLUSH DESIGN, SIMILAR TO INTEX FORMS "GLASS FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM ACCESS PANEL" c) CAST GYPSUM FRAME AND LAY IN PANEL 1/8 - 3/16 INCH SHELL THICKNESS. d) INTEGRAL ATTACHMENT FLANGE AND DRYWALL BEAD FOR FLUSH INSTALLATION. e) NO HARDWARE. 0 SIZE: 12" X 12" FOR HAND ACCESS AND 24" X 24" FOR PERSON ACCESS, UNLESS 01HERWISE INDICATED. E. INSTALLATION: 1. LOCATIONS: PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS FOR ACCESS TO BALANCING AND FIRE DAMPERS, TRAP PRIMERS, VALVES, FANS, TERMINAL UNITS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING PERIODIC INSPECTION THROUGH FINISHED WALLS OR CEILING, WHETHER INDICATED OR NOT. 2. INSTALL FRAMES PLUMB AND LEVEL IN WALL AND CEIUNG OPENINGS, WITH PLANE OF DOOR SURFACE IN ACCURATE ALIGNMENT WITH PLANE OF WALL OR CEIUNG SURFACE. 3. PROVIDE CONCEALED ACCESS DOORS IN ALL LOCATIONS ACCESSIBLE TO THE PUBLIC. 08385 IMPACT DOORS A. SECTION INCLUDES: IMPACT DOORS AND HARDWARE. bikralof REV [IEV D FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROV AUG 1 r, 2011 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED JUL 2 9 2011 PERMIT CENTER 4tin rnb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 REGISTERED ARC TECT ICHAE:L R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON 17.63 0 wonu6!sapswpd WJ i- za 2 W t. D. � > z -1Ow 4 t/) 0 m 2J~ W -� 0 CO CO W Ln CO 00 CO O) PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By B MD Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Specifications A -003 1 2 3 8 9 10 B. SUBMITTALS: 1. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE DOOR ELEVATIONS, HARDWARE LOCATIONS, VISION UTE LOCATIONS AND SIZES, FRAME REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS, AND FINISHES. C. MANUFACTURER: EUASON CORPORATION, EASY SWING DOOR DIVISION, KALAMAZOO, MI (800/828 -2655) D. TYPE: MODEL SP 8, MEDIUM WEIGHT SOLID CORE DOORS, WITH SELF CENTERING DOUBLE SWING PIVOT SETS. E. CONSTRUCTION: 1. CORE: 3/4 INCH EXTERIOR GRADE AB PLYWOOD, SANDED. 2. FACES: PLASTIC LAMINATE, COLORS AS SCHEDULED. 3. VISION LITES: 14 "X16 ", 3/16 INCH CLEAR ACRYLIC; SECURE IN PLACE WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BLACK RUBBER MOLDING. F. ACCESSORIES: 1. EDGE CAPS: FORMED STAINLESS STEEL CHANNELS, 18 GAGE, MINIMUM; TYPICAL AT SIDE AND TOP EDGES. 2. BASE (KICK) PLATES: 18 GAGE SATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEEL DOOR WIDTH X 18 INCHES HIGH; FASTENED WITH STAINLESS STEEL RIVETS. 3. PIVOTS: "EASY SWING" HINGE MECHANISM; STAINLESS STEEL 4. FASTENERS: AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF DOORS AND ACCESSORIES. G. MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION: 1/4 INCH MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE, CORNER TO CORNER. H. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, VERIFY THAT FRAMES ARE PREPARED AND READY TO RECEIVE WORK OF THIS SECTION. L INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL DOORS, HARDWARE, AND ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SHOP DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2. THE BOTTOM PIVOT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE SECURED TO THE FRAME ONLY. DO NOT SECURE THE BOTTOM FLANGE OF THE PIVOT ASSEMBLY TO THE FLOOR WITH FASTENERS AS INDICATED IN MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AS THE FASTENERS WILL PENETRATE THE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE INSTALLED BENEATH THE FINISH FLOORING. J. ADJUST AND CLEAN 1. REPAIR DAMAGE TO DOORS AND ACCESSORIES TO MATCH FABRICATOR'S ORIGINAL FINISH. 2. ADJUST MECHANISM SO MOVING PARTS OPERATE SMOOTHLY. 08410 ALUMINUM DOORS AND STOREFRONT SYSTEMS A. SUMMARY: ALUMINUM - FRAMED STOREFRONT AND WINDOW SYSTEMS. 1. ALUMINUM - FRAMED GLASS DOORS. 2. ASSOCIATED GLAZING AND HARDWARE. B. SUBMITTALS: 1. SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDE WALL OPENING DIMENSIONS, COMPONENT DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES REQUIRED; ANCHORAGES, FASTENERS, AND INSTALLATION DETAILS INCLUDING LAYOUT DRAWINGS FOR BRAKE -METAL CLOSURE PANELS REQUIRED OR INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. SUBMIT EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING TO VERIFY THAT THE PROPOSED SYSTEMS MEET THE STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED: a) SHOP DRAWINGS SIGNED AND SEALED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF WHICH THE WORK IS PERFORMED. b) CERTIFIED TEST REPORT DATA PERFORMED ON SYSTEMS SIMILAR TO THOSE TO BE PROVIDED. C. SYSTEM STRUCTURAL DESIGN: 1. DESIGN AND SIZE MEMBERS TO WITHSTAND POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE LATERAL LOADS AS REQUIRED BY THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE AS AMENDED BY THE STATE AND LOCAL JURISDICTION, AND TO RESIST PIVOT AND CLOSER REACTION FORCES. 2. LIMIT MULLION DEFLECTION TO 1/175, OR FLEXURE LIMIT OF GLASS WITH FULL RECOVERY OF GLAZING MATERIALS, WHICHEVER IS LESS. D. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY: FURNISH FIVE -YEAR WRITTEN WARRANTY EXECUTED TO OWNER FROM THE MANUFACTURER OF THE STOREFRONT SYSTEM, AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01770. E. SYSTEM COMPONENTS: 1. STOREFRONT FRAMING: a) AS SPECIFIED: KAWNEER TRIFAB VG 451; 2 X 4 -1/2 INCH EXTRUDED ALUMINUM SECTION; BACK SET FLUSH DESIGN. b) FINISH: AAMA 2605; PVDF FINISH; COLOR AS 2. DOORS HARDWARE: SPECIFIED IN SECTION 084710 3. GLAZING BEADS: FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S STA WEATHERPROOF SEAL. 4. BRAKE -METAL CLOSURE PANELS: PR VIDE C TO THE PROFILES INDICATED ON THE DR(�WINGS, A FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT. SCH F. STOREFRONT FRAMING FAB 1. RIGIDLY FIT JOINTS AND ►IRS RS. ACCURATELY HT AND SECURE CORNERS TIGHT. MAKE CORNER JOINTS FLUSH, HAIRLINE, AND WEATHERPROO . SEAL JOINTS WITH SEALANT. 2. AT EXTERIOR UNITS, PROVIDE DRAINAGE HOLES TO ALLOW WATER TO FLOW TO EXTERIOR. 3. PROVIDE INTERNAL REINFORCEMENT IN MULLIONS WITH MEMBERS TO MAINTAIN RIGIDITY, PROVIDE REINFORCING AT ALL DOOR STRIKE JAMBS. THE DRAWINGS. NEOPRENE GLAZING BEADS, FOR A COMPLETE ES FABRICATED OF SHEET ALUMINUM AND CONFORMING EQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE, WEATHERTIGHT ASSEMBLY; G. GLASS: UNIT TYPE AS INDICATED 1. PRIMARY GLASS: ASTM C1036, 2. GLASS TEMPERING: a) PROVIDE TEMPERED GLASS JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES. H. ON THE DRAWINGS: TYPE I, CLASS 1 (CLEAR), QUALITY Q3 GLAZING SELECT; 1/4 INCH THICK. IN LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL b) HEAT TREATMENT: HEAT TREAT TO STRENGTHEN GLASS IN BENDING STRENGTH; CERTIFIED SAFETY GLASS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI Z97.1. c) FABRICATE TEMPERED GLASS UNITS SO THAT PRINCIPLE DISTORTION THE FINISHED INSTALLATION. d) UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, PROVIDE INDICATING TYPE AND THICKNESS OF GLASS. TO NOT LESS THAN 4.5 TIMES THE ANNEALED WILL BE IN THE- HORIZONTAL DIRECTION IN MANUFACTURER'S LABEL ON EACH LITE, STOREFRONT INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL FRAMES, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2. ALIGN FRAMES PLUMB AND LEVEL, FREE OF WARP OR TWIST. MAINTAIN DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES, ALIGNING WITH ADJACENT WORK. 3. SUB - SILLS: a) PROVIDE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM SUB -SILLS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND AS SPECIFIED BELOW. b) PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD END DAMS AND SPLICE PLATES SEALED INTO POSITION. END DAMS AND SPLICE PLATES SHALL MATCH THE HEIGHT OF THE SUB -SILL BACK. c) SEAL JOINT BETWEEN END DAM AND JAMB. d) FASTEN THE SUB -SILL SECURELY TO THE SILL CONSTRUCTION. CAP SEAL TOPS OF FASTENERS. e) FASTEN THE STOREFRONT FRAMING INTO THE SUB -SILL. USE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD INTERLOCKING ANCHORS THAT ENGAGE THE SUB -SILL AND ALLOW FASTENING OF THE STOREFRONT WITHOUT PENETRATING THE HORIZONTAL PAN OF THE SUB -SILL. 4. INSTALL WATER DIVERTERS. 5. PROTECT ALUMINUM FROM DISSIMILAR MATERIALS WITH A COATING OF BITUMINOUS PAINT, A MINIMUM 1 MIL THICKNESS OF ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER, PLASTIC SEPARATOR MATERIALS, OR ISOLATION TAPE. KEEP ISOLATION MATERIALS UNEXPOSED TO VIEW. 08710 DOOR HARDWARE A. SUPPLIER: FINISH HARDWARE SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY, FURNISHING HARDWARE IN SAME AREA AS THE PROJE ►t IZ' RA•ERII B. INSTALLER: FINISH HARDWARE SHALL INSTAL UNION JURISDICTIONS, EITHER AT THE DO ND FRA ILDERS' HARDWARE SUPPLIER WHO HAS BEEN F NOT LESS THAN TWO YEARS. NLL BY EXPERIENCED TRADESMEN IN COMPLIANCE WITH TRADE ABRICATION PLANT OR AT THE PROJECT SITE. C. CODES: ALL FINISH HAR COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL AND /OR STATE BUILDING CODES. D. HARDWARE ITEMS: AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. 08730 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION A. INSTALLATION: 1. MARK EACH ITEM OF HARDWARE AS TO DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION OF INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED HARDWARE SCHEDULE. 2. INSTALL EACH HARDWARE ITEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. WHEREVER CUTTING AND FITTING ARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL HARDWARE ONTO OR INTO SURFACES WHICH ARE LATER TO BE PAINTED OR FINISHES IN ANOTHER WAY, INSTALL EACH ITEM COMPLETELY AND THEN REMOVE AND STORE IN A SECURE PLACE DURING THE FINISH OPERATION. AFTER COMPLETION OF THE FINISHES, REINSTALL EACH ITEM. DO NOT INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED ITEMS UNTIL FINISHES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED ON THE SUBSTRATE. 3. HARDWARE MOUNTING HEIGHTS: MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE BASED ON RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE NATIONAL BUILDERS HARDWARE ASSOCIATION (NBHA). GENERALLY, MOUNT HARDWARE UNITS AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS ON EACH DOOR OR DOOR OPENING, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED TO MEET CODE AND HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY ANY CONFLICTS WITH LOCATION OF OTHER HARDWARE FOR PROPER CLEARANCES FOR INSTALLATION PRIOR TO CUTTING OR MILLING FOR SPECIFIED HARDWARE. NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY IF SUCH CONFLICTS ARE DETERMINED. a) LATCH AND LOCKSETS: 40 INCHES FINISH FLOOR TO CENTER OF KNOB. b) DEAD LOCKS: 52 INCHES FINISH FLOOR TO CENTER OF INDER. c) EMERGENCY EXIT CROSS BAR: 36 INCHES FROM Fl d) PUSH /PULL: 42 INCHES FINISH FLOOR TO CEN H /PULL. e) PUSH PLATE: 1/2 INCH FROM EDGE OF D INDEPENDENT OF THE PUSH /PULL. f) KICK PLATES: MOUNT AT BOTT EDGE 0 N 1/2 INCH FROM OUTSIDE EDGE OF DOOR.; g) TOP HINGE: 5 INCHES FRO 0 OF 000 TOP OF HINGE. h) BOTTOM HINGE: 10 I H IM INISH FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF HINGE: 1) CENTER HINGE: E B WEEN TOP AND BOTTOM HINGES. j) MULTIPLE HINGE LOC • L BE EQUALLY SPACED BETWEEN TOP AND BOTTOM HINGE. k) WALL STOPS: CENTE IN OF KNOB OR POINT OF FIRST CONTACT. I) THRESHOLDS: MOUNT AT EXTERIOR DOORS SUCH THAT SLOPE BREAKPOINT ON THRESHOLD IS AT LEAD EDGE OF DOOR. SET IN FULL BED OF CAULKING MATERIAL. m) CLOSERS: MOUNT FOR MAXIMUM DEGREE OF OPENING OBTAINABLE CONSIDERING OTHER HARDWARE PROVIDED AND OPENING CONDITIONS. SIZE CLOSERS FOR CONDITIONS AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. n} TRIM /PROTECTION: KICKPLATE SHALL BE 2" LDW X HEIGHT INDICATED. ) CENTER LINE OF PLATE, EXCEPT 45 INCHES WHERE a OTHER HARDWARE ITEMS SHALL BE LOCATED AS RECOMMENDED BY NBHA, OR AS MAY BE SHOWN OR REQUIRED OTHERWISE. 4. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: ADJUST AND CHECK EACH OPERATING ITEM OF HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION. CLEAN DOOR AND HARDWARE. 09111 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: 1. STRUCTURAL DESIGN: a) SELECT FRAMING SYSTEMS, GAGES, SUPPORTS, BRACING, AND CONNECTIONS AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED. b) PARTITION FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO THE WIDTHS INDICATED, UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE THICKER GAGES AND INCREASED STUD SPACING AS NECESSARY TO MEET THE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. 2. DESIGN LOADS: a) INTERIOR CEILING ASSEMBUES: 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT UNIFORM LIVE LOAD, PLUS DEAD LOADS. b) INTERIOR PARTITIONS: 5 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT UNIFORM UVE LATERAL LOAD. c) SEISMIC LOADS: CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES. d) BRACE SYSTEM AS DETAILED TO STRUCTURE. 3. DEFLECTION REQUIREMENTS: MAXIMUM OF 1/240 THE SPAN. 4. SOFFIT FRAMING: PROVIDE SUFFICIENT FASTENERS AND FRAMING ELEMENTS TO ADEQUATELY RESIST THE COMBINED DEAD AND LIVE LOADS OF SUSPENDED OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION. BASE THE DESIGN ON THE WORKING CAPACITIES STATED IN THE MANUFACTURERS TECHNICAL DATA FOR THE COMPONENTS, UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE BY JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. B. CODE REQUIREMENTS: 1. PROVIDE ASSEMBLIES MEETING THE HOURLY FIRE RATINGS INDICATED AND SPECIFIED. ASSEMBLIES SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E119, AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ANY OTHER MATERIALS THAT ARE A PART OF EACH ASSEMBLY. 2. FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT, NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, AND DO NOT BEGIN CONSTRUCTION IN THE AREA OF CONFLICT UNTIL THE CONFLICT HAS BEEN RESOLVED. 3. PROVIDE COMPLETE CALCULATIONS, DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND OTHER VERIFICATION AS REQUIRED BY THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITY TO OBTAIN APPROVAL OF THE UGHTGAGE METAL FRAMING INSTALLATION. C. MATERIALS: 1. UGHT GAGE METAL FRAMING: ASTM C645; GALVANIZED; PROVIDE "C" SHAPED STUDS, U SHAPED RUNNERS, HAT AND "Z" SHAPED FURRING CHANNELS, AND OTHER SIZES AND SHAPES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND REQUIRED IN THE STANDARDS REFERENCED. MINIMUM 20 GAGE, EXCEPT PROVIDE THICKER GAGES AS REQUIRED TO MEET DEFLECTION REQUIREMENTS. 2. COLD -ROLLED CHANNELS: RUST - INHIBITIVE PAINT COATING; SIZES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754. 3. SCREWS: SELF- TAPPING; LOW PROFILE HEAD. 4. OTHER FRAMING MATERIALS: FURNISH IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754. D. PARTITION FRAMING: 1. RUNNERS: a) SECURE RUNNERS WITH FASTENERS AT MAXIMUM 24 INCHES OC. b) AT CONCRETE FLOORS, USE POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS OR DRILLED IN CONCRETE ANCHORS. 2. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, INSTALL STUDS VERTICALLY AT 16 INCHES OC, AND NOT MORE THAN 2 INCHES FROM ABUTTING CONSTRUCTION, AT EACH SIDE OF OPENINGS, AND AT CORNERS. 3. FIT RUNNERS UNDER AND ABOVE OPENINGS; SECURE INTERMEDIATE STUDS AT SPACING OF WALL STUDS. 4. BRACE PARTITION FRAMING SYSTEM AND MAKE RIGID. PROVIDE DIAGONAL STUD BRACING AT 8 FT ON CENTER AT FRAMING WHICH DOES NOT EXTEND TO STRUCTURE. 5. INSTALL DOUBLE STUDS CONTINUOUS FROM FLOOR TO CEILING TRACK AT THE JAMB OF EACH DOOR FRAME AND CASED OPENING. STUDS SHALL BE THE SAME GAGE AS THE ADJACENT STUDS, BUT NO LESS THAN 20 GAGE. PROVIDE DIAGONAL STEEL STUD BRACING TO STRUCTURE AT EACH JAMB AT PARTITIONS THAT DO NOT EXTEND TO STRUCTURE. 6. COORDINATE ERECTION OF STUD SYSTEM WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASSEMBLIES MOUNTED INTO WALL OPENINGS, AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WITHIN MOUNTED PARTITION CONSTRUCTION. 7. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF FRAMING WITH THE GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLER TO ENSURE SUPPORT AT BOARD EDGES. PROVIDE FRAMING IMMEDIATELY EITHER SIDE OF EXPANSION JOINTS. 8. STUD SPLICING NOT PERMISSIBLE. 9. STUD BRIDGING: a) AT INTERIOR PARTITIONS GREATER THAN 4 FEET IN LENGTH, AND WITH RIGID FACING MATERIAL ON ONE S1UD RANGE ONLY, PROVIDE 3/4" BRIDGING CHANNELS IN HORIZONTAL ROWS AT A MAXIMUM OF 5' -O" ON CENTER FOR THE FULL HEIGHT OF THE PARTITION. b) INTERIOR ‘STUDS TB STRUCTURE ) WITH RIGIDFING MATERIAL STOPPING 3' 0 ORMOREELOW OP OF S DS - PRO E ONE ROW 3/ 4" BRIDGING CHANNEL HORIZONTALLY AT TERMINATION OF GYPSUM BOARD MATERIAL AND ONE ADDITIONAL ROW FOR EACH 5' -0" OF EXPOSED STUDS. c) INSTALL STUD BRIDGING CHANNELS IN LONG LENGTHS, WIRE TYING AND LAPPING THE JOINTS A MINIMUM OF 12." ATTACH BRIDGING CHANNEL TO EACH STUD AS SHOWN IN MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. E. GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT AND SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING FRAMING: 1. SECURE RUNNERS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. PROVIDE REINFORCING WASHERS AT EACH FASTENER TO PREVENT THE FASTENER FROM BEING PULLED THROUGH THE TOP RUNNER DUE TO THE APPLIED LOADS. 2. SCREW - FASTEN FRAMING AT EACH JOINT. 3. PROVIDE SUPPORT AND /OR BRACING TO MEET SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS. F. BACKING: 1. PROVIDE STEEL BACKING FOR SUPPORT OF WALL MOUNTED ITEMS. 2. UNLESS INDICATE OTHERWISE, STEEL BACKING SHALL CONSIST OF MINIMUM 4 INCH WIDE 16 GAGE STEEL PLATE SCREWED RIGIDLY TO THE STUDS. 3. COORDINATE REQUIRED BLOCKING FOR FURNITURE, SHELVING, CABINETS, WALL STOPS, ETC., WITH THE APPROPRIATE VENDOR. G. INSTALLATION TOLERANCES: 1. INSTALL MEMBERS TO PROVIDE SURFACE PLANE WITH MAXIMUM VARIATION OF 1/8 -INCH IN 10 FEET IN ANY DIRECTION. 2. VARIATION FROM VERTICAL (WALLS): 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET. 3. LOCATE ASSEMBLIES WITHIN 1/4 INCH OF REQUIRED LOCATIONS. 09250 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS A. QUALITY CONTROL 1. PROVIDE ASSEMBLIES MEETING THE HOURLY FIRE RATINGS INDICATED. 2. ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. B. MATERIALS: 1. GYPSUM BOARD: a) 5/8 INCH THICK UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. bN) STANDARD BOARD: ASTM C36; PROVIDE TYPE 'X' IN FIRE -RATED PARTITIONS WHERE INDICATED, AND WHERE INCORPORATED AS A PART OF A FIRE -RATED ASSEMBLY. c) WATER RESISTANT BOARD: ASTM C630. 2. ACCESSORIES: a TRIM: CONCEALED FLANGE SCREW -ON TYPE; METAL OR PVC AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION; GA 216. b REVEAL MOLDINGS: FRY REGLET CO., PIITCON INDUSTRIES, INC., GORDON INC, OR APPROVED; ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS WITH TAPING FLANGES; SHAPES AS INDICATED. c) JOINT COMPOUND, TAPE, AND FINISHING COMPOUND: ASTM C475 AND GA 216. d) SCREWS: ASTM C1002. C. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALLA11ON STANDARD: UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH GYPSUM ASSOCIATION 216, "RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD." 2. SCREW - FASTEN BOARD TO FRAMING, UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE. 3. SPACE CONTROL JOINTS AS INDICATED. WHEN NOT INDICATED, LOCATE AS DIRECTED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 4. INSTALL WATER RESISTANT BOARD AS A SUBSTRATE FOR SURFACES SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE BONDED FINISHES IN RESTROOMS. 5. WHERE GYPSUM BOARD IS INSTALLED TO PATCH OR RESURFACE EXISTING FIRE RATED WALLS, INSTALL SO AS TO MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING. 6. INSTALL SQUARE EDGE EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARDS PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO FRAMING. INSTALL BOARDS PARALLEL TO FRAMING AT FIRE RATED WALLS. APPLY SHEATHING WITH JOINTS STAGGERED. ALL EDGES SHALL BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED. 7. FINISHING (INTERIOR): a 3 COAT SMOOTH WALL FINISH. b) GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES SHALL FORM A SMOOTH SURFACE FREE OF RIDGES, JOINT MARKS, FASTENER D PRESSIONS, AND JOINT FILLER LINES. TAPERED BOARD JOINTS SHALL BE TAPED, FILLED, AND FEATHERED TO 12 INCHES EITHER SIDE OF THE JOINT. NON- TAPERED BOARD JOINTS SHALL BE TAPED, FILLED, AND FEATHERED TO 18 INCHES EITHER SIDE OF THE JOINT. c) SKIM COAT GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES IN SALES FLOOR AREAS. 09300 TILE A. SUMMARY: INTERIOR TILE FINISHES. B. MATERIALS: 1. FLOOR TILE a) CUSTOMER- ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOMS: 8" X 8" PORCELAIN STONE BY CROSSVILLE CERAMICS COMPANY; CROSS COLORS SERIES, COLOR: "A850 GRAPHITE "; 6" X 8" PORCELAIN COVE BASE BY CROSSVILLE CERAMICS b) SERVICE AREAS: 8" X 8" PORCELAIN STONE BY CROSSVILLE CERAMICS COMPANY; CROSS COLORS SERIES, COLOR: A850 "GRAPHITE "; 6" X 8" PORCELAIN COVE BASE BY CROSSVILLE CERAMICS c) TOILET ROOMS NOT CUSTOMER ACCESSIBLE: 8" X 8* PORCELAIN STONE BY CROSSVILLE CERAMICS COMPANY; CROSS " COLORS SERIES, COLOR: A850 GRAPHITE"; 6 X 8" PORCELAIN COVE BASE BY CROSSVILLE CERAMICS 2. WALL 11LE a) SE VICE AREAS & CUSTOMER TOILET ROOMS: 4-1/4" X 8 -1/2" CERAMIC TILE BY DAL -TILE; COLOR: #0790 MATTE ARCTIC 3. GROUT FOR FLOOR TILE: MAPEI 400 SERIES KERAPDXY, COLOR #47, CHARCOAL 3/16 ". GROUT FOR WALL TILE 0 SERVICE AREA: MAPEI, KERACOLOR U - UNSANDED, COLOR 02, WHITE, 3/32" MAX. GROUT FOR WALL TILE 0 TOILET ROOM: MAPEI, KERACOLOR U - UNSANDED, COLOR fO0, WHITE, 3/16". C. SUPPLIER: 1. CROSSVILLE INC., MARTHA VEGA, 925 - 376 -7579 2. DAL TILE, ROBERT MOSBLECH, 650 - 954 -5636 D. QUANTITY STATEMENTS 1. TILE, WITH PERTINENT INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, WILL BE FURNISHED BY OWNER FOR INSTALLATION BY CONTRACTOR. 2. QUANTITIES OF TILE PURCHASED WILL BE BASED ON THE APPROVED QUANTITY STATEMENT FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE EXACT AMOUNT REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION. OVERAGE QUANTITIES WILL BE ADDED SEPARATELY BY THE OWNER FOR EACH TYPE OF TILE. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ACCURACY OF QUANTITY STATEMENTS. IN THE EVENT THAT INSUFFICIENT QUANTITY IS DISCOVERED AFTER ORDER HAS BEEN PLACED, PROCEED AS FOLLOWS: a) IMMEDIATELY NO11FY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING OF THE ADDITIONAL QUANTITIES REQUIRED, WHEREUPON THE OWNER WILL, AT HIS COST, OBTAIN THE ADDITIONAL QUANTITIES. b) INSTALL ADDITIONAL QUANTITIES AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. c) PAY FOR UNUSUAL TRANSPORTATION COSTS INCURRED IN OBTAINING ADDITIONAL MATERIALS. d) TILE FURNISHED FOR OVERAGE MAY BE INSTALLED, IF NECESSARY. NO11FY OWNER OF QUANTITY OF TILE INSTALLED SO THAT HE MAY OBTAIN ADDITIONAL 11LE FOR OVERAGE STOCK. E. SUBMITTALS: 1. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT FOR EACH TYPE OF GROUT, ADHESIVE, ADDITIVE, ACCESSORY, AND MEMBRANE SPECIFIED. 2. SAMPLES: a) GROUT: SUBMIT CURED SAMPLES OF GROUT COLOR. b) SCREEDS: SUBMIT SAMPLES OF EACH TYPE AND FINISH OF SCREED; MINIMUM 3 INCH LENGTH. F. QUALITY ASSURANCE: CONFORM TO ANSI STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE. G. 11LE TYPES: AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED ABOVE. H. SETTING MATERIALS FOR TILE: 1. THINSET MORTAR: LATEX - PORTLAND CEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI A118.4; 100% ACRYLIC LATEX ADDITIVE AT ALL LOCATIONS; MAPEI CORP "GRANT/RAPID" OR "KERABOND" WITH "UNIVERSAL KERALASIIC" BY LAIICRETE INTERNATIONAL, INC., "211 CRETE FILLER POKIER" WITH 4237 LATEX THIN -SET MORTAR ADDITIVE," OR) APPROVED. 2. (414/258-9066); DULL S BRASS TILE DDGING TRIM; SIZES SAS EQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TOOL SCREED FLUSH WITH TOP OF TILE, AS DETAILED. 3. CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE: ONE OF THE FOLLOWING. a) LA11CRETE "BLUE 92 ANTI- FRACTURE MEMBRANE ". bI THE NOBLE COMPANY "NOBLESEAL TS," REINFORCED CPE SHEET MEMBRANE. c N.A.C. PRODUCTS INC. "ECB MEMBRANE;" SELF- BONDING REINFORCED MODIFIED ASPHALT SHEET MEMBRANE; 36" DTH. I. PREPARATION: CLEAN SUBSTRATE SURFACES FREE OF GREASE, DIRT, DUST, ORGANIC IMPURITIES, CURING AGENTS, AND OTHER MATERIALS THAT WOULD IMPAIR BOND. CLEAN FLOORS WITH "BLAST - TRACK" UNIT IF NECESSARY. J. SLAB LEVELING: 1. PROVIDE SLAB LEVELING AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 03547. K. INSTALLATION OF TILE BACKER AND ACCESSORIES: 1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. INSTALL UNITS WITH EDGES FIRMLY SUPPORTED ON FRAMING MEMBERS. 3. ATTACH UNITS WITH SCREWS SPACED 6 INCHES ON CENTER ALONG FRAMING. 4. SPACE BOARDS 1/8 TO 3/16 INCH APART. STAGGER BOARD JOINTS WITH THOSE OF ADJACENT ROWS. FILL JOINTS BETWEEN GLASS MESH PANELS WITH BONDING MORTAR, EMBED REINFORCING, COVER OVER WITH MORE BONDING MORTAR AND TROWEL SMOOTH. L CRACK ISOLATION: 1. INSTALL CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE ON A UNIT PRICE BASIS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01270. 2. CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE MAY BE REQUIRED AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: a) AT CONTROL AND CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN CONCRETE FLOORS. b) AT CHANGES IN SUBSTRATE MATERIALS. c) SHRINKAGE CRACKS 1/16 INCH OR LARGER IN EXISTING SLABS. 3. EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 24 INCHES EACH SIDE OF CRACK OR JOINT. 4. SUBSTRATE EXAMINATION: a) SUBSTRATES ARE SUBJECT TO EXAMINATION BY THE OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF TILE OR SLAB- LEVELING MATERIALS. FURNISH A MINIMUM OF 7 DAYS NOTICE. b) THE EXAMINATION WILL DETERMINE THE NEED FOR CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE AT LOCATIONS NOT SCHEDULED ABOVE. M. SCREED INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL SCREEDS AT TILE FIELD EDGES AT THE LOCATIONS INDICATED. 2. ACCURATELY CUT TO LENGTH FOR FLUSH TIGHTLY BUTTED JOINTS. PROVIDE MITER CUT ANGLE JOINTS. 3. INSTALL IN LONGEST POSSIBLE LENGTHS, EXCEPT THAT NO SCREED SECTION SHALL BE LONGER THAN 12 FEET OR SHORTER THAN 4 FEET. 4. INSTALL SCREEDS FREE FROM WAVES AND VARIATIONS IN HEIGHT, FLUSH WITH TOP OF ADJACENT TILE SURFACES. 5. SET SCREEDS DIRECTLY IN SETTING BED AS THE 11LE INSTALLATION PROCEEDS. COMPLY WITH SCREED MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS TO ACHIEVE MORTAR TIGHTLY COMPACTED BETWEEN SCREED AND TILE EDGE. N. INSTALLATION OF TILE: 1. INTERIOR FLOOR APPLICATION - THINSET OVER CONCRETE SUBSTRATE OR CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE. a) TCA SYSTEM: SIMILAR TO F113. b) INSTALLATION STANDARD: ANSI A108.5. c) SETTING MATERIALS: LATEX MODIFIED THINSET MORTAR; 3/32 INCH MINIMUM THICKNESS. 2. OVER GYPSUM (GREEN) BACKER BOARD: a) TCA SYSTEM: SIMILAR TO W244. b) INSTALLATION STANDARD: ANSI A108.5. c) SETTING MATERIALS: LATEX MODIFIED THINSET MORTAR; 3/32 INCH MINIMUM THICKNESS. 3. JOINT PATTERN: a) LAY OUT TILE PATTERN PRIOR TO COMMENCING 11LE INSTALLATION. b) ACCURATELY LOCATE GROUT JOINTS ON ONES INDICATED; WHERE NOT INDICATED, ADJUST GROUT JOINTS WITHIN SPECIRED TOLERANCES TO MINIMIZE USE OF CUT TILES AT FIELD EDGES. c) WHERE CUT TILES ARE NECESSARY, POSITION FLOOR TILE SUCH THAT CUT TILE AT EACH EDGE OF EACH RECTILINEAR FIELD IS NOT LESS THAN HALF OF A FULL SIZE UNIT. d) UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, TILE JOINTS SHALL BE 1/8" WIDE. 4. CLEAN JOINTS OF MORTAR TO MINIMUM DEPTH OF 1/4 INCH TO ALLOW SUBSEQUENT GROUT INSTALLATION. 5. TOLERANCES: a) JOINT WIDTH VARIATION: PLUS OR MINUS 25% OF THE PROPOSED JOINT WIDTH. b) TAPER: PLUS OR MINUS 25% FROM ONE END TO THE OTHER. c) NO PORTION OF A 11LE SURFACE SHALL VARY MORE THAN 1/16 INCH ABOVE OR BELOW AN ADJACENT TILE SURFACE. d) INSTALL TILE FIELDS LEVEL TO WITHIN TOLERANCE SPECIRED FOR FINISHED SUBSTRATE. 6. SPECIAL FLOOR 11LE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: a) WASH BACKS OF EACH 11LE TO REMOVE ALL DUST AND SOIL THAT WOULD COMPROMISE ADHESION. b) DAMPEN SUBSTRATE AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE SUCTION. TROWEL MORTAR ONTO SURFACES TO RECEIVE TILE. c) APPLY MORTAR BOND COAT WITH NOTCHED TROWEL AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER LEVEL d) SET TILE WITHIN TIME SPAN RECOMMENDED BY MORTAR MANUFACTURER. e) BACK BUTTER TILES PRIOR TO SETTING TO ACHIEVE MAXIMUM MORTAR COVERAGE OVER BACK OF 11LE AND SUBSTRATE. f) SET TILES IN ACCURATE ALIGNMENT. BEAT IN WITH A WOOD BLOCK, RUBBER HAMMER, OR TWIST AS NECESSARY TO LEVEL TILES. 0. GROUTING: 1. MIX GROUTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2. GROUT ALL JOINTS, EXCEPT EXPANSION JOINTS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. FLOAT JOINTS TO A SLIGHTLY CONCAVE PROFILE. 3. REMOVE EXCESS GROUT FROM TILE SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GROUT AND TILE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. DO NOT USE EXCESS AMOUNTS OF WATER. 4. PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES FROM DAMAGE IF ACID CLEANERS ARE USED. 5. DO NOT GROUT JOINTS INDICATED TO RECEIVE SEALANTS, INCLUDING INSIDE RIGHT ANGLE CORNER JOINTS BETWEEN FLOORS AND WALLS OF COLUMN BASES. GROUT JOINTS PERPENDICULAR TO EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE FINISHED FLUSH WITH TILE EDGES. 6. CURED GROUT JOINTS SHALL BE MADE FREE OF EFFLORESCENCE, PRIOR TO SEALING. 7. CURE INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GROUT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROTECT TILE AND GROUT DURING CURING OPERATIONS. P. EXPANSION JOINTS: 1. PLACE EXPANSION JOINTS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. PLACE EXPANSION JOINTS AT CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS, AND AT INTERSECTIONS WITH WALLS AND COLUMNS. 3. JOINT SIZES: SET TO MATCH WIDTH OF TYPICAL GROUTED JOINT. 4. LEAVE EXPANSION JOINTS FREE OF MORTAR. 5. SEALANT MATERIALS AND INSTALLA11ON ARE SPECIFIED IN SECT1ON 07920. Q. GRIND AND POLISH QUARRY 11LE IN COMPLIANCE WITH TILE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS TO REMOVE UPPAGE BETWEEN TILES AND PROVIDE AN EVEN PLANE. USE MACHINES, ABRASIVE PADS AND POLISHING COMPOUNDS AS RECOMMENDED. REDUCE GRITS OF SUCCESSIVE PADS TO PROVIDE SMOOTH, FINELY HONED, EVEN FLOORING. R. CLEANING: 1. WASH AND THOROUGHLY RINSE ALL TILE. LEAVE ALL 11LE SURFACES CLEAN. AUTO -SCRUB FLOOR WITH SEALER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CLEANER AS REQUIRED TO REMOVE ALL CONTAMINANTS. 2. ALLOW FLOOR TO DRY FOR A MINIMUM OF ONE DAY PRIOR TO SEALANT APPLICATION. S. TILE AND GROUT SEALING: APPLY TWO COATS OF SEALER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS TO ACHIEVE MAXIMUM PENETRATION INTO TILE AND GROUTS. APPLY THIRD COAT IF REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE DESIRED GLOSS. T. SPECIAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR 11LE SURFACES: 1. AREAS SUBJECT ONLY TO FOOT TRAFFIC: LAY DOWN NON- STAINING CURING PAPER LAPPED AND SEALED AT JOINTS AND EDGES WITH NASHUA BRAND DUCT TAPE. DO NOT USE POLYETHYLENE OR PRODUCTS CONTAINING BITUMINOUS MATERIALS. 2. AREAS SUBJECT TO ROWNG TRUCKS, DOWES AND OTHER EQUIPMENT: IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, SUCH AREAS SHALL BE FURTHER PROTECTED BY CONTINUOUS PLYWOOD OR HARDBOARD RUNWAYS. 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS A. SUBMITTALS: MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT LITERATURE. B. MATERIALS: 1. ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN CEILING PANELS: PRODUCTS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. SUSPENSION SYSTEM: AS SCHEDULED, IN 2' X 2' AND 2' X 4' GRIDS, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. C. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL SEISMIC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS OF THE CAUFORNIA BUILDING CODE. 2. INSTALL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C636, AS APPLICABLE. 3. INSTALL GRID TO PRODUCE FINISHED CEILING TRUE TO ONES AND LEVELS INDICATED, WITHIN THE SPECIFIED TOLERANCES. 4. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS IN A MANNER TO SUPPORT ALL SUPERIMPOSED LOADS, WITH MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE DEFLECTION OF 1/270 OF SPAN. 5. HANG SYSTEM INDEPENDENT OF WALLS, COLUMNS, DUCTS, PIPES AND CONDUIT. WHERE DUCTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT PREVENT THE REGULAR SPACING OF HANGERS, PROVIDE SECONDARY CARRYING MEMBERS FOR INDIRECT SUPPORT OF THE SUSPENSIONS SYSTEM, OR REINFORCE THE NEAREST ADJACENT HANGERS AND RELATED CARRYING CHANNELS AS REQUIRED TO SPAN THE REQUIRED DISTANCE. 6. PROVIDE ALL ANCHORS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE CEIUNG SYSTEM. DO NOT ANCHOR SYSTEM IN ANY MANNER THAT MIGHT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM. 7. INSTALL EDGE MOWING AT INTERSECTION OF CEILING AND VERTICAL SURFACES, USING LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS. MITER CORNERS. PROVIDE EDGE MOLDINGS AT JUNCTIONS WITH OTHER INTERRUPTIONS. FABRICATE EDGE MOLDINGS TO FIT THE SURFACES ENCOUNTERED. 8. FIT ACOUSTIC LAY -IN PANELS IN PLACE, FREE FROM DAMAGED EDGES OR OTHER DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND FUNCTION. FIT BORDER UNITS NEATLY AGAINST ABUTTING SURFACES. 9. TOLERANCES: a. VARIATION FORM FLAT AND LEVEL SURFACE: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET. b. VARIATION FROM PLUMB OF GRID MEMBERS CAUSED BY ECCENTRIC LOADS: TWO DEGREES MAXIMUM. 10. HOLD -DOWN CUPS: INSTALL HOLD -DOWN CUPS AT ALL PANELS WITHIN 20 FEET OF AN EXTERIOR DOOR. 09614 CONCRETE SEALER A. SUMMARY: SEALING OF INTERIOR CONCRETE FLOOR SURFACES INDICATED TO REMAIN EXPOSED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. MATERIAL: PROVIDE SEALER BY PECKHAM, INC., AS SCHEDU 0 C. PREPARATION: 1. CLEAN SURFACES TO RECEIVE SEALER, USING NU CTUR RECOMMENDED CLEANING METHODS OR COMPOUNDS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTU R'S R UIR M a) AT A MINIMUM, SCRUB ENTIRE A WITH 3M- E NYLON BUFF PAD MOUNTED ON HAND -HELD FLOOR POLISHER. VACUUM LOOSE MATERIALS. DRAWINGS 2. MASK OR OTHERWISE PRO T SURFACES. D. APPLICATION: 1. APPLY 2 COATS OF CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER TO INTERIOR CONCRETE FLOOR SURFACES AS SCHEDULED. 2. APPLY SEALER BASE COAT UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE SEALER MANUFACTURER. 3. ROLLER OR SPRAY APPLY SEALER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. i REV E - i FOR CODE COMPUANCE APPROVED AUG 1r;2011 City of Tukwila 1.111LDING D V SiON RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER v• 91),,.7 6g) m"b MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 r REGISTERED ARCH! ECT ICHAEL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON g o0 woru6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road .°D N 0 X a) 0 0, a 0 817.633.4153 f 0. 0 0 0 o JAMBA JUICE W J za W w • Z O w V3U n 0 I- • O W LO w U 0 CO 00 CO O SEATLLE, 0 W m Z PROJECT Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By Revisions Date A A A A A 7/28/11 BMD BMD Description By JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Specifications A -004 1 5 7 8 10 09775 FIBERGLASS. REINFORCED POLYESTER (FRP) WALL COVERING A. SUMMARY: FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER PANELS (FRP) B. PANEL SYSTEM COMPONENTS: 1. PANEL MATERIAL a) MARUTE BRAND CLASS III /C FIRE -RATED FRP BY MARUTE (DOVER, OH 330/343- 6621); COLOR AS SCHEDULED IN THE FINISH LEGEND. b) PANEL TYPE: FIBERGLASS REINFORCED POLYESTER PANELS, WITH EMBOSSED TEXTURED FACE. c) THICKNESS: 3/32 INCH. d) SIZE: 48 INCHES X LENGTH REQUIRED FOR CONDITIONS INDICATED. e) FIRE RATING: MAXIMUM 25/450 FLAME SPREAD / SMOKE DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. 2. MOLDINGS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PVC CAP, CORNER, AND DIVISION MOLDINGS; COLOR TO MATCH PANELS. OMIT BOTTOM TRIM WHERE PANEL ABUTS FLASH COVED BASE 3. PANEL AND MOLDING INSTALLATION ADHESIVE: AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FRP PANEL MANUFACTURER. 4. SEALANT: FLEXIBLE WATERPROOF SIUCONE SEALANT FOR BEDDING PANEL EDGES; WHITE COLOR. C. INSTALLATION: 1. ESTABLISH CENTERLINE OF EACH DISTINCT FLAT AREA TO BE COVERED. TRIM DIVISION MOLDINGS TO MATE WITH BASE MOLDINGS; INSTALL IN SOLID BED OF ADHESIVE, EITHER ON CENTERLINE, OR OFFSET 24 INCHES FROM CENTER, AS NECESSARY TO MAXIMIZE PANEL WIDTHS AT CORNERS. MOLDING SHALL BE INSTALLED STRAIGHT AND PLUMB. 2. CUT TOP CAP AND DIVISION OR CORNER MOLDINGS TO SHAPE, WITH EDGES TRIMMED TO FIT TO ADJACENT MOLDINGS. 3. APPLY SEALANT INTO INSTALLED MOLDINGS IN SEQUENCE WITH PANEL INSTALLATION. 4. APPLY ADHESIVE TO BACKS OF PANELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 5. MAINTAIN LINES AND LEVELS OF PANEL EDGES AND MOLDINGS. 6. INSTALL PANELS TIGHT TO FLASH -COVED BASE TRIM. 7. ALLOW 1/8-INCH GAP BETWEEN TOP CAP, CORNER, OR DIVISION MOLDING POSTS, AND PANEL EDGE; ALL EDGES SHALL BE FIRMLY BEDDED TO THE MOLDINGS IN SEALANT. CUT OPENINGS FOR PENETRATIONS IN ACCURATE LOCATION WITH APPROXIMATE 1/8 -INCH CLEARANCE AROUND PENETRATIONS. 8. PROMPTLY REMOVE SEALANT SQUEEZE OUT WITH A DAMP CLOTH, AS WORK PROGRESSES; REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE WITH APPROPRIATE SOLVENT. 9. INSTALL SEALANT BEHIND FLANGES AND AT PENETRATIONS THROUGH PANELING, AND BETWEEN TOP CAP OF PANEL AND SUBSTRATE. 09820 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION AND SEALANTS A. MATERIALS: 1. ACOUSTIC INSULATION: ASTM C665, TYPE I; UNFACED GLASS FIBER BATTS, BLANKETS, OR ROLLS; MINIMUM FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION RATING OF 25/50 PER ASTM E84; MINIMUM 3 -INCH THICK, UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE TO MEET THE STC REQUIREMENTS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED; WIDTHS TO FRICTION -FIT BETWEEN STUDS, WHERE INDICATED FOR INSTALLATION IN STUD WALLS. 2. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT: NON- HARDENING, NON- SKINNING, FOR USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH GYPSUM BOARD; SIMILAR TO USG "ACOUSTICAL SEALANT." 3. ACCESSORIES: FURNISH OTHER ACCESSORIES SUCH AS FASTENERS AND RETAINERS, NOT SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBED, BUT REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. INSULATION: 1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE W1N MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AND AS INDICATED. 2. TRIM INSULATION NEATLY TO FIT SPACES. INSTALL WITHOUT GAPS OR VOIDS. C. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH ACOUSTICAL ASSEMBLIES, EXCEPT FOR PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION TO RECEIVE FIRESTOPPING. 09900 PAINTING A. SUMMARY: 1. INTERIOR PAINTING OF NEW SURFACES. 2. PAINTING OF PREVIOUSLY UNPAINTED INTERIOR STEEL ELEMENTS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. SUBMITTALS: 1. SUBMIT A UST OF EACH PAINT SYSTEM TO BE USED IN THE WORK. 2. SUBMIT TWO SAMPLES OF EACH COLOR AND PAINT SYSTEM INDICATED. C. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. PAINT COATINGS SHALL BE FREE OF DUST, DIRT, FLOW ONES, STREAKS, SAGS, BUSTERS, PINHOLES, BUGS, RUNS, OR OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. 2. IN ADDITION TO THE COATS SPECIFIED, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COATS AS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN ADEQUATE HIDE. D. MAINTENANCE MATERIALS: FURNISH A MINIMUM OF ONE GALLON OF EACH COLOR PAINT TO JAMBAJUICE FOR FUTURE TOUCH -UP WORK. E. MATERIALS: 1. PAINTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION ARE PRODUCTS OF BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT COMPANY, AS SCHEDULED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. PRODUCTS BY THE FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS ARE ACCEPTABLE: a) PITTSBURGH PAINTS. b) PRATT & LAMBERT. c) THE SHERWIN- WIWAMS COMPANY. d) KELLY -MOORE PRESERVATIVE PAINT COMPANY. e) PARKER AZEE 3. PAINT MATMIALS ARE TO BE FULLY VOC COMPLIANT, AND OF THE HIGHEST QUALITY INTENDED FOR APPUCATION BY PROFESSIONAL COMMERCIAL PAINIERS. 4. DIRECT -TO -METAL (DTM) ACRYLIC PRIMER: a) ICl/DEVOE "DEVFLEX 4020" PRIMER. b) SHERWIN WIWAMS "DIM ACRYLIC PRIMER." F. SURFACE PREPARATION: 1. PREPARE SURFACES BY REMOVING DIRT, DUST, GREASE, OIL, MOISTURE, AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS THAT WILL IMPAIR THE PROPER ADHESION OF THE FINISH. 2. WOOD - OPAQUE PAINT FINISH: a) SPOT COAT KNOTS, PITCH STREAKS, AND SAPPY SECTIONS WITH SEALER. b) FILL NAIL HOLES AND CRACKS. SAND FILLER SMOOTH AND LEVEL WITH WOOD SURFACE. 3. GYPSUM BOARD: REMOVE UGHT DUST, AND DIRT. 4. EXISTING FINISHED SURFACES TO BE REPAINTED: a) REMOVE LOOSE, BLISTERED, SCALED, OR CRAZED FINISHES TO BARE SUBSTRATE; FEATHER NEW WORK INTO EXISTING WORK. PREPARE SURFACES TO THE NEAREST BREAK LINE IF NECESSARY TO BLEND NEW FINISHES WITH OLD FINISHES. b) WASH AND RINSE SURFACES WITH TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE AND WATER OR OTHER SOLUTION REQUIRED TO REMOVE REMAINING FILM, WAX, OIL, GREASE, SMOKE OR FOREIGN MATTER WHICH WILL IMPAIR BOND, OR CAUSE BLEED THROUGH, OF NEWLY APPLIED FINISHES. c) LIGHTLY SAND, OR APPLY A LIQUID DEGLOSSER ON EXISTING SEMI - GLOSS' AND HIGH -GLOSS FINISHES BEFORE REFINISHING. 5. EXISTING UNPAINTED INTERIOR STEEL ELEMENTS (ABOVE 10 FEET) INDICATED TO RECEIVE PAINT: a) REMOVE LOOSE, AND SCALING RUST WITH WIRE BRUSH. b) LEAVE SURFACE FREE OF DUST AND DIRT THAT WILL IMPAIR BOND OF NEWLY APPLIED FINISH. 6. EXISTING UNPAINTED INTERIOR STEEL ELEMENTS (BELOW 10 FEET) INDICATED TO RECEIVE PAINT: a) SOLVENT CLEAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH STEEL STRUCTURES PAINTING COUNCIL (SSPC) SP -1. b) COMMERCIAL BLAST PER SSPC SP -6. c) LEAVE SURFACE FREE OF DUST AND DIRT THAT WILL IMPAIR BOND OF NEWLY APPLIED FINISH. G. SPECIAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. UNLESS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED OTHERWISE, FOLLOW PAINT MANUFACTURER'S LABEL DIRECTIONS FOR GENERAL APPUCATION PROCEDURES AND COVERAGE RATES. 2. DO NOT APPLY FINISHES ON SURFACES THAT ARE NOT SUFFICIENTLY DRY. MAKE SURE EACH COAT OF FINISH IS DRY AND HARD BEFORE A FOLLOWING COAT 1S APPUED UNLESS THE MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS STATE OTHERWISE. 3. CONCRETE: REMOVE CONTAMINANTS BY HIGH- PRESSURE WASHING, WITH DETERGENT, AND WIRE BRUSHING. 4. OPAQUE FINISHES: a) APPLY NUMBER OF COATS SCHEDULED FOR EACH APPLICATION, EXCEPT THAT ADDITIONAL FINISH COATS SHALL BE APPLIED AS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE HIDING OF SUBSTRATE COLORS. b) APPLY PRIMER COATS UN-TINTED. WHERE MORE THAN ONE COAT OF PAINT IS REQUIRED, TINT EACH SUCCEEDING COAT UP TO THE FINAL COAT SIMILAR IN 11NT, BUT SLIGHTLY LIGHTER IN VALUE (SHADE). c) SAND LIGHTLY BETWEEN COATS IF NECESSARY TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED FINISH; SAND BETWEEN COATS APPUED TO WOOD SUBSTRATES. 5. ROLLERS FOR APPLICATION, AND BACKROWNG OF LATEX PAINTS SHALL HAVE A NAP OF 3/8 INCH OR LESS. 6. WHERE ROLLER TEXTURE IS SCHEDULED FOR APPLICATION TO PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES, FINISH COATS MAY BE ROLLER - APPLIED, OR SPRAY APPUED AND BACKROLLED AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 7. FACTORY PRIMED SURFACES: APPLY SCHEDULED FINISH SYSTEM, LESS PRIMER COAT, EXCEPT AS NECESSARY TO FOR PATCHING DAMAGE TO FACTORY PRIME COATING. 8. EXCEPT WHERE SCHEDULED OR INDICATED OTHERWISE, THE INTENT IS TO PAINT NEW ROOMS AND AREAS. EXISTING AREAS THAT HAVE NOT BEEN REMODELED OR DO NOT HAVE PATCHED SURFACES ARE NOT TO BE REPAINTED. WHERE EXISTING SURFACES HAVE BEEN REMODELED OR PATCHED THE ENURE ROOM IS TO BE REPAINTED, INCLUDING THE ASSOCIATED ACCESS PANELS, ELECTRICAL PANELS, HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES (BOTH SIDES), AND SIMILAR ELEMENTS WITHIN THE ROOM. H. INTERIOR PAINTING SYSTEMS: 1. GYPSUM BOARD, GYPSUM PLASTER, AND GFRG - LATEX SYSTEM: a) SYSTEM: THREE COATS - FIRST COAT ACRYLIC LATEX PRIMER SEALER (UNIINTED), SECOND AND THIRD COAT LATEX b) SHEEN: ROLLER TEXTURE, EGGSHELL SHEEN, EXCEPT PROVIDE FLAT SHEEN AT LIGHT COVES, CEILINGS, SKYLIGHT AREAS, CLERESTORY AREAS, INTERIOR FASCIAS, AND OTHER LIGHT SENSITIVE SURFACES. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF EACH SHEEN WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. c) APPLICATION: 1) USE ON ALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD, PLASTER, AND GFRG SURFACES, INCLUDING THE EXPOSED PORTIONS OF WALL SURFACES BETWEEN ADJACENT FABRIC COVERED PANELS AND MIRRORS. 2) PROVIDE PRIME COAT ONLY BEHIND PERMANENTLY MOUNTED MECHANICALLY ANCHORED MIRRORS, FABRIC PANELS, AND SIMILAR ELEMENTS. 3) DO NOT APPLY PRIMER OR PAINT COATINGS TO SURFACES TO RECEIVE ADHESIVELY MOUNTED MIRRORS OR 11LE. 2. WOOD - OPAQUE FINISH LATEX SYSTEM: a) SYSTEM: THREE COATS; FIRST COAT LATEX WOOD PRIMER, AND SECOND AND THIRD COAT LATEX ENAMEL b) SHEEN: SEMI - GLOSS, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. c) APPLICATION: USE ON ALL WOOD OR MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD SURFACES INDICATED TO RECEIVE OPAQUE COATING NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN SECTIONS 06400 OR 08210. 3. FERROUS METAL AND GALVANIZED - ACRYLIC SYSTEM: a) SYSTEM: THREE COATS; FlRST COAT ACRYLIC DTM PRIMER; SECOND AND THIRD COATS LATEX FINISH. THE PRIMER AY BE OMITTED AT FACTORY PRIMED SURFACES, EXCEPT AS NECESSARY TO RECOAT DAMAGED OR ABRADED PREPRIMED SURFACES. b SHEEN: SEMI - GLOSS, UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. c APPLICATION: INTERIOR FERROUS METAL SURFACES INCLUDING HOLLOW STEEL METAL DOORS AND FRAMES, PIPE S HAND AND GUARD RAILS, OVERHEAD DOORS AND FRAMES, ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS, AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS. 4. STRIPES ON FLOORING: a. EPDXY COATING AS SPECIFIED, "SAFETY YELLOW" COLOR, ONE COAT. b. LOCATIONS: 1) PATHWAY AND CAUTION STRIPING AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. c. APPLY TO MATERIALS THAT HAVE BEEN PREPARED ACCORDING TO PAINT MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. d. APPLY TO EXISTING CONCRETE PRIOR TO CONCRETE SEAUNG AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 03300. IF THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE, REMOVE SEALER IN AREAS TO RECEIVE PAINT USING DEGREASER OR REMOVER AS RECOMMENDED BY SEALER MANUFACTURER. REAPPLY SEALER FOLLOWING CURING OF STRIPING PAINT. I. COLORS: AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. 10260 CORNER GUARDS A. INTERIOR METAL CORNER GUARDS: 16 GAGE STAINLESS SHEET STEEL; 2 -1/2 INCH LEGS BY FULL ROOM HEIGHT IN LENGTH; ALL EDGES EASED WITH EDGES SEALED WITH SIUCONE CAULK. B. MOUNT CORNER GUARDS WITH BOTTOM OF GUARD AGAINST TOP OF WALL BASE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. ADHESIVE -APPLY OR INSTALL WITH APPROVED DOUBLE -S11CK TAPE. 10400 INTERIOR SIGNAGE A. SUMMARY: 1. CODE- REQUIRED INTERIOR SIGNAGE. 2. INSTALLATION OF SIGNAGE. B. SYSIEM DESCRIPTION: 1. ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE: PROVIDE ACRYUC PLASTIC REVERSE SILK SCREENED SIGNS WITH INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY, RAISED LETTERS, AND BRAILLE, AT ACCESSIBLE TOILET FACILITIES. C. QUAUTY ASSURANCE: 1. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: SIGNAGE SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES. D. MATERIALS: 1. PLASTIC SHEET: 1/8 -INCH THICK ACRYUC SHEET; LOW GLOSS FINISH. 2. DOUBLE S11CK TAPE: 3M 'SCOTCH BRAND #665" DOUBLE- S11CK, DOUBLE - COAIED TAPE, 1/4" WIDE. 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS A. SUBMITTALS: PRODUCT LITERATURE, INCLUDING EXTINGUISHER DIMENSIONS. B. EXTINGUISHERS: MULTI- PURPOSE DRY CHEMICAL TYPE: HEAVY DUTY DOT STEEL TANK; UL RATING 3A -40B: C, 10 LB CAPACITY, FM APPROVED; RED ENAMEL FINISH; PRESSURE GAGE; METAL VALVES AND SIPHON TUBES. C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS: 1. TYPE: POTTER - ROEMER, INC. #7063- DV- VB -RR, LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING COMPANY SS- 2409 -R3, J.L INDUSTRIES #1837V10. 2. STYLE: SEMI - RECESSED (APPROXIMATELY 2 -1/2" PROJECTION; ROLLED EDGE); STEEL FRAME AND DOOR WITH CONTEMPORARY 2 INCH WIDE DOUBLE STRENGTH GLASS INSERT. 3. FINISH: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BAKED WHITE ENAMEL FRAME, DOOR; AND INTERIOR. 4. LETTERING: BLACK LETTERING IN VERTICAL FORMAT. D. FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKETS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD J -TYPE. PROVIDE AT FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATIONS WHERE NO CABINET IS INDICATED. E. INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL BRACKETS 48 INCHES FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO TOP OF BRACKET. 2. SECURE RIGIDLY IN PLACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES A. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA, INCLUDING DESCRIPTION OF EACH ITEM TO BE SUPPLIED AS REQUIRED UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01330. B. MANUFACTURER: BOBRICK WASHROOM EQUIPMENT COMPANY, VED OTHERWISE. C. ACCESSORIES: 1. GRAB BARS (GB): BOBRICK B -6106 SERIE SIZE D 0 RATION AS INDICATED. 2. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (PTD): B- 2620;1RFACE WITH KNOB LATCH 3. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER (TPD): B 4. DOOR COAT HOOK (DCH): B -68` 5. MIRROR: B -290 24X36. 6. SEAT COVER DISPENSER (SCD):\BB 21. D. INSTALLATION: SECURE EACH ITEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, AND IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. USE TAMPER -PROOF FASTENERS. 12491 SHADES A. SHADES: E SCREEN ONE OF THE FOLLOWING 1. "E SCREEN 4110 10 %, 3001 CHARCOAL /GRI 2. "E SCREEN 7510 10 %, 0707 PERLE /PERL CIRCUMSTANCES.) B. LOCATIONS: AS INDICATED ON BY IR WI OM OVERINGS (888- 533 - 4747X14). Y IRIS W COVERINGS (888- 533 - 4747X14). (ONLY USED UNDER SPECIAL 13900 DESIGN -BUILD FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM A. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ARE DESIGN /BUILD, AND SHALL CONF O E REQUIREMENTS OF THE JURISDICTIONAL CODE AUTHORITIES, AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. B. SPRINKLER HEADS IN RETAIL SALES, FITTING AND DIS AY RFA L11IQGS SHALL BE THE SEMI - RECESSED TYPE, FINISHED TO MATCH THE CEILING THEY ARE INSTALLED IN. SP INKLE CONCEALED OR SEMI - RECESSED, CHROME FINISH H WHIT THE REMAINDER OF THE STORE SHALL BE EITHER C. FIRE PROTECTION SUBCONTRACT A. 'NIS1M STAMPED, SIGNED SHOP DRAWINGS OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM PREPARED BY A PROFESSIONAL ENGI I .. D TO PRACTICE IN THE STATE WHERE THE PROJECT IS LOCATED. D. SUBMIT APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS OR LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND FIRE MARSHAL REVIEW AND APPROVAL, AS SUBMITTAL FOR PERMIT, AS REQUIRED. DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT USED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. tkuo( RED EWE FOR CODE 'COMPLIANCE APPROVE AUG 1g 2011 City of Tukwila UiLDING D VISION RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER Vflpi a� w 16n rrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 REGISTERED ARCHITECT CHAEL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON Dn1 .- N o co n O 0 0- cu oo I- N v W M IT p C •o. o •- N 1-19j Q 00 0 woD U6lsapswpd �z Q OWE a �o W m = U W 2J~ <� Wo�� 7 _ Q Y.0) W I- cfl C!) u) W� 0) 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By BMD Appv'd By BM D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 SPECIFICATIONS A -005 F E D c B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 — _J I ' I 1 J I —1— -- 1 I — L_L_ -1 —1I I II L —JL 1 I F F F -- 1 - - -1— }- -- }- -- 1 1 1 I 1 1 I- -- j- - --1 - -1 1 L__i 1__J 1 101 1 L_] Fr L I I 11 O' —77 - -7 —f - - L II + —I — — —I 1 —I I 1 ?Jo( REVIEW 'CODE C MP APPROVED �0R ANCE AUG 16 2011 City of ILAkw91e BOLDING D V1S ON SHEET NOTES 1) CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AND TO NOTIFY OWNER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2) CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT DEMOLISH ANY LOAD BEARING WALLS OR CONSTRUCTION THAT WILL COMPROMISE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE STRUCTURE. NOTIFY OWNER OF ANY STRUCTURAL ISSUES ARISING FROM DEMOUTION. 3) REMOVE AND CAP ALL EXISTING FLOOR POWER AND COMMUNICATION OUTLETS THROUGHOUT PER ELECTRICAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. 4) REMOVE AND CAP ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT THROUGHOUT PER ELECTRICAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. 5) DEMOUTION INCLUDES TRENCHING1 SAW CUTTING OF SLAB FOR ELECTRICAL OUTLETS. 6) DEMOUTION INCLUDES TRENCHING 1 SAW CUTTING OF SLAB FOR PLUMBING WORK. COORDINATE PLUMBING REMOVAL AND RELOCATION WITH PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 7) SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AND TRENCH TO INSTALL UNDER SLAB PIPING. PROVIDE NEW CONCRETE SLAB PER DETAIL 1 /A -804. 8) COORDINATE REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH NEW WORK AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 9) WHERE PARTITION DEMOLITION OCCURS AND REPAIROADJACENT TO FOR FINAL STORE FINISHES 10)TEMS DAMAGED DURING DEMOUTION BEYOND SCOPE OF DEMOUTION REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED TO UKE NEW CONDITION AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. m"b MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 rill... scar --- REGISTERED ARCH TECT ICH A EL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON 011 SHEET SYMBOLS EXISTING TO BE REMOVED EXISTING TO REMAIN El woY•u6lsapswpd DEMOLITION KEYNOTES OEXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. DO NOT DAMAGE EXISTING RATED ASSEMBLY. PATCH/ REPAIR AS REQ D TO MAINTAIN UL U465 ONE —HOUR RATING WHERE DAMAGED FROM PREVIOUS TENANT S CONSTRUCTION. PREPARE AS NECESSARY FOR NEW FINISHES. O EXISTING STOREFRONT TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. INCLUDING ENTRY DOORS GLAZING SIGNAGe AANDTSTOREFRONTS SOFFITTATO LINE, UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING LL BULKHEAD. PROTECT ALL ADJACENT FINISHES DURING DEMOUTION AND PATCH /REPAIR ANY FINISHES DAMAGED FROM DEMOUTION WORK. O3 REMOVE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME. O REMOVE EXISTING PARTITION. OREMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISH AND BASE THROUGHOUT. 6 REMOVE EXISTING WALL COVERINGS THROUGHOUT (U.O.N.). O SOFFIITS, EXISTING TT, ANDUUGHTSSTHROUGHOUT D(U.O.N.) O MRK UIES TROUGP MILLWOFIX R THROUGHOUT SPACE INCLUDING ALL STOCKROOM SHELVING. O EXISTING DURING DEMOTIO COLUMN TO REMAIN, 10 ▪ EXISTING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. REF: ELECTRICAL SHEETS. RECEIVE JUL 29 2011 W J H J Z < CO W 03 w v = o co W — o) H ? -Z a 0 Lu 4* > 4en 0W m = 0 1 W O LLB V) co W � SEATLLE, PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By Revisions Date A A A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 7/28/11 BMD BMD Description By 4 -31 -08 6.0 pERMITCENTEF SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 1 0 2 4 8 Demolition Floor Plan A-111 1 2 4 5 6 9 10 3 -5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUD, TYP. M -(F) W -3 )ON 5/8" TYPE X GYP. BY TENANT G.C. 2C tO (E) DEMISING WALL -LEASE LINE (E) NEUTRAL PIER LEASE LINE - ----3/4 "x1/2" BRUSHED ALUMINUM E- CHANNEL REVEAL BY G.C. F MT -1 BRUSHED ALUMINUM PANELS MOUNTED ON 1/4" MDF (a 1 ON 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPBD ON a 1 METAL STUD FRAMING. zit ' t+-I BLENDER COUNTER LOW WALL, WALL THICKNESS SHOWN INCLUDES WOOD CLADDING NEUTRAL PIER DETAIL -RIGHT METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. BY G.C. SCALE:3" = 1' -0" (F W -3 )WALL TILE ©E BRUSHED ALUMINUM PANEL 1/4" MDF EXTEND (FI MT -1 )BRUSHED ALUMINUM PANEL ' " MDF PANEL TO CO ► IILP WALL TILE. WRAP ©01=1 I AROUND MDF. ()CORNER DETAIL AT OPENING FULL SCALE w 0 z 10 ADJACENT TENANT 34' -3" LEASE LINE 31' -0" 8' -7 1/4" // 3 -0 25/ (V.I.F.) 10'-5 1/2" 1 ' -7 1/2" 8' -2" 3' -3" / (V.I.F.) Virgr NOTE: FRONT COUNTER/ PASTRY CASE/ POS COUNTER FINISHES MUST BE CONTINUOUS AND FLUSH ACROSS STOREFRONT. TOE KICK MUST BE CONTINUOUS AND FLUSH ACROSS STOREFRONT. \' J SERVICE I ^ 0 3 A -802 - FREEZER 1 7' -2" IIIV — i _I M L N - - _ ,r, ° a - 4 ° A -701 4 119 SQ. FT. 6' -3" o in e 2 A -805 ;.. A -701 / L4YI �i o I 7 A -701 COOLER 1 N /2, -0» CV 1 Co I / 4" ° ' 4 BACK AREA ° ° Q 02 ¢ A -805 128 SQ. FT. % _ _ - N \ IM. A -701 ^� U1 _ ;4ni I 9 / N I 8' -0" 2" CLR. /13 'j 23 "/23 "/ 3' -7" 25/ 3' -2" 25" 8' -4 1/4" 9' -5" 3' -0" 33' -11 1/4" INSIDE (V.I.F.) ADJACENT TENANT UNE OF SPLIT CASE ®OPP. U O Z50 JZ 0 00 w 0 J I J r, „ MALL COMMON AREA NOTE: FRONT COUNTER/ PASTRY CASE/ POS COUNTER FINISHES MUST BE CONTINUOUS AND FLUSH ACROSS STOREFRONT. TOE KICK MUST BE CONTINUOUS AND FLUSH ACROSS STOREFRONT. BLENDER COUNTER LOW WALL, WALL THICKNESS SHOWN INCLUDES WOOD CLADDING LINE OF POS COUNTER ABOVE CONDUIT STUB UP ZONE- 1 3/4" LEASE LINE II I 1' -7" 6" 2' -9" BUILT -UP CURB LEASE UNE N SCALE:1/2" = 1' -0" bIt v ite( SHEEP NOTES 1) PROVIDE BLOCKING AND BACKING AS DEFINED IN SPECIFICATION SECTION 06100 IN EXISTING WALLS AND NEW PARTITIONS FOR ALL CASEWORK, SHELVING, COUNTERTOPS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, AND OWNER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT SEE 2/A -122. COORDINATE WITH SHOP DRAWINGS. 2) WHERE EXISTING INSULATION IS REMOVED OR MISSING -PATCH AND REPLACE INSULATION TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND MAINTAIN REQUIRED R- VALUES. 3) COORDINATE AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS W/ THOSE INDICATED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4) ALL WALL FINISHES SHALL BE SMOOTH. REMOVE OR RESURFACE TEXTURED WALL SURFACES PRIOR TO APPLYING FINISHES. 5) VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FRAMING OR PENETRATING SLAB. 6) DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO THE FACE OF FINISH. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7) REFER TO A -605, DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DOOR AND FRAME TYPES. 8) ORIENT FLOOR SINKS TO ALIGN W/ ADJACENT PARTITIONS AS SHOWN. 9) REFER TO EQUIPMENT SHEETS FOR INFORMATION REGARDING EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT LAYOUT. 10) MAINTAIN FIRE RESISTANCE RATING FOR ALL TENANT DEMISING WALLS •,, rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARIJNGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 • 9205 ICHAEL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON SHEET SYMBOLS �dj OO �� v woru6isapswpd a 0 0 0 0 0 0 m CUSTOMER AREA 01 ROOM NAME AND NUMBER ELEVATION SYMBOL SEE SHEET A -701 FOR ELEVATIONS (I01A) SEE SHEET A -605 DOOR INDICATOR FOR DOOR SCHEDULE RF 0 FOR GQCE COY,PUA CE APPROVI1E0 AUG 162011 City 0.Tuki ila BU LD NG D McSION 0 NEW 3 -5/8" FULL HEIGHT WALL, REF: 1/A-801 NEW 6" FULL HEIGHT WALL, REF: 1/A-801 NEW 3 -5/8" PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL, REF: 1/A -801 NEW 3 -5/8" LOW WALL (SHOWN AS 7" THICK AFTER FINISHES), REF: 1 /A -801 (E) DEMISING PARTITION: GC TO VERIFY CONDITION OF WALL AFTER DEMOLITION, PATCH, REPAIR, AND REPLACE GYP BD AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING PER UL U465. REF: 4/A -802 RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER FLOOR SINK FLOOR DRAIN oc W I- J z < W 2 W (3 V I w 0 I— z Ow a � c.) m Q Z aW� - _0 IL Cn � 0 c W u) 0 w 0 0 00 00 CO 0) SEATLLE, 0 rY w 2 z 1- U w 0 a Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date A Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Floor Plan A -121 F E D c B A 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 10 NOTE: FOR BLOCKING AT GRAB BARS SEE: 1/A -805 TYPE "A" BLOCKING 6' -0" 6' -6" TYPE "E" BLOCKING a 0 TYPE "A" WALL BLOCKING 2 PARTITION WALL AS SCHEDULED 24x48 2406 24x48 /2436 7 24x48 DUNNAGE TYPE "E" BLOCKING 1 J d n n n 2' -8" 1II1i1i!;:lpP]II;uI[ I■IIJm'! 0 0 0 0 0 7' -4 5/8" TYPE "A" ' TYPE "B" BLOCKING BLOCKING Ci!i , ,... ti-Ua TYPE "C" BLOCKING LJ v 4x36 TYPE "D BLOCKING 36 24x48 1 0 0▪ 0 TYPE "B" a 00 TYPE "C" a r\ a O NOTE: NO PLYWOOD BLOCKING TO BE INSTALLED IN ONE —HOUR RATED DEMISING WALLS. TYPE "D" NOTE: ALL BLOCKING MUST BE IN WALL CAVITY BEHIND GYPSUM BOARD KNISH. REF: 3/A -122 20 GA. CONTINUOUS 20 GA. METAL STUDS O I 20 I N rr STEEL ANGLE, TYP. WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. GC SHALL PROVIDE/ INSTALL BLOCKING IN WALL FOR BLADE SIGN GC SHALL PROVIDE/ INSTALL BLOCKING IN WALL FOR SWING GATE 20 ii 5/8" WALL BACKING TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR BACKING TO BE FIRE RATED. TYPICAL O TYPE "E" TYPE "F" /%iZ r / //. rig:/./////// / % / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / //, ATTACH BLOCKING TO METAL STUDS WITH WOOD SCREWS ® 12" O.C., TYP. BLOCKING DETAIL CUT FLANGE AS REQ'D TO INSTALL BLOCKING, TYP. -5/8" PLYWOOD BACKING IN WALL CAVITY BETWEEN STUDS BEHIND GYP BD FINISH. a CO I N a I a 0 TYPE "G" TYPE "H" b 2..(0( SHEET NOTES 1) LOCATIONS SHOWNTIRRSK9VIRE3BA0 Cl2G IN ALL MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 SHEET SYMBOLS — — - NEW BLOCKING R E \(SEWED FOR CODE CW.IPLAANCE APPROVED D AUG 16 2011 City 0q Tukwila BU9 LONG DMVIVON RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER REGISTERED ARCHITECT op�0�/� �lU woru6lsapswpd 3100 East Randal Mitt Road 17.633.4153 f W ,J I" Z Q W2 V W z 4 ca IOW m0= aW� - _0 IL cn1.. 0 (U W� W U 0 0 00 00 rn O 1- 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date A Description By A A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 11 1 2 4 8 Blocking Plan A-122 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN, GC SHALL PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL FOR SIGN LINE OF WALK —IN UNIT BELOW LIGHT FIXTURE BY LIGHTING VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. WALK —IN UNIT COMPRESSOR ABOVE ON ROOF LIGHT FIXTURE BY LIGHTING VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. 22 "x22" ACCESS S PANEL TO M TCHPCE NG GYP. BD. 11' -6" AFF P -7 ** IF REQUIRED BY CODE, NON— FREEZING SPRINKLER HEADS WITH WIRE PROTECTION CAGES SHALL BE USED IN WALK —IN BOX. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH WALK —IN VENDOR SHEET NOTES 1) LIGHTING, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, HVAC EQUIPMENT, AND SPRINKLERS ARE TO BE MOUNTED AT POINTS IN ACT AS NOTED IN GRAPHIC BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE DIMENSIONED ON RCP. 2X4 ACT TILE + + + LU w 2X2 ACT TILE EQ 1111 EQ /1, EQ/ EQ J, 2) CENTER ACT GRID WITHIN EACH ROOM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3) INSTALL ACT CEILING SYSTEMS PER DETAIL 1 /A -802 4) CONTRACTOR TO REPORT CONFLICT BETWEEN RECESSED UGHT FIXTURES AND EXISTING ASSEMBLIES PRIOR TO FRAMING SOFFITS. 5) CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND REUSE EXISTING UTILITIES AND /OR EQUIPMENT FOR NEW CEILING HEIGHT. 6) REFER TO MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN OF THESE SYSTEMS (DUCT SIZES, CIRCUITING, ETC.) LOCATIONS OF FIXTURES, REGISTERS, SWITCHES, ETC. SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND DETAILS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTIONS. 91)10:".g toLf, 7) VERIFY FEILD CONDITIONS AND LOCATIONS OF ALL PLUMBING, STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND OTHER APPLICABLE ITEMS. NOTIFY PROJECT MANAGER OF INADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR CEILING LAYOUT. 8) ALL REGISTERS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL OCCUR WITHIN GRID LINES INCANDESCENT FIXTURES OR OTHER CEIUNG ELEMENTS SHALL BE LOCATED AT THE CENTER OF ACOUSTICAL TILES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 9) ALL LIGHTS MUST BE SUSPENDED INDEPENDENT OF CEILING GRID SYSTEM. 10) REFER TO SHEET A -801 FOR SEISMIC BRACING. 11) CONTRACTOR TO FEILD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING SPRINKLER LINES AND /OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS AND RELOCATE AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE SCHEDULED CEIUNG HEIGHTS, CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL SUCH RELOCATION WORK WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 12) REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR FIRE SPRINKLER TYPES. 13) FOR ROOF PENETRATIONS /BURGLAR BARS, SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS. 14) NOT USED. 15) ALL LAMPS AND LENSES IN FOOD PREP SERVICE AND CUSTOMER AREAS SHALL BE EASILY CLEANABLE AND SHATTERPROOF. 16) FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AT SERVICE AREA SOFFIT DETAIL SEE ELECTRICAL 17) UGHT FIXTURES IN WALK —IN REFRIG /FREEZER ARE VAPOR PROOF WITH PROTECTIVE LENS AND SUPPLIED BY LIGHTING VENDOR. 18) WALK —IN UNIT COMPRESSOR SHALL BE LOCATED PER MECHANICAL PLANS. 19) GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES WITH OVERHEAD DUCTWORK AND ADJUST LOCATION ACCORDINGLY. 20) IF REQUIRED BY CODE, NON— FREEZING SPRINKLER HEADS WITH WIRE PROTECTION CAGES SHALL BE USED IN WALK —IN BOXES. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH WALK —IN VENDOR 21) ANYTIME A BUILDING IS OCCUPIED, THE MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL BE ILLUMINATED WITH A MINIMUM OF NOT LESS THAN 1 FOOT CANDLE AT THE FLOOR. mrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARIJNGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 REGISTERED AIICHLTECT ICHAEL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON woD•ulilsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road SHEET SYMBOLS AC -2 9' -0" AFF CS -3 EIUNG TILE EIUNG HEIGHT GRID SYSTEM CEILING INDICATOR: SEE A -141 FOR CEILING TILE, GRID, AND FINISH COLOR 2X4 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE STRIP FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 0 RECESSED HID DOWNLIGHT (MH) LSZ RECESSED WALL WASHER EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE RETURN AIR SERVICE AIR (FIR -1 ) SEE SHEET A -141 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE R [iEN:o FOR CODE COMPL AN E APPROVED AUG 16 2011 City of Tukwila IILT,MNG RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER O a w 0 0 07 CO CO OD O) SEATLLE, PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date Description By A A A A A JJ -6.0 VERSION 4-31-08 6.0 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 0 2 4 Reflected Ceiling Plan A -137 E D C B A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 VII ten 4t rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 - 92.05 REGISTERED ARCH TECT CH EL R. BLACK ATE OF WASHINGTON wo3.u6lsapswpd 3100 East Rondo! Mill Road O 817.633.4153 f w ; rn ., z O wl 4toO w m = 0 a W o- O Y. CO ▪ CD V) CD W Lc) SEATLLE, ti w m 2 0 z 1- U w a Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By BM D Appv'd By BM D Revisions Date n n A A A A Description By JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Finish Plan & Schedule A -141 O 9 SHEET NOTES 1) COORDINATE AND VERIFY ALL WALL FINISHES WITH INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND SCHEDULE. 2) GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY OWNER OF ANY OCCURANCES WHERE ENTRANCE OR EXIT DOOR TRANSITIONS DO NOT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF DETAIL 3B /A -804 OR 8/A -804. 3) INSTALLED FLOOR FINISHES SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION. DAMAGED FLOOR FINISHES SHALL BE REPLACED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. FLOOR: (FI F -1A ) BASE: (FI B -1A ) WALL: (FI W -3 ) (FI P -3 ) TYPICAL THROUGHOUT SERVICE AREA UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES i:___ PREFABRICATED COMBINATION WALK -IN COOLER /FREEZER BY VENDOR. FLOORLESS COOLER SECTION & 4" INSULATED INTEGRAL FLOOR WITH 1"X36" NON -SUP TAPE AT 12" O.C. IN FREEZER SECTION. 6" HIGH STAINLESS STEEL BASE WITH 3/8" RADIUS COVE INSIDE AND OUT. G.C. TO COORDINATE EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION I .rte ■ ■ 11 ■RI -1 ■ ■1 � : : ■� 3 ■-- r .r _r_ , ■��■ ,I♦,� _ 4) GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT SUBSTRATE WHENEVER GREATER THAN 1 /8" GAP OCCURS BETWEEN FINISH MATERIAL AND SUBSTRATE. ■ ■ ••111111•1•19 ■ ■I"I NOTE: A -802 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■_ ■ ■r�iIC�_'_ EXTEND EXISTING MALL TILE TO TENANT COUNTER BASE WITHIN THEIR LEASE SPACE. TILE TO MATCH EXISTING MALL TILE IN TYPE, COLOR, SIZE, THICKNESS, GROUT COLOR, INSTALLATION DIRECTION, AND GROUT COLOR. . ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■�� ■_■ `�I : ��-►j� �� �� 1 ►� �4 ;LA g 1�'P FREEZER (F010 a ,.,, EgVIC n d m 01 •r�r, _ _WWII 7� �� • NMI ■ ■■_∎ MT NNW ITH° NOTE: HEALTH NOTES ,�!-" - i�i -� , ' �1111 gip '- 7 I A -807 G.C. SHALL PATCH REPAIR ANY MALL FLOORING PATCH( DURING FLOORING COUNTERS / 2 � ■ ■ ■ ■■I ■ ■�14 � II II nil 1 A I II 11 5) ALL CERAMIC WALL TILES IN FOOD- RELATED AREAS MUST BE SMOOTH, EASILY CLEANABLE AND LIGHT IN COLOR. 6) WALLS AND CEILINGS AT FOOD- RELATED AREAS NON ABSORBENT,LWASH BLE ,AND LIGHT COLORED (MINIMUM UGHT REFLECTANCE VALUE OF 70 %). 6 A -807 MALL COMMON AREA BACK AREA - 01 C )OLER ! . 8 • (FOIO Pill /12 , igqi , A -805 O ��� ■ 1.11:2 ■1 Q1113R�i : p � ■iI ■ ■ ■1 ■ ■� _ !HI► ■ ■ !A!_!vAwAJ'PA= ■■ — - _ _ MT -1 NOTE: i FLOOR: (FI F -1A ) GC SHALL INSTALL LATICRETE 9235 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE THROUGHOUT SPACE A MINIMUM OF 3' -0" (HORIZONTALLY) OFF DEMISING WALLS AND FRONT COUNTER WALL, TURNED UP 6" (VERTICALLY) AT WALLS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURES INSTRUCTIONS. BASE: (FI B -1A ) WALL: (FI W -5 )BELOW 10' -0 "AFF (FI P -7 )ABOVE 10' -0 "AFF TYPICAL THROUGHOUT BACK AREA UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FINISH SCHEDULE ALTERNATE BID SPECIFICATION (TO BE ALLED IN BY G.C.) CODE MATERIAL MANUFACTURER MODEL L.L. G C. OWNER COLOR MODULE LOCATION REMARKS CONTACT INFORMATION DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED SAVINGS FURNISHED INSTALLED FURNISHED INSTALLED W Z INSTALLED CIRRUS • • 589 WIFE / AC USTICAt 24" X 211" eHGT�#ER "BVCLLB T{ i_*R" w/ 5171.PERFINE REVEAL AC 1 AC USTICAL CEILING TILL ARMSTR NC AC -2 ACOUSTICAL CEIUNG TILE USG INTERIORS CLIMA PLUS #3260 • • WHITE / VINYL FACED 24" X 24" SERVICE "SHEETROCK BRAND CUMA PLUS VINYL" AC -3 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE USG INTERIORS CLIMA PLUS #3270 • • WHITE / VINYL FACED 24" X 48" BACK, SERVICE "SHEETROCK BRAND CUMA PLUS VINYL" J H E ET SYM BO LS AC -4 GYP. BD. CEILING • • SEE RCP 5/8" B -1A PORCELAIN STONE CROSSVILLE CERAMICS CROSS COLORS SERIES • • A850 GRAPHITE UNPOLISHED SHEEN (UPS). 6" X 8" MIN. 3/8" COVE CR VILLC CERAMICS CMf IRE SERIES • • VGBG DLACI( SWAN Uf (ui iNuli�l ic Fj G" X 14" 2 CC T$P (f0 C6�dC) 2A DULLN SC BASE TILE B -4 BRUSHED ALUMINUM -- -- • • BRUSHED ALUMINUM 6" HIGH CUSTOMER SIDE BASE (FIPL_1 ) SEE SHEET A -141 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE - ' - '• - . , .' - •" • FINISH INDICATOR CS -2 CEIUNG SUSPENSION SYSTEM ARMSTRONG SUPRAFINE XL 9/16" • • WHITE 9/16" 9/16" EXPOSED TEE SYSTEM F -1A PORCELAIN STONE CROSSVILLE CERAMICS CROSS COLORS SERIES • • A850 GRAPHITE 8" X 8" W/ GROUT GR -1 MARTHA VEGA 925 - 376 -7579 0 FLOOR SINKS . . • • • . ITC, INC. I ITC GUf CRrL R • • GAN (AMCRIf' LISI I) CULT MCR — F 3 LIGI LCD C NCRCTC _ L FLOOR r;c r � _- e �,vh��� i, o f `" n P�, APPROVED R AUG 1 6 2011 ' 9 V �4 a�A "3$s"i C I�'E[ JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER •::- -; - ' -. - - • ' :. :. ' • .' GR -1 GROUT MAPEI 400 SERIES KERAPDXY • • #47 CHARCOAL 3/16" FLOOR 0 SERVICE RICK PURVIS 1- 888 - 300 -4422 #2049 GR -3 GROUT MAPEI KERACOLOR U - UNSANDED • • #02 PEWTER 3/32" MAX. WALL 0 SERVICE RICK PURVIS 1 -888- 300 -4422 #2049 . •. , ! , , „•■. EGGSHELL VINYL LATEX __■ •, , • •, A • . _ ..• , , ., , . , . . _.,, -° . 'ilk _ „••- EGGSHELL VINYL LATEX ■! -- ■ ' -'•„ ., . , _ _ • .• ., . . , . -. - p -3 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE AURA #524 ACRYLIC Lj.APIROPRIETARY • • #404 ELECTRIC SUDE NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED 1 -877 -6 COLOR 6 NATIONAL ACCOUNT #NA210 BENJAMIN M RE EGGSHELL VINYL LATEX M LNAtL 0-0 • . -' - ., , • - - - - _ ..• _ „ - - - - - r 4 PAINT p °iniT BENJAM N �400RE AURA 524 EGGSHELL, PROPRIETARY A(,KYLIC; I LX �• • ._ ■ APPS •- AI a •L ■ ■ _ _ _ • •- _ , , •, . , _ _ • _ , . , , ■ P 5 BENJAMIN M ! C -, rnr, HFI I VINYI I ATFX ENAMEL • • • #135 XF RD C L N SU @STITUTI NS ALL WE 1 877 C C L R 6 PJATI NAL ACC UHT 4210 r G PAINT p -7 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE ENAMEL LOSS LATEX • • #02 SUPERWHITE SEMI -GLOSS NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED 1 -877 -6 COLOR 6 NATIONAL ACCOUNT #NA210 . • -I - , .,, ... L = • - • - - ` • 1 lor PC -1 BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS VENDOR 304 • • #4 FINISH COUNTERS SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" TOILET ROOM WALL TILE TO 4' -8” A.F.F. - ;. _ ; -, V. '_ - -•e- ■ W -3 WALL CROSSVILLE CERAMICS COLOR BLOX • • A1106 "LIME -AID" 6" X 12" SERVICE AREA W/ GROUT GR -3 JAN DETER, 714 - 937 -7500 W -5 GGTIILE RIEI laACSED PANEL MARLITE, CLASS III /C STANDARD FRP • • P100 -WHITE 0 2 4 8 MT -1 BRUSHED ALUMINUM PANEL -- -- • • BRUSHED ALUMINUM PANEL WD -1 FIXTURE WOOD PLYBOO BP- 3472PH • • TBD ROBIN REIGI, 212- 924 -5558 VII ten 4t rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 - 92.05 REGISTERED ARCH TECT CH EL R. BLACK ATE OF WASHINGTON wo3.u6lsapswpd 3100 East Rondo! Mill Road O 817.633.4153 f w ; rn ., z O wl 4toO w m = 0 a W o- O Y. CO ▪ CD V) CD W Lc) SEATLLE, ti w m 2 0 z 1- U w a Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By BM D Appv'd By BM D Revisions Date n n A A A A Description By JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Finish Plan & Schedule A -141 1 2 3 6 10 WALK —IN .COOLER /FREEZER PANEL SPECIFICATIONS S�qq(N.S.F. {APPROVED) INSULATION: CONFORMING OTO AS.T.M F E -84.77A SPdCS "ANDCHAVIINGPAN 25 OR LESS FOR EACH PANEL. FLOOR: KID jABRICATED FLOOR (FREEZER ONLY) WITH SMOOTH FINISH FINISHES: STUCCO EMBOSSED GALVANIZED STEEL (COOLER / fREEZER INT. FLOOR) D O ONLY) ALUMINUM WITH & EXT. WALL, CEIUNGS & ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN, GC SHALL PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL FOR SIGN 1111111p!]I! 1L!111IU•}!I 24x46 24,36 E55 ijc"" E54 S05 P13 P23 H05 SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LAYOUT TRANSFORMER ABOVE, SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS DRY STORAGE SHELVING NOTE: FOR ALL DRY STORAGE METRO SHELVING: EACH SHELVING POST SHALL BE S(EC)CURED TO WALL WITH SBCS WALL PLYWOOD WALL BLOCKI PER NG SECURE LOCATIONS S SO REQUIRED. DRY STORAGE SHELVES ARE 72" HIGH. b41,1-.2.10( $�' ggi�pp �, �n6C �e,.^Oill�tq Y^Il.oa.Ntc APPROVEn AUG 16211 City r# RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NOTES 1) STOREQUIPMENTTON DATES SCHEDULED BY OWNER. 2) REPRESENTATIVE OF22OANYH ALMA H 4 HORS BE RLAi1HL E. R N W TIN HS IN 2C CO9 3) ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE L�NS�T Du AND YT�D FOR CONTRA R RIGOENEO CONTRAC Tip NBOTIFYEOWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF EQUIPMENT NO OPERATIONAL. 4) ELOECTN ALN PN U CBINGEANDR6OM INICATION M TU NAL 5) DERIVE TOTAL MULTIPLY ARE QUANTI1YE SHOWN 0 6) ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MAG. TSTARTERS. HERM VER DISCONNECT EPROTE SWITCHES SHEERER REQUIRED. 7) PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE STOP VALVES AHEAD OF ALL OPERATING HANDLES AND FAUCETS. 8) SEE EQUIPMENT PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL ROUGH —IN DRAWINGS FOR ADDMONAL INFORMATION. 9) PROVIDED SUPPLY TO ALL EQUIPMENT VALLVE FIORSHALL S Y BY THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. 10 ES COMPR -1R TO COILS BY TH NE CAL SO N g ALL CONNECTIO TH R CONTRACTOR. 11)VACUUM BREWERS WHEN USED TO BE MINIMUM OF SIX INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOD LEVEL RIM WITH NO SHUT UM ICES BEYOND THE DISCHARGE OF THE 12)WALL BLOCKING PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 13) BACK SPLASHESEQUIPMENT HE SEALED TO W LLS W fH CER SLIN C LK IN ANEAT WORKMAN LIKE MANNER. 14)GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM AND COORDINATE ALL CONTRACTOR RAATO VEERIIFFYPWITHLLA¶NDLOARD WARRRAN REQUIREMENTS. ���� �yE 15)AND�WALK— INHUNITS AT ALL 3-X3 CONTINUOUS STAINLESS STEEL CLOSURE STRIPS. 16)CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PER LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF TRAVEL DISTANCE DISTANCE FROM ANY POINT IN TTOHE�BUILDING FEET 17) CSEK CASKLEDR D RERONS FOR CASEWORK AND DISCREPANCIES OR CONFUCTS IMMEDIATELY TO ARCHITECT. 18)PENETR,4. I LOCATIONS. DRAWINGS FOR FLOOR SINK AND SLAB nrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 HEALTH NOTES 1) AND THEIRSINSSTTACUE.ATIONIPSHAT, FABRICATED ITEMS, SANITATION FOUNDATION (N.S�F REQUIREMENTS. 2) ALL STATIONARY EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO BE SEALED TO THE WALL OR ADJACENT EQUIPMENT. USE AL INUMR COLOR AT STAINLESS STEEL AND CLEAR AT 3) ALL SINKS IN THE FOOD FACILITY M ST BE PROVIDED WI HOT WATER (MIN. 12�0� DEG. F. ANQ COLD PREMIXING FAUCET CCAPABLE OF SUPP Y SUPPLYING ARM A WATER FOR A MINIMUM OF 10 SECONDS. 4) A HAND SINK IS PROVIDED IN EACH FOOD PREPARATION AREA WI SINGLE SERVICE TOWEL AND SOAP DISPENSER. 5) AACU P SINK ISERROVIDCED COMPLETE WITH BUILT —IN 6) 4— COMPARTMENT SINKS ARE PROVIDED WITFI MIXING VALVE FAUCETS CAPABLE OF REACHING EACH COMPARTMENT. 7) A MIN. OF 50 FOOT CANDLES (215 LUX OF LIGHT MEASURED 30" OFF THE FLOOR IS PROVIDED IN ALL AREAS PREPARATION, WHERE' UTENSILS PACKAGING EANCDNEESSIN 8) MEASURED 30" FOX FF THE FLOOR IS P QE U°VDEO IN FOOD STORAGE AND UTENSIL STORAG ROOMS. 9) A MIN. OF 20 FOOT CANDLES ((108 LUX OF UGHT, MEASURED 30 OFGF THE FLOOR IS PROVIDED IN DURING GENERALNCLEANUP A 111VI11ES. AREAS 10)ETSHELVING (SINKS, MOP SINKS, ETC.) STAINLESS STEEL 11)SHATTER SHIELDS OR SHATTERPROOF LIGHT BULBS TO BE PROVIDED FOR ALL LIGHTS ABOVE FOOD PREPARATION, WORK, AND ��SGTOORAgG�E AREAS. 12) UTENSILS AND SERVING WARE ARE DISPOSABLE. 13)BE CONCEALEGd WITHIN ITHE BUILDING STRUCTURE TO THE GREATEST EXTENT AS POSSIBLE. 14)FLOOR SINKS UNDER EQUIPMENT SHALL BE EASILY ACCESSIBLE FOR CLEANING AND SERVICING. 15) 4, , ONRT ilA WALKWA S TO HAVE A UKNT 16)REFER TO FINISH KAN ON SHEET A -141 FOR ALL HNISHES IN THIS AREA. 17)&1_ HS. Q W /Tr8 S RADIES R CO ' OR woY•u6lsapswpd 3100 East Rondo! Mill Road 0 N. o d. X W O F O m cn so N. a 0 817.633.4153 f W "J 1— J z < co W 2 co C CO w O) 7' z Ow�*� QCAvw CO = U w 2 J~ Q 14 a. 7 _ Q Y. U) w cn • (o W Lo PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date Description By A SHEET SYMBOLS A A A <IX > SEE SHEET A -603 & A -604 FOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT INDICATOR JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" r 1 1 2 4 E quipment/ Fixture P lan A -151 1 2 4 7 8 9 10 LEASE LINE LEASE LINE-- i---BUTT—JOINTED SEAMS IN ALUMINUM PANELS, TYP. 1/2 "x1/2" BRUSHED ALUMINUM REVEAL CHANNEL BY G.C. r< 1 X01 > STOREFRONT SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT (FI WD -1 P L (FI P -3 ) (E) MALL RAILING ABOVE (E) MALL BULKHEAD FI MT -1 ) BRUSHED ALUMINUM PANELS MOUNTED ON 1/4" MDF ON 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPBD ON METAL STUD FRAMING. X02 ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN, GC SHALL PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL FOR SIGN. MOUNTED 1 0'-0" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR TO TOP OF BLADE SIGN. SIGN MUST BE ON SEPARATE SIGN CIRCUIT ON 7 DAY TIME CLOCK SET TO MALL'S OPERATING HOURS. N F F GR -3 ) W -3 ) 3/4 "x1/2" BRUSHED ALUMINUM REVEAL CHANNEL - FMT -1 - SPUT CASE z SNECEZE —GUARD HAND —OFF (E) LL NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN, TYP. 3/4 "x1/2" BRUSHED ALUMINUM REVEAL CHANNEL ADJACENT TENANT FINISHES TO REMAIN FI MT -1 ) a N M ADJACENT TENANT FINISHES TO REMAIN (E) LL NEUTRAL PIER TO REMAIN, TYP.- M70 (F WD -1 COUNTSERVICE COUNTER SWING GATE (FI WD -1 ) SHROUD IN FRONT OF SPLIT CASE. SHROUD MUST BE CONTINUOUS AND FLUSH WITH BLENDER COUNTER AND POS WOOD PANELING. 0 STOREFORNT ELEVATION FI WD -1 NOTE: FRONT COUNTER/ PASTRY CASE/ POS COUNTER FINISHES MUST BE CONTINUOUS AND FLUSH ACROSS STOREFRONT. TOE KICK MUST BE CONTINUOUS AND FLUSH ACROSS STOREFRONT. 1/2" = 1 -0" (FI MT-1 ) BRUSHED ALUMINUM PANELS MOUNTED ON 1/4" MDF ON 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPBD ON METAL STUD FRAMING. bk1,2,(0( RFV]ElNkED FOR co:.: CO MPL ANC APPRs Er) AUG 16 2011 City of Tukwila _"IG_f9 G DIVISION] RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTEF VV., to 16° rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 REGISTERED ARCHIT-CT HAEL R. BLACK Ti OF WASHINGTON CO /03/ Niu0n0nnn vu wo)•u6lsapswpd 3100 East Rondo! Mill Road Ct WJ I- J Z Q W2 W v L.IJ im in Ow a CI) 0 e W= - _0 vI CD W un 00 T- 00 O • Q w U 0 SEATLLE, 0) 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 E xterior E levations A -201 F E D g A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE (N; EXIT NG TO REUSED FROM CURRENT STORE #561 NOTE: QUANTITIES ARE PROVIDED AS A FIELD REFERENCE ONLY. VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING QUANTITIES AS SHOWN ON A -151 AND NOTIFYING OWNER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. ' ilril >>'' 1 1 �� CODE EQUIPMENT NAME MANUFACTURER MODEL G C. OWNER VOLT /PH AMP OUTLET GAS CW HW FCW VENT DW IW HP WIDTH /DEPTH /HEIGHT ALTERNATE BID SPECIFICATION ci Z ? Z Z QUANTITY FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT ', DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED SAVINGS .� - - : - - _ • - n » n II .. n �y • • • • • �� .. ■ . 1 . l ill • �w ::. wwww �w•w.eMalr.�fss�a� WM��Ei`is iliPMMIMIIIM t_• r La.�R•JU•iar[cnt= i• ■1r7•.alr7a r•lut•71u.�:1.1.•..n.[�[•J�� MO YYMN �Miiig ∎nom -MINI ■5119.1w wwww������������ E04 • Orange Juice Dispenser (Single Bowl) Grindmaster Crathco D15 -4A w/ Agitator - - — YY1r����������� 1111 ■ (E)2 Igiall 3 -...�.... 10 -1/8 "x15 -7/8 "x27 -1/4" » » n ���.. nu• 1- �n• 11• �- >••/tn�tilnta�.nnl•Il- >••l•uu>• .• MN 14M1111111M1= • rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 E04C Orange Juice Dispenser (Mini –Quad) Grindmaster Crathco E49 -4A w/ Agitator 2 115/1 5.5 20 -1/2 "x15 "x25 -1/2" E05 Dip Box Cabinet Nelson BD8RB 23 -074 - 0: .ww— (E) 115/1 . 9/1035 5 -15R ������� 54 "x31- 1 /4 "x36" .Plla1PM�..ldll• E06A u•na�n r1a.�urrnmu LJI Blender w /Plexiglass Cover, On– Counte • _IYY.r� _ "�J�_r. ���.........� Vita –mix Miracle Products 36025 Green Machine MJ575 • • • • 6 (E) 120/1 110/1 15 – 5 -20R i■�■�■■� Dedicated circuit for each blender. Single outlet receptacles. Cutout & Vent per manufacturer. E07 Wheat Grass Juicer Machine E08 Carrot Juicer Machine Nutrifaster N -450 ■ • • ■ (E) 110/1 15/1056 DIA. 12" / 18-1/2" E13 Pastry Case Structural Concepts HUDLR3852 ■ • • • (E) 120/1 15.4 —_---_-- 40 "x41 "x52 -1/2" ETL Listed & Approved. _ ij_ . �avl•I.•un�n•nl.1a•1n� - .. wwwwo- �`iY� Er-WL��������i���� ." n • n ' — - • . • • . • 11111115E711 MIIIIIIIIIIIPPIMIIIMI IMPS 1PEMI IIIIM∎ lllllllll��■ llllllllll�llllllll�ll�llllllllll�lllllllll� W. = M �1�.•1•s�.u.t 1•JIk •J• - ••I• ■ mYb.0M M S9`� rlall■ ������ • • • iii+i . - ... - iiit �ri Am 1 ■111 - - - - - -- n n » . M1i1Ni+ iiIitin• MY MINIM - - - • 9205 REGISTERED 'I .+ . ARCHI ECT �`. CN EL R. BLACK ', ATE 01'WASaHIIdGTO�f uaae� i E15 2 –Door Refrigrator (Undercounter) Randell 9301 -7 111 1 115/60/1 5.5 5 -15P ■■■�■■�■ 48 "Lx30 "Dx29 "H + 3" Casters - :• - - :: 268 14 G -' : ' 14 1/2"Wx22 "DA15 "I • . • _Y91 – 3/8 -5/8 E20 Single Door Refrigrator (Undercounter) Randell 9404 -7 • • ■ (E) 115/60/1 5.5 5 -15P — __----_ 27 "Lx30 "Dx29 "H + 3" Casters E22 Walk –In Cooler Box w /Comp. Thermalrite Custom Prefab • • 1 120/208/ 3450 J –BOX 3/4" See Sheet A -151 E23 Walk –In Freezer Box w /Comp. Thermalrite Custom Prefab _. _r • • • r _ 1 120/208/ 29.0/6032 J –BOX 3/4" See Sheet A -151 n ■ ! \ _ - wog !!! ■ 1 11.. I ,» ,» n • PI �__4_- ••Ply \M•1- 1I1..11I� \M - �_YY�— ■i�f . . • . .•. . • _ • • • - . - - - �p p� ,gyp �p 25.59 "x32.83 " \ _ • ■MM■ ®�.C�C�■L3�a•�������� 9.. /C7 J..7O" m Scotsman F0822A -1A w/ B322S Ell (E) 19.5 ■■■ 1/2" : 2" _ 24x36»x47" E30 Ice Machine (Flaker) and Bin M■1• M,l•L 1IIIIl -,.L 111.1.J.•i•1.111t -,.� » =YYMrYCII E_MY■rl MINK wwww�Erszi1 NYYM r�.,�s=��tl7ilLi �IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�wIlLEI IL'4�1 1111 WiiLi IIEm� iS il_■ 1.•l• 1I1- 1....a�l',l•1.,111I1- >_.1.1.,� � � ligrlifigrEdiAgiiii .. www� rear- �r��ztJ IMI �wYY� mama= ��C�wii,lG7iLi r^ © v . n 11 wwww■----- - - - - -- . n n n • � 0 L� - = x o or= L 1 o W O 1-- 93 M a woru6lsapswpd �� » 11 wwww������������ . n ,» n ..•1SV- �cllau•W1 •IL l.1- •nla['11IP� ... �YY��� �����N��— • • 44 WillierrIMIIIMI w w ww------ - - - - -- " » ma= 1•Jn l-ll i•11•J l•l•l- it -Jlla \'Illl•— • �YV�� �I�������III� •n ■I!■ » » • wwww������������ ■MM ■r��� ■ ■ ■ ■ ■� ■� » ." n E54 24 "x36" Metro Storage Shelving InterMetro A2436NK2 (E)1,(N)6 VERIFY QUANTITY OF (E) WITH OWN a-+ 24 "x36 "x72" Supply with or provide for (E) shelves SBCS wall attachment brackets (4) of each per unit E55 24 "x48" Metro Storage Shelving InterMetro A2448NK2 (E)5,(N)1 VERIFY QUANTITY OF (E) WITH OWN3' 24 "x48 "x72" Supply with or provide for (E) shelves SBCS wall attachment brackets (4) of each per unit n » . .. • • IMYY= VERIFY QUANTITY OF (E) e ■—_ 1111■1 ■- -_ 21 "x36" Dunnage Rack Cambro DR360 ■ • • ■ (E) WITH OWN 3.1 24 "x36 "x12" INIIIIMMINIII n n ; - - wwww�— ���������� » itsiii:Ma �n.1.��I[a►• UMliru�l 1.n111� . 1M YVNM ∎•∎ M MEN —� E59 —.r.T_ Citrus Juicer Machine (Countertop) • FMC Corporation ■ F6002000 . - ■ wwww�•Er.WrllllllM���ll�������� • ■• (E) 120/1 20 _--_—__-- 18 "x22 "x61 -3/8" 12 W J J Z < CO 1111 2 co W V N'' V = .. O CO ) 7 Z r Q 0 w It > Q CO c� w LILT CO p = U J a J _ 1— 7 0 Q UM w 1 CO (/) (1) CO :1: 3. ca ti o w m w O �' 0 .nuli; jrA•11•sa�� agigaaao .Ii 111111 •11m• 1a•I"11 • .. -Y "-�ILLIMINIII -- - - - - -- • •lam+nlleala•.aLn.1.1I�.•�—`a` wwww�rw•���������� r. �S Mili Alfa aMIS •1•1uta.1•I •� ■• • ■eta ��.��---- - - - - -- wwww������������ YY NM= ∎III s al Yin M imadcm. P7=J1 ciaY[Kagaiu•lai•na•mi ;1iy anal- 7a =t•]Il•Pl\I i= LL1 t�i•JI[K =1 •lb'� • j■ffigi■ - - !- — _wwJr —mmirir. m ». mi Plal!► la' i•\�ai•a•a•c[aihuniti7a • I I • • i -- - - - - -- - .n E74 Oven Turbo Chef Tornado • • (E) 208 30 6 -30P 26 "x25.7 "x23" E75 Countertop Warmer APW W -3V • • (E) 120 10 5 -15P 14.5"Wx22.5 "Dx9 "H E76 Rice Cooker Tar Hong SEJ50000 • • (E) 120 15 14.5"Wx17 "Lx14.5 "H E77 Hot Water Dispenser Bunn H5E –DV PC ■ • • • (E) 120 15.4 __-- 1/2" _—__ 28.4 "Hx7 "Wx15.5 "D E100 Yogurt –Matic Resfab 920 • • 1 115/1 15 28 "Hx16- 1/2"Wx24 "D FURNISHINGS AND GRAPHICS 1 . • • -• -• . ■MM■� ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ .. ■MM��������III�I���� 111111111011111111111 �� _.• �� .. .. .. , ea -el. 1. 1.,. I1a�.,•Itl.•,•l�..l:,.�aa1•Ll.� wwww� ��������� OYY�r ��������� ea - el, •. ... ELr,:LnLTS..uancpi.k• lwOMINE =LAY= = ■MI ���IIIIIIIIIIIIIII������ ������� F09 File Cabinet (Two– Drawer) Kelmax EL615 • • • • (E) (E)2 �■�■■■■ 12"Wx15 "Lx72 "H each F10 Lockers F12 Desk Chair (Office) ■ • • ■ (E) _—_---_—_ -- MOM/III w =MI • • Nu YLa.. �In� .[• /��•1•l•11- wwww i \•►.l.a.l•1.1t�1 •/�1 x•11 /.la'�4'lla•1I x.1.1 •l l•l•I �1'l l•i•1I�1 1•Il �Y�- ---- - - - - -� 1•J•�.�,.i•�.�T•J•.I��■ IIIII M INIMV■1 :1:1.•1•.rYY������������� wwww��— �IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII���IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII����� Y••• �"� �•I �"� 1., 1ll.,:,..,_,. �a• 11-, rl-,.. I. T,:,:/..,: 11,• In. 1 .��.. w=YY www�� Issue Date 7/28/ ... .. .. =■111• I MEN ' - --ran►. wwww -•���������� .• ... ... ." wM- ■���� ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ :» Drawn By BM D Via-.- n•I.a.,•l•uakaZ1aa Mil2 YY =INNIIIIMIIIIIIIMII wwww���s���i���i��� I ' wwww�� �������� A PPv'd By BMD .. .. . �YY� •, it — G13B Orange Limb Graphic – Left Zooka Ref: A -701 ■ • • ■ 1 ��-----_- Orange Limb Graphic – Right Zooka Zooka Ref: A -701 Ref: A -701 ' • • • • t 1 1 ■�■■�■■■■ 1 r., - ' I� ,; ;,; l Revisions Date Description G13C Orange Limb Gra hic –Left 9 Graphic By G13C Orange Limb Graphic – Right 9 P 9 Zooka Ref: A -701 • • 1 Clear Lettering, Etch Mark Vinyl– Sandblasted Texture A TOILET FIXTURES A ENNIPPINIIII Ira PUN ME MN ENWPITIMIN IM= irrPll;al!l1`� H03 Soap Dispenser Colgate– Palmolive 01946 ■ • • ■ 1 H04 Hand Sanitizer Dispenser Colgate– Palmolive 01946 ■ • • ■ 1 -- ___--__-- H05 Paper Towel Disp. Bobrick B262 131 2 – ■■�■■■�■ • ' - • J VERSION RS 4-31-08 VERSION 6.0 immu ,JUa��r.�yl[:�.il.7.iarl.Ya��.c nll�[a� . • . - :: YY'1 _ _ wwaw����� �� „ _n n — ■11641Ei:�.[�.ULIMitiy•iarr•Ya∎ ... YYranr s��������� — n ' wwwe������������ n • n • . ■.nuni[K.I.J.i .JU.�>_ . J' . :::: YY�������� - .., • • • ■■ — �_—�—_—_-- "L c h e d u ■ 1 e s. undicupped Grub Bur (42" luny) Bubriuk 13 8806 -42 1 -1/2" diu. x 42 ��"'�v"'����"���� `� iw -,. �..., w■■.... -- - - - - -- ....�.,.�. Fixtures, Equipment " - '� ����'u"�"'� ' ° i H10 Mop Hanger Florestone ZI„ 1 �_�--.�.-�. �.ta tll.I.1r,w71• . YLJMN NM r 11 ■111 llll��ll ∎�� all *Ji,l11rii iliA• LAMM = I■���� mow ww������������ mLL',Ilut:iiiLI NC• Jan E��uMI•1O:lK•ia- 't•'iI•1IIK'Allk L�iL3 YY = =r����������� -603 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E C q E Q U I P M ENT SCHEDULE NOTE: QUANTITIES ARE PROVIDED AS A FIELD REFERENCE ONLY. VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING QUANTITIES AS SHOWN ON A -151 AND NOTIFYING OWNER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. ° r )), 1 Fill ■ • n CODE EQUIPMENT NAME MANUFACTURER MODEL G C. QUANTITY VOLT /PH AMP OUTLET GAS CW HW FCW VENT DW IW HP WIDTH /DEPTH /HEIGHT ALTERNATE BID SPECIFICATION N INSTALLED MILLWORK DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED SAVINGS IIIEZZAM !IIPPI • ' i an.-1 • •un er 41:1g wfuN.orial n1rc.:i:imig /7WU MY : x x - - r. rl l•].It•7t•I1[•••)<�I•In1lKa S�SILI(•IU�J,uu7L•11: WWI • 1 x x' --. m�� mourrimm . •111111i.�1M1•a ti.im=i . Qa •>.R•ianca�•:�i�:��se•ti l• MALL to n nn■ 'x "x :K•1ual� mi7c•Jl: MY nr7my • e ' `111I1"311M 111171-•1l: wr lLIInri•I► wYY ' • • IMPIPM ymltnll•Q•ns�l all�a�•:w:•— `RIb'1 1111.1611117011. RIM . , mb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 nn ..., •LW. . - l . 44.11•l•P1111 .'1• h14•J 11 NM C,I Ili 'i l•Jl.— rY • 3r`•bllt 1IL f4=1• • ■ • M•1•h1S9111.1•,111P;191. I� SCG SI ICCt A -80� iVi A�lUl.11 ly But Jointed Glass Panel Sneeze. uard Custom Millwork w UV bondin • • in recessed channel • • • 1 .^.^ BAIL 1•y- - " �,• ... ��11111.J11�Y,Illl;i91. M36A 5 -Panel Menu Board - Standard Custom Millwork • • 1 150"x32" nn - - P, 01..iiwiwi LLI,Emiuur. � ►N • • 1 • • • • �R•,:p,ui1R191u1 ;wJ 1:— %" ." 1•h1 +•J11�c,1111;nJ1:� M: r • - n n - - -6 A l8 M46 Mona •er's Desk w shelves Custom Millwork • • 1 Sheet A -151 for Dimensions Inn NM • MN • n _ _ n n �4QriaRMbJa•1L•1 Aftel _llfi7_I N. M54 •_k.1 =1.1' • 1' •I1. 1' • • • • - �R• I1n•JI 1M 611117011: • •. . • POS Shroud mull /zap/ 11 m61 i 1 i 0/1— Custom Millwork • • 2 M55 POS Custom Millwork • • 1 INIIIM= nn 99205 ,T, REGISTERED '\ ARCHI HT 1 Brlafi1 4I10 III l• 11111Cdaltll lfAR•LL•I:1 =gig g1t•JUM1 1•, III I ;0J 1:— NMM �jj— -.� erl= ifill•I101,11•�9laltll Mi../1111•l1— ��1•h11•J 111 =1'11111' ;Oil MI ._._ Inn ■lir...Z' NW - `Z•FILM 11 =1.41111,0/I Mel MN HAEL R. BLACK , ATE OF WASHINGTON ' „max 1011 euatvill k illwv, k ii • • • • M70 Swing Gate Custom Millwork Ref: 1/A -605 • • 1 M71 Split Case Shroud Custom Millwork • • PLUMBING - - w.11- J.P1�1.--1.1.L:1► w ni In 0 t-, o rrR ;T..- 2. 6 ° o 'O O d O d O y o �� W 1-. r V ; • o0 woo•u6lsapswpd ■-m♦ l'''' ^ n n n u•u•��•ro•�ar�u�K i. ••uu ..v uy u� n�i�•ut i i► Js, 1111- Y P03 Hand Lavatory (Wall- Mounted) Advance Tabco 7 -PS -60 w /K4 72 Faucet Hole R • • 1 1/2" 1/2" 1 -1/2 2" PO4 Janitor Sink Florestone MSR -3624 • • 1 1/2" 1/2" 2" 3" 36"Wx24 "Dx10 "H • - - • - - ^ n n n - P07 Electric Water Heater Bradford -White M- II- 80- 18 -3SF • • - Reference Plumbing Schedule P10 Water Filter (Large) Everpure WPD9328 -05 'Triple w/ Alarm' • • • 1 120/1 1.5/350 3/4" 36 "x8 "x32" P13 Swing -Type Faucet Fisher #13269 • • 1 1/2" 1/2" P15 Countersink Faucet Fisher #3526 • 2 - 1/2" 1/2" Wheatgrass sink gets FCW .._ n n SIM P17 Detergent Dispenser Colgate- Palmolive / MAX 7927 ■ • • 1 1/2" 25- 1/8 "x8 "x24 -1/8" -� P19 - - • -- -- V Wall mount Handsink Faucet Advance Tabco K -59 • • 1 P20 Janitor Sink Faucet Fisher #8253 • • 1 P22 12X12 Floor Sink 2" waste Zum Z- 1900 -2NH • • 3 2" 2" P23 12X12 Floor Sink 3" waste Zum Z- 1900 -3NH • • 1 2" 3" P24 Pre -Rinse w/ Add -On Faucet Fisher #13382 / 2901 -14 • • 1 1/2" 1/2" P28 Trap Primer Precision Plumbing Prod. P -2 • • 2 1/2" lig ILI I.. —I z < 111 2 co Ill (,) Et V = W 0, ' � r _ 0 Z ' O W 4 Q to V w - m = 0 W le CI F— < _I a _ O" �- ' W aQ (1) 4,..r cn W OD Ca OD w 1` o r- LL /w,� W o Z I- w -, 0 w a .i w l/1_.l•I 1..1-1• I L.1 11.111111 Y MIIII4'1. Millli A _ Si ■ • ._ ■■ _ ■. - rl .n - - - - - - - -- r -- — - - STAINLESS STEEL S01 4 -Com • Sink w Back End S' lashes Custom Stainless w/ Fisher #22209 Rotary Waste • • 1 2" 1-1/ 84 "L S05 66" Shelf (Above 4 -Comp Sink) Custom Stainless • • 2 S08 POS Printer Shelf Custom Stainless • • 1 512 Dispensing Counter - Crathco Custom Stainless • • 1 Sheet A -806 for Dimensions S14 Dipper WeII /Faucet Fisher #3041 (Combination) • • 3 1/2" 1 -1/2" , _1. - =:.1. 1...1 s. 1• D1,•J 1•i•1,.It1 LLTE�— S32 Wheat Grass Tray - Wall Mounted Custom Stainless • • 1 S38 POS Top Custom Stainless • • 1 Sheet A -806 for Dimensions S41 Under Counter Lid Bin Custom Stainless • • 1 S44 Integral Prep Sink Custom Stainless • • 2 1-1/7" S44A Integral Hand Sink w/ Splash Guards Custom Stainless • • 1 • n n n •• • • - 1•r1�SJ•■tl‘• :III 1TC- • �� •:n- .- 1•r1�•J 11111. 11n \K r� S47 Corner Guard (90' Angle) Custom Stainless • • 3 96 "Lx2"Wx2 "D �" -- - S49 30" Bumper Guard Custom Stainless • • 1 S50 54" Bum • er Guard 3 1 2" Dee •) Custom Stainless • • 2 S51 Blender Counter Custom Stainless • • 1 Sheet A -806 for Dimensions S52 24 oz. Cup Dispenser Velter Products ESC -35LS • • 5 Issue Date 7/28/1 1 L S52A 24 oz. Cup Dispenser Velter Products ESC -35RS • • 2 S54 32 oz. Cup Dispenser Velter Products ESC -40LS • • 2 Drawn By B M D S55 Blender Shelf - Wall Mounted Custom Stainless • • 1 Custom mrxiiiia .- Appv'd By BMD S57 Ice Bin Blender Station Custom Stainless • • 1 3/4" 20- 3/4 "Lx12- 3 /4"Wx6 "D • • • w - • Revisions - - •;L• •— 1• II1, -J • • • • • • P �, 4 ht 9, 7 I ■ v, f� (4401 4 ,..., \ S59 Vertical Napkin Dispenser Numeridex CMND -1V • • 1 d CODE ' ` P a s4C Date Description By S60 Juice Station Custom Stainless • • 1 Sheet A -806 for Dimensions APPROVElr S61 Produce Bin w/ Drain Custom Stainless • • 1 3/4" Custom n n "� '10E1.4 �i J 7� • r • • • -- • _ / � S63A Cup Lid Holder Custom Stainless • • 2 19 "Lx4- 3 /4 "Wx6 "H t • ! Er' F 111 -1 IJ 111Th— IPBATKONE f 11 f_ EU E INe, D,is v oON ` S66 Wheatgrass Cup Dispensers San Jamar C2010C • • 2 16 "Lx4- 5 /16 "dia. A 5808 Extra Long Boost Bins - Wall Mounted Custom Stainless • • 1 .. . S85 Corner Guard (Wall Cap) Custom Stainless • • 6 96 "Lx ? "Wx2 "D S92 Keypad Mounts Tellermate TX114 • • 1 JJ 6.0 4 -31 -08 VERSION 6.0 S99 Cable Box Custom Stainless • • 1 .. • • `7•h1S•11I1•A•iIIII ;'L-- • n' M S116 Integral Soap Dispenser Custom Stainless • • 1 ' 1 s c h e d u 1 e s • S117 Integral Sanitizes Dispenser Custom Stainless • • 1 JUL 29 2011 Fixtures, 11. a 4`�W1 .- -r ►: Equipment A -604 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 F E D C B A (E) EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE (N) EX NG TO REUSED FROM CURRENT STORE 11561 NOTE: QUANTITIES ARE PROVIDED AS A FIELD REFERENCE ONLY. VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING QUANTITIES AS SHOWN ON A -151 AND NOTIFYING OWNER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. CODE EQUIPMENT NAME MANUFACTURER MODEL G C. QUANTITY VOLT /PH AMP OUTLET GAS CW HW FCW VENT DW IW HP WIDTH /DEPTH /HEIGHT ALTERNATE BID SPECIFICATION ai y g INSTALLED OFFICE EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED SAVINGS TO1 POS Cash Register / Drawer IBM • • (E)2 120/1 T03 POS Receipt Printer IBM • • 1 T04 Safe Am sec BWB2020 • • (E) 20 "W x 20 "D x 20 "H T05 Money Count Machine Tellermate TX114 • • (E) TO6 Office Computer IBM • • (E) T07 Office Printer /Fax /Copier Hewlett— Packard • • (E) • 120/1 T09 Time CluL.k •-1, BMX • T12 BULLCI • • See pluns for monitor /bai location T13 10" POS Munitvr & Bump Bur IBM T14 15" POS Monitor & Bump Bar NEC Accusync LCD52V • • 1 • • T15 Se..urily Ca,,lerub T21 C —NAG Printer EPSON CU —T4O0 SERIES — rerticul punter • • FACILTIES AND OPERATIONS V01 (N) VAV System See Mechanical Drawings • • 1 .. .. - - milunit.ul Di uwinya • • V05 Thermostat Controls Lightstat TMD —AVU • • 1 4.9 "x1.3 "x3.3" . • .ivan •rk•iwivau11= m.ia1r.-1• - '. IPS PEI MLA .. . . '' AA - - IMPONNOWM1.....1111111111 YY Mania -iiiiiMiiZaiiui•r igia VAii • • MUM :: 12871 IME111111M MO NM Y W02 Keyboard Tray •• • 1 E 0 V O7 0) pd ozogn grow- 3100 East Randal Mill Road Arlington, Texas 76011 817.633.4200 p o 817.633.4153 f _ W03 Bulletin Board • • • 1 W05 Mark —N —Wipe Board . • • 1 X01 Jamba Sign /Logo (Illuminated) Vendor •■ • 1 X02 Jamba Blade Sign /Logo (Illuminated) Vendor • 1 DOOR SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES DOOR NUMBER DESCRIPTION SIZE DOOR DATA FRAME DATA RATTING HARDWARE REMARKS 1) HARDWARE FINISHES SHALL BE SATIN CHROME US26D UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 2) STAMP "DO NOT DUPLICATE" ON ALL KEYS 3) ALL LOCKSETS AND LATCH SETS SHALL BE LEVER HANDLES 4) ALL STOREFRONT ENTRANCE DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PIVOTS BY DOOR MANUFACTURER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 5) MAXIMUM PULL FORCES FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE: INTERIOR DOORS = 5.0 LBS. FORCE EXTERIOR DOORS = 15.0 LBS. FORCE 6) (E) HARDWARE TO BE EQUAL TO JAMBA JUICE SPECIFICATION OR REPLACED BY G.C. TO JAMBA JUICE SPECIFICATION. MATERIAL TYPE FINISH MATERIAL FINISH HEAD JAMB SILL BUTTS LOCKSET CLOSER PUSH /PULL BARS WEATHERSTRIP THRESHOLD MISC 01 SWING GATE 3' -1"W X 2' -4 "H WD A WD -1 WD WD -1 BOWER (90' HOLD OPEN) DOUBLE ACTING SPRING HINGE TYPE 3023. FLANGE INSTALLED ON SERVICE SIDE. PROVIDE BACKING FOR HINGE ATTACHMENT. SUPPLIED BY OWNER'S VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. Issue Date 7/28/11 / Drawn By BM D • � Appv'd By BM D Revisions , _ .- . .7--,-26 - r t E t N'[;;;-: b OR CODE v (){I0 a aNCF AUG 16 2011 C y c :'T'LAkw c TYPE A A Date Description By A DOOR TYPES A RECEIVED JUL 292011 bli....',219( PERMIT CENTER JJ 6.0 4 -31 -08 VERSION 6.0 S c h e d u l e s: SCALE:1 /2" = 1' -0" 0 Equipment, Door A -605 1 2 3 4 5 7 5 9 10 NOTE: EE FINISHH�� SCHEDULE FOR F SHEET EOSEE' A-605 I PNTOHDUL re) (0 EQ PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQ'D PER A -122 REF: 1/A -803 FOR MENU BD. SOFFIT G.C. SHALL PROVIDE BLOCKING IN SOFFIT FOR MENU BD. & WOOD PANEL 12' -6" , EQ CO F GR -3 F W -3 1 lecog .1 I—� —I 1 I I 1 1 1 a �r- - I M a O ►r) masa! MEI °Fy�l�■ 1 1 C 480 (F B -1A 0 INTERIOR ELEVATION FI P -3 ) FI WD -1 ) F P -3 I G13C ORANGE UMB GRAPHIC (LIFT) IG13A GRAPHIC B (LEFT) 4 1/4" )4 (0 N (FI P -3 ) rpg, 11 © 11111MIN■■ME ��� 1_ ©® = =����MIIIIIIIIII � -- - I ►'ice ■ - -■ ■ - -- --- GR -3 O SCALE:1 /4" = 1' -0" BLENDER SHELF. SEE EQUIPMENT DWGS FOR MORE INFO. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQ'D PER A -122 GR -3 ©® 4 -COMP. SINK. SEE EQUIPMENT DWGS FOR MORE INFO. INTERIOR ELEVATION DUPLEX 0 9' -1" A.F.F. SEE POWER PLAN FOR MORE INFO. SCALE:1 /4" = 1' -0" N LL J W 2 N \ \ O N \ 0 0 INSULATE HOT SUPPLY & DRAIN PIPES. SEE PLUMBING DWGS FOR MORE INFO, WATER FILTER. SEE PLUMBING DWGS FOR MORE INFO. (TYP.) PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQ'D PER A -122 (r1-1—D. 7 ) \ \ LINE INDICATES OUTLINE OF WALK —IN COOLER /FREEZER FAUCET MOP SINK rINTERIOR ELEVATION \'J LOCKERS. SEE EQUIPMENT DWGS FOR MORE INFO. SCALE:1/4" = 1' -0" O O IG13C> GRRAPHIC RIGHT) IG13B EEg> GRARAPPHIC (RIGHT) 4 1/4" L FI P -3 F GR -3 F W -3 a N M \ \ \ WATER HEATER MOP RACK 1 I I I I I I 1 I 1 1 11 I11 11111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 iIIi1 Its ■■■■splis ■■rgoi T— -.. ' m III (I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 1 1 e Z Z N L e) MIMI \ (FIB -1A ) INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE:1 /4" = 1' -0" - (F(P -3 ) 0 O N (FIB -1A MN NM AIMS CAP 1 F GR -3 F W -3 3 ()INTERIOR ELEVATION ICE MACHINE. SEE EQUIPMENT DWGS FOR MORE INFO. SCALE:1 /4" = 1' -0" (FI P -7 ) co .1) 0 m PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL AS REQ'D PER A -122 FI W -5 ) CO rr, I 0 0000 11 MOP SINK (FI W -5 ) (FIB -1A )—' ®INTERIOR ELEVATION 0 MANAGER'S DESK SCALE:1 /4" = 1' -0" 0 CO Tr) 6 J m J J m c (FI W -5 (FIB -1A C INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE:1 /4" = 1' -0" CO i,) F P -7 F AC -2 A -802 0 0 \ \ \ 1 `y 6" S/S SANITARY COV)EIASE 0 WALK -IN'S. (TYP.) - (FI B -1A (FI W -5 (INTERIOR ELEVATION ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER SEE ELEC. SHEETS FOR DETAILS. MANAGER'S DESK FI P -7 ) 0 i F B -1A SCALE:1 /4" = 1' -0" WATER HEATER DETERGENT DISPENSER MOP SINK LINE INDICATES OUTLINE OF WALK -IN COOLER /FREEZER v. ELECTRICAL PANELS. SCE14111111111L ELEC. SHEETS FOR DETAILS. 9 INTERIOR ELEVATION b tl'oU42( FI W -5 ) SCALE:1 /4" = 1' -0" 7 L 0 I 1 0 cn m RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 REGISTERED ARCHITECT ICHAEL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON woD•u6lsapswpd 3100 East Rondo! Mill Road • 0 r. X 0 2 0, M M N. Go 0 n. 0 0 N r-. Go W J l ZQ W2 W ) = 0 �..I- .� z Ow v) U m 0 J ., _ 0 u. W Lc) CO CO 00 0) SEATLLE, O W m 2 z PROJECT Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Interior Elevations A -707 �, - = d- r , io , r ----CF_I MT (FI P -3 ) -1) , BEYONDO----„, 7 SNEEZE-GUARD �S I_ _ _ ^ 00 \ N (FI W -5 (FIB -1A C INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE:1 /4" = 1' -0" CO i,) F P -7 F AC -2 A -802 0 0 \ \ \ 1 `y 6" S/S SANITARY COV)EIASE 0 WALK -IN'S. (TYP.) - (FI B -1A (FI W -5 (INTERIOR ELEVATION ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER SEE ELEC. SHEETS FOR DETAILS. MANAGER'S DESK FI P -7 ) 0 i F B -1A SCALE:1 /4" = 1' -0" WATER HEATER DETERGENT DISPENSER MOP SINK LINE INDICATES OUTLINE OF WALK -IN COOLER /FREEZER v. ELECTRICAL PANELS. SCE14111111111L ELEC. SHEETS FOR DETAILS. 9 INTERIOR ELEVATION b tl'oU42( FI W -5 ) SCALE:1 /4" = 1' -0" 7 L 0 I 1 0 cn m RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 REGISTERED ARCHITECT ICHAEL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON woD•u6lsapswpd 3100 East Rondo! Mill Road • 0 r. X 0 2 0, M M N. Go 0 n. 0 0 N r-. Go W J l ZQ W2 W ) = 0 �..I- .� z Ow v) U m 0 J ., _ 0 u. W Lc) CO CO 00 0) SEATLLE, O W m 2 z PROJECT Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Interior Elevations A -707 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 EXISTING DEMISING WALL GC T_Q RI CONDMON � PEEY GgR 465. 4�A-802 SACTURIR PER IEfAIL ATTPRR DA A L/2 - 8 1NG E-801 PARTITION /WALL DESIGNATIONS 3 A1� OI HT W � A iX16" �.- VY1T11 _YPW4ER 13.0 0 REFERENCE E DETAIL 6/A-804 ATTPR DETAIL /A- 861 11NG 3 RR G.C. &U U 1 i @ACKER REFERE,NCFB IDETAIL 9 /A- 0 ATTP R D�A L 4lc -801 NG SERVICE AREA FURRING: 6" 2Q GA. METAL SAPS AT 12 0.C. WITH 5 WATER PI U O.N. BAH IN US DE N 0 6�'Y AB OVE ACOA.F.F. TO BOARDCR M¶SLAB 0 E24" A.F.F. (U.O.N.) STOUR ?NZ PERSd P& ATTA % �� �STING D TA 1$ 01 r t0 mb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARIJNGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 N METAL STUDS (PER ES REPORT ESR- 2849), MAXIMUM HEIGHT 20' -0" FINISH MATERIALS VARY (MAXIMUM WEIGHT EQUAL TO 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE PLUS APPUED FINISHES) FASTENERS: AT PLYWOOD FLOOR (MINIMUM 3/4" CDX): PROVIDE (2) NO 8 X 3/4" WOOD SCREWS AT 24" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 1 LAYER GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 16" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE AT CIP CONCRETE FLOOR: PROVIDE HILTI X -U .145" DIA X 1" EMBED (POWDER- ACTUATED FASTENERS PER ES REPORT ES-ER-2269) AT 24" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 1 LAYER GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 16" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE AT POST - TENSIONED CONCRETE FLOOR: PROVIDE HIL11 X -U .145 DIA X 3/4" EMBED (POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS PER S REPORT ER -2269) AT 24" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 1 LAYER GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE, 16" MAXIMUM OC STAGGERED FOR 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE 1• PTN— TO —FLR CONNECTION FOR SEISMIC SITUATIONS O. CONCRETE SLAB (CAST -IN -PLACE OR POST- TENSIONED), TYPICAL THROUGHOUT THIS DETAIL BACIONG ON DOOR TIPICA. (4) SIDES JAMB PLAN VIEW 16 GA. GAY. SR- CONCRETE SLAB 12> ANGIE a W[ ps MCHOR JAMB SECTION COOLER JAMB BACKING FOR ANCHOR DETAIL JAMB SECTION FREEZER JAMB BACKING FOR ANCHOR DETAIL SEISMIC ANGLE CLIP USE: 3 "X3"X3" LONG X316•lICKSEIS. ANGLE CUPS AT EACH SIDE OF DOOR AS SHOWN ON DEW ON PIANS. USE 2 12 TEK S.11.5. FOR SE1S. ANGLE CUPS IMO 16 GA. sim. BM TONG AS sI1oWN USE 112"� X 2 1//4. EI ED. RED ItAD WEDGE ANCHORS I R CLP INm CONC. SLAB, PER N:BO ER REPORT •1372 11 - 219X1.5 " - 329 "LES 5- .6149" Mil. Z- (9I'r- 0.172' <0.1875',O.K. MAXWUM UPLFT - 219 LBS DESIGN 12 TEK SFf.A116t 1460 F.S. - 2921 EA. OK 1 2'/ X 2 1 4• w/ ;NialOR . AT DOOR JAMB LOCATION FOR SETS. CUPS WALK —IN WALL ANCHORAGE DETAILS o: • • • • a' • TYPICAL AT ALL SITUATIONS INDICATED HERE: NESTED TRACKS GAGE TRACK (20 GAGE (20 MINIMUM) TO IMALLLOWO1 /LOTTED 2" DEFLECTION. TRACKS PER ES REPORT ER -5344. STUDS CUT 1/2" SHORT TO ALLOW FOR 1/2" DEFLECTION FINISH MATERIALS (WHERE OCCUR) HELD 1/2 " SHORT OF TOP OF TRACK TO ALLOW FOR 1/2 " DEFLECTION. DO NOT SCREW FINISH MATERIALS INTO TOP TRACK - FASTEN INTO STUDS ONLY. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT IN 1/2" DEFLECTION GAP AT PARTmONS WITH ACOUSTICAL INSULATION HILTI FASTENERS PER ES REPORT ER -2388 P 1 • A. • )))) OPARTITION TO SLAB INTERSECTION OF NON —RATED 3 " =1'-O" PART ATIONS AT SINGLE BRACE FASTEN ANGLE TO CONCRETE WITH (4) HILTI X -DNI .145 DIAMETER POWDER- ACTUATED FASTENERS AT 4" MINIMUM OC. 1" EMBED AT CIP CONCRETE. 3/4" EMBED AT POST - TENSIONED CONCRETE. AT DOUBLE BRACE FASTEN ANGLE TO CONCRETE WITH (6) HILTI X -DNI .145 DIAMETER POWDER- ACTUATED FASTENERS AT 4" MINIMUM OC. 1" EMBED AT CIP CONCRETE. 3/4" EMBED AT POST - TENSIONED CONCRETE . ? 1 CODE "AIPLANCF I ry IiTi?,(CIVED AUG 1 2J11 atv q � r ?�c�g�° "' r 4s) of ICHAEL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON �mn o0 woxu6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road FOR CONNECTION AT TOP OF BRACE, SEE 4/A -801 3" X 3" X 3" ANGLE 1 (20 GAGE MINIMUM), g FASTENED TO TRACK iii AND BRACE PER o .+ 4- DETAIL AT RIGHT 03 + ++ FOR WALLS TO 10' -0" - BRACE WITH 362S137 -33 AT 4' -0" MAXIMUM OC. ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL WHERE POSSIBLE. FOR WALLS TO 15' -0" - BRACE WITH DOUBLED 362S137 -33 AT 4?-0" MAXIMUM OC. ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL FASTEN DOUBLED STUDS TOGETHER WITH NO 8 SCREWS AT 24" MAXIMUM OC. 1• OSECTION ACROSS PARTITION 20 GAGE MINIMUM TRACK (PER ES REPORT ER -5344) METAL STUDS, CUT 1/2" SHORT FOR 1/2" DEFLECTION FINISH MATERIALS VARY (MAXIMUM WEIGHT EQUAL TO 2 LAYERS GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE PLUS APPUED FINISHES) 15' -0" MAXIMUM A 20' -0" MAXIMUM TOTAL SPAN J AT SINGLE BRACE - FASTEN ANGLE TO BRACE WITH (3) NO 8 SCREWS. AT DOUBLE BRAG - FASTEN DOUBLE BRACE TO BOTH ANGLES WITH (6) NO 8 SCREWS THROUGH BRACE AND BOTH ANGLES AT SINGLE BRACE - FASTEN ANGLE TO TRACK WITH (4) NO 8 SCREWS AT DOUBLE BRACE - FASTEN (2) ANGLES TO TRACK WITH (4) NO 8 SCREWS AT EACH ANGLE C) SECTION ACROSS BRACING ti STOP PARTITION WHERE FOR BRACED RUCTUREABOVE SEISMICSITU�TIONS�11%000 � 3" =1'-0" RECEIVED JUL 292011 PERMIT CENTER w I- J Z Q W2 Wu in z Ow ago mom= 2 W= C ) F c0 CA co W io O it w 0 0 00 CO 00 0) J -J w w 2 z 1- U w 0 0 Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Interior Details A -807 1 2 7 8 9 10 NOTE: FIRE RATING OF WALL ASSEMBLY IS NOT REQUIRED TO EXTEND ABOVE TENANT CEILING. GYPSUM BOARD TO BE HELD MIN_ 6" CLEAR BELOW UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE TO ACCOMMODATE TENANT HVAC RETURN AIR SYSTEM. C TENANT SPACE TENANT 8FAC� UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE 6" SLOTTED TRACK (SLP —TRK OR EO) FINISH PER SCHEDULE CEILING BY TENANT (WHERE OCCURS) 6" STEEL STUDS © 16" O.C. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD TYPE "X" (BOTH SIDES) U.L. No. U465 THE FOLLOWING FASTENING REQUIREMENTS ARE TAKEN FROM UL'S SPECIFICATION FOR THE INDICATED ASSEMBLY, REFER TO UL °S DOCUMENTATION FOR COMPLETE ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS AND ALLOWABLE OPTIONS: GYPSUM BOARD: 5/8i' THICK, 4 FT WIDE, ATTACHED TO STEEL STUDS AND FLOOR AND CEILING TRACK WITH 1 IN. LONG, TYPE 5 STEEL SCREWS SPACED 8 IN, OC, ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12 IN. OC IN THE FIELD OF THE BOARD. JOINTS ORIENTED VERTICALLY AND STAGGERED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE ASSEMBLY, 4 ❑ 4 �} • A RAMSET AS REQUIRED 6" CONTINUOUS UNPUNCIHED STEEL TRACK FLOOR FINISH CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS PAINTABLE FIRESTOP SEALANT (80TH SIDES) NOTE: ALL GYPSUM BOARD LAYERS SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT \t 9 F11i151E5 \9Y- 09— iHRDEN15E.0WG 1 HR TENANT DEMISING PARTITION (TYPICAL) 1 HR DEMISING WALL DETAIL N.T.S. SCHEDULED CEILING ASSEMBLY, TYP. METAL TRIM ANGLE, ANCHOR TO CEILING RUNNERS, TYP. SCHEDULED CEILING TILE, - VERTICAL ASSEMBLY, BY CONTRACTOR, TYP. PREFABRICATED WALK —IM UNIT BY VENDOR, NOT IN CONTRACT rf7, 000 C) N.T.S. ARMSTRONG #411 RETENTION CLIP, TYP. CLOSURE AT WALK -IN UNIT 2" AIR SPACE TYPICAL pr PRE —FAB. WALL PANEL 3 "X3" CONTINUOUS STAINLESS STEEL CLOSURE STRIP BLDG. WALL FLASHING AT WALK -IN WALL PANELS AND WALL f3.) VW 4) 16f) rnrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 REGISTERED ARCHI ECT CHAEL R. BLACK ATE OF WASHINGTON !1 co iw v 1P . 1• AUG 16 2011 Cats e ' Tukwila ING DV: VON RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER o0 .1 3100 East Randol Mill Road woru6lsapswpd Arlington, Texas 76011 817.633.4200 p o 817.633.4153 f W J I J ZQ W 2 W V v�W .� z Ow 4 C U CO i W -� _ 0 N CO W LO w U 0 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Interior Details A -802 1 2 3 5 8 10 THIS DOCUMENT PROVIDES THE IBC- REFERENCED STANDARDS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL LAY-IN CEILINGS. INCORPORATION OF THIS DOCUMENT WILL PROVIDE A MORE UNIFORM STANDARD FOR INSTALATION AND INSPECTION. THIS DOCUMENT IS DESIGNED TO ACCOMPLISH THE !MEAT OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) wRH REGARD TO THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D. E. AND F FOR SUSPENDED CEIUNGS AND RELATED ITEMS. UNLESS SUPPORTED BY ENGINEERING, THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY (SIC) D. E AND F PER THE IBC. MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS SHOULD BE FOLLOWED. GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS • REFERENCE) SOURCES PER HIERARCHY: 2006 IBC (INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE). NAERIC N SOCIETY OF TESTING MATERIALS (ASTM C 835, ASIA C 638). AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CML ENGINEERS (ASCE7 -O5) AND CEIUNGS AND INTERIOR SYS1EAS CONSTRUCTION ASSOCIATION (CISCA). • PARTITIONS THAT ARE TED TO THE CEUNG AND ALL PARTITIONS GREATER THAN 6 FEET IN HEIGHT SHALL BE LATERALLY BRACE) TO TEH STRUCTURE BRACING SHALL BE INDEPENDENT OF THE CEILING SPLAY BRACING SYSTEM. SOURCE IBC SECTION 1821.1.2 • FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON BRACING OF NON -LOAD BEARING PARRTONS REFER TO NWCB TECHNICAL DOCUMENT f2O1. . • ALL MAN BEAMS ARE TO BE HEAVY DUTY (HD). SOURCE ASCE 7-05 ITEM 9.6.2.6.2.2a • ALL CROSS TEES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF CARRYING THE DESIGN LOAD WITHOUT EXCEEDING DEFLECTION EQUAL TO 1/360 OF ITS SPAN. SOURCE CISCA ZONES 3-4 maximum 3" (76 mm) 0 • • • THESE RECOIAMENDATKNS ARE INTENDED FOR SUSPENDED CEIUNGS INCLUDING GRID. PANEL OR TILE. LIGHT FIXTURES AND AR TERMINALS WEIGHING NO MORE THAN 4LBS PER SAIARE FOOT. SOURCE ASCE 7-05 ITEM 9.6.2.6.1 ALL WIRE TIES ARE TO BE THREE TIGHT TRNS AROUND ITSELF WITHIN TRHREE INCHES. TWELVE GAGE HANGER WIRE SPACE) 4 FOOT ON CENTER (FIGURE 1). SOURCE ASTM C 636 ITEM 2.3.4 CHANGES IN CEUNG PLANE WILL REQUIRE POSITIVE BRACING. SOURCE ASCE 7-05 SECTION 9.6.2.8.2.2. TEAR F. FIGURE 2 LATERAL FORCE BRACING 45' OR LESS ^o 45' OR LESS 45' OR LESS CROSS TEE MAIN BEAM FIGURE 3 MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LENGTHS FOR VERTICAL STRUTS EMT CONDUIT 1/2' EMT conduit up to 5' -10' 3/4' EAT conduit up to 7' -8' 1' EMT conduR up to 9'-9' METAL STUDS Single 1 -5/8' metal stud (20 gauge) up to 12' -0' Back -to -back 1 -5/8' metal stud (20 gam) up to 15' -O Single 2 -1 /Y metal stud (20 gauge) up to 13' -6' Back -to -back 2 -1 /Y metal stud (25 Gone) up to 15' -0' SOURCE: PORTLAND BUILDING DEPARTMENT NOTE: PLENUM AREAS GREATER THAN 15' -O WILL REQUIRE ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS. FIGURE 4a ATTACHED WALL MOLDING REQUIREMENTS FIGURE 4b UNATTACHED WALL MOLDING REQUIREMENTS WALL Spreader bar or other .uitab e system required to keep perimeter components rom eprea q apart minimum 3/4' (19 mm) at unattached walls r";,"7..) Suspension Systems for Acoustical Lay -in Ceilings NOT TO SCALE DESCRIPTION: THE CEILING CONSISTS OF RINGER WIRES ATTACHE) TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE, MAN RUNNERS ATTACHE) TO THE HANGERS, AND CROSS FURRING ATTACHE) TO THE MAIN RUNNERS. APPROPRIATE GYPSUM OR CEMENT BOARD PANELS ARE SCREW ATTACHE) TO RECEIVE FINAL DECORATION SUCH AS DRYWALL TREATMENT. VENEER PLASTER ACOUSTICAL TILES, ACRYLIC PLASTER SYSTEM, AND CERAMIC TIE. COMMON USES: SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD OR CEMENT BOARD CEILINGS ARE PRI/ABLY USED TO PROVIDE FLAT PLANE CEILINGS IN MOST TYPES OF BUILDINGS. THESE MAY BE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION. CONCEALMENT, AND ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT: LIMITATIONS: CARE MUST BE TAKEN IN CHOOSING THE CEILING SURFACE FOR AREAS EXPOSED TO HIGH HUMIDITY. R IS DIFFICULT 1O ADAPT THIS FRAMING SYSTEM TO CURVED, BARREL VAULT, OR DOME TYPE CEIUNGS. UNITED ACCESS CAN BE PROVIDE) WITH THE INSTALLATION OF ACCESS PANELS. THE LEVELS OF ABUSE AND PENETRATION RESISTANCE IS NOT THAT OF A SUSPENDED METAL LATH AND PLASTER CEUNG. ADVANTAGES: PROVIDES FLAT. MONOLITHIC CEUNG SURFACES AT THE LEAST COST. CAN BE ADAPTED TO SEVERAL GYPSUM ASSOCIATION AND U.L. FIRE RATE) FLOOR/CEIUNG ASSEMBU6. ACOUSTICAL TILE AND ACOUSTICAL PLASTER PROVIDE GOOD SOUND ABSORPTION. VERSATILITY: THESE CEUNGS ARE BEST INSTALLED IN FLAT PLANES. HOWEVER, INSTALLING FACETED CEIUNGS OF VARIOUS SHAPES AND AT ANY ANGLE, ALLOWS NUMEROUS DESIGN OPTIONS. THE USE OF CEMENT' BOARD PANELS ALLOWS THE USE OF THIS SYSTEM IN HIGH HUMIDITY AREAS. A VARIETY OF TEXTURES ARE AVAILABLE STRUCTURAL DESIGN: 1. HANGERS: SAE'S BASED ON STATIC LAMS DEVELOPED BY STANDARD MAXIMUM CEILING SPACING AND UNITED TO A SAFETY FACTOR OF 8.5, BUT NO LESS THAN 12 GAUGE WIRE. CEUNG WEIGHT DETERMINES THE SEE AND SPACING OF HANGER WIRE. 2. RUNNERS AND CROSS FURRING: DEFLECTION IS LIMITED TO 1/380 OF THE SHORTEST SPAN UNDER THE CEILING LOAD. 1.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS: 1.1 ASTM STANDARDS 12 GAGE SPLAYED BRACE WIRES 1.1.1 ASTM' C -754 INSTAlAT1ON OF STEEL FRAMING TO RECEIVE SCREW ATTACHE) GYPSUM PANES 1.1.2 ASTM C-840 APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD (SEC.15) 1.1.3 ASTM C -841 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR LATHING AND FURRING (SECS. 7.2 & 7.4) 1.1.4 ASTM C -844 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BASE TO RECEIVE GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER (SEC.15) 1.2 RELATED STANDARDS: 1.2.1 GA 218 APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD (SEC.12) 1.2.2 GA 600 FIRE - RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL 1.2.3 GWB -1 NORTHWEST WALL & CEILING BUREAU GUIDE SPECIFICATION FOR GYPSUM 1.2.4 VP-1 NORTHWEST WALL & CEUNG BUREAU GUIDE SPECIFICATION FOR VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS. 1.2.5 IC130 EVALUATION REPORT ER -4071 1.28 MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE APPLICATION OF CEMENT BOARD TO CEIIUNGS. 2.0 NAIERALS: 2.1 HANGER WIRE FOR CEUNGS WEIGHING 4 LBS PSF OR LESS SHALL BE #12 G DIAMETER GALVANIZED, SOFT ANNEALED STEEL WIRE. 2.2 CONGER WIRE FOR CEIUNGS WEIGHING UP TO 10 LBS SHALL BE #9 GA GALVANIZE), SOFT ANNEALED STEEL WIRE. 2.3 INN RUNNERS (CARRIERS) SHALL BE 1 -1/2 X 16 GAUGE CHID ROLLE) CHANNELS WEIGHING 475 LBS. PER THOUSAND UNEAL FEET. GALVANIZE) OR CORROSION INHIBITING COATING FOR EXTERIOR OR HUMID CONDITIONS. 2.4 FURRING SHALL BE 7/8' X 25 GAUGE HAT SHAPED SECTIONS. GALVANIZED OR CORROSION INHIBITING COATING FOR EXTERIOR OR HUMID CONDITIONS. 2.5 TIE WIRE SHALL BE 18 GAUGE AND /OR 18 GAUGE GALVANIZE), SOFT ANNEALED STEE1. WIRE. 3.0 INSTALLATION: 3.1 WIRE HANGERS SHALL BE ATTACHED T0, OR PRE - INSTALLED IN STRUCTURE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING THE CEILING WEIGHT. PLUS SAFETY MARGIN. WITHOUT DEFLECTION. THE HANGER ATTACHMENT SHALL DEVELOP FULL HANGER STRENGTH. HANGERS SHAT BE STRAIGHT AND WITHIN A RATION OF 1:6 OF PLUMB. AVOID HANGER SPUCES. HANGER WIRES SHALL NOT CONTACT MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL RIMS ABOVE THE CEILING. HANGER WIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 4' OC. AND SHALL BE LOCATE) WITHIN 6' OF THE ENDS OF MAN RUNNERS. 3.2 MAIN RUNNERS SHALL BE SPACE) AT 4 OC. MAIN RUNNERS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 8' OF PARALLEL WALLS. ATTACH HANGER WIRES TOT HE MAN RUNNERS WITH A SADDLE ME THAT PREVENTS SERUNG. UPLIFT, OR TWISTING OF THE MAIN RUNNERS. SPACE FURRING WITH A NESTED 12' LAP AND A DOUBLE WRAP WIRE TIE AT EACH DID. TNN RUNNERS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO WITHIN +/- 1/8' OF A FLAT PLANE 3.3. CROSS FURRING SHALL BE SADDLE TED TO AWN RUNNERS WITH #16 GAUGE WIRE OR TWO STANDS OF #18 GAUGE WIRE OR APPROVED CUPS. SPLICE FURRING WITH AN 8' NESTED LAP SCREWED OR WIRE TED AT EACH END. THE REQUIRED FURRING SPACING IS 24' OC FOR 5/8' THICK GYPSUM PANELS AND 18' OC FOR 1/2' THICK GYPSUM PANELS. FOR OTHER COMBINATIONS AND THICKNESS OF GYPSUM PANELS OR FOR CEMENT BOARD APPLICATIONS. SEE THE APPROPRIATE RELATE) REFERENCE STANDARD OR MANUFACTURES SPECIFICATIONS. 3.4 WHEN THE STRUCTURE FROM WHICH THE CEILING IS SUSPENDED IS CAPABLE OF MOVEMENT INDEPENDENT OF THE STRUCTURE SUPPORTNG ABUTTING WALL AND PARRRONS. THE COUNG FRAMING SHALL NOT BE ATTACHE) 10 OR IN CONTACT WITH THE WALLS. INSTALL GYPSUM OR CEMENT PANELS TO THE CEUNG WITH LONG DIMENSIONS PERPENDICULAR TO FURPENG MEMBERS. PANE. ENDS SHALL OCCUR OVER FURRING MEMBERS UNLESS DICTATED BY OTHERWISE BY FIRE OR SOUND RATE) SYSTEMS. 3.5 ACCESSORIES: ACCESSORIES APPROPRIATE TO THE CEUNG TYPE SHAT. BE SUED. AND BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE RELATED REFERENCE STANDARD. 3.6 GENERAL INFORMATION: LARGE SUSPENDED CEILINGS, MORE THAN 50 LINEAL Ft IN ONE DIMENSION OR MORE THAN 2500 SF, SHOULD NOT CONT/MCT ABUTTING WALLS OR COLUMNS. CONTROL JOINTS SHOULD BE USED TO MNNTAIN PANEL DIMENSIONS OF 50 LF. OR LESS. AND TO DMDE CEUNG AREAS INTO MAXIMUMS OF 2500 SF. FRAMING SHOULD BE BROKEN OR SPLICED AT CONTROL JOINTS. FLEXIBLE SEALANT OR FOAM TAPE MAY BE INSTALLED BETWEN THE CASING BEAD AND THE ABUTTING SURFACES. ADDMO AL CARRIERS AND FURRING CHANNELS AND HANGER WIPES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO FRAME AROUND CEILING PENETRATIONS. SUCH AS UGHT FIXTURES. ACCESS PANELS AND DUCT WORK. FOR CEUNG WEIGHING MORE THAN 7LB. PER SF. USE 20 GA FURRING AT REDUCED SPACING. Suspended Gypsum Board or Cement Board Ceilings NOT TO SCALE LATERAL FORCE BRACING (FIGURES 2 AND 3) • CEUNGS CONSTRUCTED OF LATH AND PLASTER OR GYPSUM BOARD, SCREW OR NAIL ATTACHED TO SUSPENDED MEMBERS THAT SUPPORT A CEILNG ON ONE LEVEL EXTENDING FROM WALL TO WALL SHALL BE EXEMPT FROM THE LATERAL FORCE BRACING REQUIREMENTS. SOURCE: CISCA ZONES 3-4 • • • • • • LATERAL FORCE BRACING IS THE USE OF VERTICAL STRUTS (COMPRESSION POSTS) AND SPLAY WIRES (SEE FIGURE 2). LATERAL FORCE BRACING IS REQUIRED FOR CEILINGS OVER 144 SQUARE FEET AND NOT REQUIRED FOR CEIUNGS LESS THAN 144 SQUARE FEET PROVIDED THEY ARE SURROUNDED BY FOUR WALLS AND BRACE) 10 STRUCTURE. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON. BUILDING CODES DMSION LATERAL FORCE BRACING SHALL BE 12 FEET ON CENTER (MAXIMUM) AND BEGIN NO FARTHER THAN 6 FEET FROM WALLS. SOURCE: CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 SEISMIC SPLAY WIRES ARE TO BE FOUR 12 GAGE WIRES ATTACHE) TO THE MAIN BEAM. WIRES ARE ARRAYED 90' FROM EACH OTHER AND AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 4S FROM THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. SOURCE: CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 SEISMIC SPLAY WIRES SHALL BE ATTACHE) TO THE GRID AND TO THE STRUCTURE IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THEY CAN SUPPORT A DESIGN LOAD OF NOT LESS THAN 200 POUNDS OR THE ACTUAL DESIGN LOAD. WITH A SAFETY FACTOR OF 2, WHICHEVER IS GREATER (FIGURE 8b). SOURCE CISCA ZONES 3-4 "POWDER DRIVEN SHOT-IN-ANCHORS" WHEN USED FOR SEISMIC APPLICATION AS PART OF TEH PRESCRIPTIVE PATH IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D. E AND F SHALL HAVE AN ICC -ES APPROVAL FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS AND SHALL REQUIRE 'SPECIAL INSPECTION' IRRESPECTIVE OF THE TYPE OF OCCUPANCY CATEGORY THE STRUCTURE IS IN. ANCHORS FOR LOCKER WIRES (SPLAYED WIRES INSTALLED FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN SEISMIC RESTRAINT) ARE OROMPT FROM REQUIREMENT. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON. BUILDING CODES DMSION. • SPLAY WIRES ARE TO BE WITHIN 2 INCHES OF THE CONNECTION OF THE VERTICAL STRUT TO SUSPENED CEUNG. SOURCE CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 • RIDGE) BRACING MAY BE USED IN UEU OF SPLAY WIRES. SOURCE ASCE SECTION 9.8.2.8.2.2 • CEILINGS WITH PLENUMS LESS THAN 12 INCHES TO STRUCTURE ARE NOT REQUIRED TO HAVE LATERAL FORCE BRACING. SOURCE: PORTLAND BUILDING DEPARTMENT • VERTICAL STRUTS MUST BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENSION SYSTEMS AND THE STRUCTURE ABOVE SOURCE: CISCA 3-4 • TIE VERTICAL STRUT MAY BE EMT CONDUIT. METAL STUDS OR A PROPRIETARY COMPRESSION POST (SEE FIGURE 3) WALL MOLDINGS (FIGURES 4a AND 4b) • • • WALL MOLDINGS (PERIMETER CLOSURE ANGLES) ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A HORIZONTAL FLANGE 2 INCHES WIDE. ONE END OF THE CEUNG GRID SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE WALL MOLDING, THE OTHER END SHALL HAVE A 3/4 NCH CLEARANCE FROM THE WALL AND FREE TO SUDS SOURCE: ASCE 7-05 SECTION 9.8.28.2.2 TEA b WHERE SUBSTANTIATING DOCUMENTATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED 10 THE LOCAL. JURISDICTION. PERIMETER CUPS MAY BE SUED TO SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE 2 -INCH CLOSURE ANGLE. SOURCE STATE OF OREGON. BUILDING CODES DMSION THE GRID SHALL BE ATTACHE) AT TWO ADJACENT WALLS (POP RIVETS OR APPROVE) METHOD). SOFFITS EXTENDING TO A POINT AT LEAST LEVEL WTH THE BOTTOM PLANE OF THE GRID AND INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND LATERALLY BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE ARE DEEMED TO DE EQUNALE t TO WALLS. SOURCE STATE OF OREGON. BUILDING CODES DMSION • THERE SHIM DE A MINIMUM 3/4 INCH CLEARANCE FROM THE END OF THE GRID SYSTEM AT UNATTACHED WALLS. SOURCE: ASCE 7-05 SECTION 9.6.2.6.2.2 REM b SPREADER BARS (FIGURE 4b) • • • • SPREADER ( SPACER) BARS SHALL BE USED TO PREVENT THE ENDS OF THE ANN BEAMS AND CROSS TEES AT PERIMETER WALLS FROM SPREADING OPEN DURING A SEISMIC EVENT. PERSIL-TER WIRES SHALL NOT BE IN LIEU OF SPREADER BARS. SOURCE CLSCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 SPREADER BARS ARE NOT REQUIRE) AT PERIMETERS WHERE RUNNERS ARE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO CLOSURE ANGLES. WIRE TYING IS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATIVE TO SPREADER BARS. SPREADER BARS ARE NOT REQUIRED F A 90 DEGREE INTERSECTING CROSS OR MAN IS WITHIN 8 RICHES OF THE PERIMETER WALL WHERE SUBSTANTIATING DOCUMENTATION HAS BEEN PROVIDE) TO THE LOCAL JURISDICTION, PERIMETER CUPS MAY BE USED TO SATISFY INC REQUIREMENTS FOR SPREADER BARS. SOURCE STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODES DIVISION 4.0 ALTERNATE COLRNG FRAMING HANGER (SUSPENSION) WIRES (FIGURES 5a AND 5b) • HANGER AND PERIMETER WIRES MUST BE PWMB WITHIN 1 IN B UNLESS (FIGURE 5a) COUNTER SLOPING WIRES ARE PROVIDED (FIGURE 5b). SOURCE ASTM C 836 SECTION 2.1.4 • HANGER WIRES SHALL BE 12 GAGE AND SPACED 4 FEET ON CENTER OR 10 GAGE SPACED 5 FEET ON CENTER SOURCE CISCA ZONES 3-4 ANY CONNECTION DEVICE AT THE SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CAPABLE OF CARRYING NOT LESS THAN 100 POUNDS. SOURCE: CISCA ZONES 3-4 • POWDER DRIVEN SHOT-IN-ANCHORS ARE AN APPROVE) METHOD OF ATTACHMENT FOR HANGER WIRES. SOURCE STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODES DMSION • TERMINAL ENDS OF EACH MAN BEAM AND CROSS TEE MUST BE SUPPORTED WITHIN 8 INCHES OF EACH WALL WITH A PERIMETER WIRE (SEE FIGURE 4 & 5b). SOURCE CISCA ZONES 3-4 • WIRES SHALL NOT ATTACH TO OR BEND AROUND INTERFERING MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT. A TRAPEZE OR EQUIVALENT DEVICE SHALL BE USED WHERE OBSTRUCTIONS PRECLUDE DIRECT SUSPENSION. TRAPEZE SUSPENSIONS Stall BE A MINIMUM OF BACK TO -BACK 1 -1/4' COLD -ROLLED CHANNELS FOR SPANS EXCEEDING 48 INCHES. SOURCE: CISCA ZONES 3-4 ELECTRICAL FIXTURES • LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 10 POUNDS SHALL HAVE ONE 12 GAGE RANGE WIRE CONNECTED FROM THE FIXTURE TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE THIS WIRE MAY BE SLACK. SOURCE CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 • LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 10 POUNDS AND LESS THAN 56 LBS. SHALL HAVE TWO 12 GAGE WIRES ATTACHE) AT OPPOSING CORNERS OF THE LIGHT FIXTURE 10 THE STRUCTURE ABOVE THESE WIRES MAY BE SLACK. SOURCE CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 • UGHT FIXTURES WETTING MORE THAN 58 LBS. SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE THESE WIRES MUST BE TAUT SOURCE CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 . PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL L BE DIRECTLY SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE USING A 9 GAGE WERE OR AN APPROVED ALTERNATE SUPPORT WITHOUT USING THE CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR DIRECT SUPPORT. SOURCE: CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 TANDEM FIXTURES MAY UTIUZE COMMON WIRES. MECHANICAL SERVICES • TERMINALS OR SERVICES WEIGHING 20 LBS. BUT NOT MORE THAN 58 LBS. MUST HAVE TWO 12 GAGE WIRES CONNECTING THEM TO THE CEILING SYSTEM HANGERS OR THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE WIRES MAY BE SLACK. SOURCE CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 • TERMINALS OR SERVICES REGAIN° MORE THAN 58 LBS. MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE THESE WIRES MUST BE TAUT SOURCE; CISCA SEISMIC ZONES 3-4 SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS (FIGURE 7) FOR UNITED CEUNG WIDTHS, ALTERNATE FRAMING CONSISTING OF FURRING CHANNEL OR METAL JOIST SECTIONS MAY BE INSTALLED AS A SIMPLE SPAN BETWEEN RUNNERS ATTACHED TO OPPOSITE WALLS. THIS SYSTEM MAY BE USED ON CEILING THAT DO NOT REQUIRE PENETRATIONS LARGE ENOUGH TO INTERRUPT THE FRAMING. AND D0 NOT CARRY HEAVY FIXTURE LOADS. 4.1 MATERIAL: 4.1.1 RUNNERS: SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AND GAUGE AS FRAMING MEMBERS. ANGEL RUNNER MAY BE USED TO SUPPORT HAT CHANNEL FRAMING. 41.2 FRAMING: THE FOLLOWING TABLE LISTS THE MAXIMUM SINGLE SPAN FOR FRAMING MEMBERS INSTALLED AT 18' OR 24" OC TO RECEIVE SINGLE LAYER CEUNG PANELS. MBERS 7/8' XED25 GA HAT CHANNEL 1- 5 /8.X25GACSECTION 2 -1/2 x 25 GA C SECTION 3- 1 /2'X25GACSECTION MAX. SINGLE SPAN 4' -0' 4.2 INSTAUATON: 4.2.1 ATTACH RUNNERS TO WALLS WITH 2 FASTENERS AT EACH WALL STUD 4.2.2 CUT FRAMING MEMBERS TO WITHIN 1/4' OF CEUNG WIDTH 4.2.3. ATTACH FRAMING TO RUNNERS WITH SCREWS AT BOTH TOP AND BOTTOM FLANGES 5.0 FINISHING 5.1 APPLICATION OF PANELS AND FINISHING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPROPRIATE RELATED SPECIFICATION. TYPICAL HANGER SPACING '-0" 0.C. MAX. 1/2" or 5/8" GYPSUM BASE OR GYPSUM PANELS REGULAR OR FOIL -BACK MAX. SPACING 16" OR 24 "O.C. N/ 1 -1/2" CHANNEL 4' -0" 0.C. MAX. FOR CEUNG AREAS EXCEEDING 2.500 SQUARE FEET, A SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT OR FULL HEIGHT WALL PARTITION THAT BREAKS THE CEUNG SHALL. BE PROVIDE) UNLESS ANALYSES ARE PERFORATE) OF THE CEUNGS BRACING SYSTEM, CLOSURE ANGLES AND PENETRATIONS TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE SOURCE ASCE 7-05 ITEM 9.8.2.8.2.2 d THE LAYOUT AND LOCATION OF THE SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT SHALL BE PER THE DESIGNER OF RECORD AND NOTED ON THE PLANS. IF A SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT IS REQUIRED BY THE DESIGNER, THE DESIGNER MAY USE THE GENERIC JOINT DETAILED IN THIS DOCUMENT OR A PROPRIETARY JOINT. THE AMOUNT OF FREE MOVEMENT (MMP DESIGN) SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4 INCH. SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON, BUILDING CODES DMSION. IN UEU OF SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS. THE CEILING MAY BE DMDED INTO AREAS LESS THAN 2500 SQUARE FEET BY THE USE OF PARTTONS OR SOFFITS AS FOLLOWS: PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 8 INCHES ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE PLANE OF THE GRID AND SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY BRACED TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE SOFFITS SHALL EXTEND TO A POINT AT LEAST LEVEL. WITH THE BOTTOM PLANE OF THE GRID AND SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED AND LATERALLY BRACE) TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE SOURCE: STATE OF OREGON BUILDING CODES DMSION OTHER THAN POTIONS AND SOF TLS. SEISMIC JOINTS MAY NOT BE USED AS PART OF A FIRE RATED CEUNG ASSEMBLY UNLESS SUBSTANTIATING DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED. SOURCE STATE OF OREGON BUILDING CODES DMSION. METAL FURRING CHANNEL CLIP MAX SPACING 24" 0.C. FIGURE 5a FIGURE 5b • COUNTER SLOPING VERTICAL HANGER WIRE ATTACHMENT SHOT -IN- ANCHOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE CEILING CUP 3 TURNS 3/4' VERTICAL HANGER WIRE FIGURE 6a SPLAYED SEISMIC BRACING WIRE ATTACHMENT DRILL-IN EXPANSION ANCHOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE STEEL STRAP 1" WIDE x 2' 1.0NG x 12 GAGE MINIMUM 3 TURNS SPLAYED SEISMIC BRACING WIRE FIGURE 6b FIGURE 7 SPRINKLERS FOR CEUNG WITHOUT RIGID BRACING, SPRINKLER HEAD PENETRATIONS SHALL HAVE A 2 INCH OVERSIZE RING. SLEEVE OR ADAPTER THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO ALLOW FREE MOMEMER OF AT LEAST 1 INCH IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. FLEXIBLE HEAD DESIGN THAT CAN ACCOMMODATE 1 INCH FREE MOVEMENT SHALL BE PERMITTED AS AN ALTERNATE. SOURCE: ASCE 7-05 9.6.2.6.2.2. REM • GLOSSARY FOR THIS DOCUMENT (REGIONAL TERMINOLOGY MAY VARY) CROSS TEES LATERAL FORCE PERIMETER WIRES THE CROSS MEMBER THAT BRACING INTERLOCK WITH THE LION BEAMS, ALSO KNOWN AS CROSS RUNNERS OR CROSS T-BARS. DIFFUSER A CIRCULAR OR RECTANGULAR METAL GRILL USED FOR THE PASSAGE OF AR FROM A DUCTED SYSTEM. ESSENTIAL SERVICE BUILDINGS ANY BUILDINGS DESIGNED TO BE USED BY PUBLIC AGENCIES AS A FIRE STATION, POLICE STATION, EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER, STATE PATROL OFFICE, SHERIFF'S OFFICE, OR EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION DISPATCH CENTER. GRID THE MAIN BEAMS AND CROSS TEES OF THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. HANGER WIRE 10 OR 12 GAGE SOFT ANNEALED WIRE USED AS PRIMARY SUPPORT FOR TIE GRID SYSTEM. ALSO CALLED SUSPENSION WIRES. THE BRACING METHOD USED TO PREVENT CEUNG UPLIFT OR RESTRICT LATERAL M 0WMENT DURING A SEISMIC EVENT. LATERAL FORCE BRACING CONSISTS OF VERTICAL STRUTS AND SPLAY WIRES. MAIN BEAM THE PRIMARY SUSPENSION MEMBER SUPPORTED BY HANGER WIRES, ALSO KNOWN AS THE MAIN RUNNER, CARRYING TEE CARRYING RUNNER OR MANS. MOLDING /CLOSURE ANGLE A LIGHT GAUGE METAL ANGLE OR CHANNEL FASTENED TO THE PERIMETER WALL OR PAiTTRON TO SUPPORT THE PERIMETER ENDS OF AN ACOUSTICAL CEUNG GRID PERIMETER CUPS PROPRIETARY ANGLE B RACKET ATTACHE) DIRECTLY TOT EH WALL MOLDING /CLOSURE ANGLE WHICH ALLOWS FOR 3/4' MOVEMENT IN THE EVENT OF SEISMIC ACTMIY AND INTERLOCKS PROPERLY WITH ENDS OF GRID SYSTEM. HANGER WIRES PLACE) WITHIN EMIT INCHES OF THE SURROUNDING WALLS. PLENUM THE SPACE ABOVE A SUSPENDED CEUNG. SLACK WIRE A 12 GAGE WIRE THAT 15 NOT TIGHT OR TAUT. SPREADER OR SPACER BAR A BAR WMH NOTCHES TO PREVENT THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM FROM SEPARATING, ALSO CALLED A STABILIZER BAR. SPLAY WIRES WIRES INSTALLED AT AN ANGLE RATHER THIN PERPENDICULAR TO THE GRID. VERTICAL STRUTS THE RIGID VERTICAL MEMBER USED IN LATERAL FORCE BRACING OF THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. ALSO KNOWN AS A COMPRESSION POSTS. SEISMIC PODS, SEISMIC STRUTS. COMMON MATERIALS ARE ELECTRICAL CONDOR (EMT). META. STUDS OR PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS. b tt 2.(0 co D Ci :1 L. N y,: AUG' 1 5 2011 CI;Ly of Tukwila BUILDING D VISIOdN3 RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER toLr, m"b MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 REGISTERED ARCHIT CT HA "L R. BLACK .4 ATE OF Vi, SHINGTON 'IV OnO/�'� vU waYu6lsapswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road 817.633.4153 f oc W,J I- J ZQ W 2 v , V w = Z Ow vi U CO W '_0 IN. w YI co W Lo OO 00 00 VJ SEATLLE, WA CT) 1- 0 LLI m 2 z 1- 0 LLI 0 d Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By BM D Appv'd By BM D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Ceiling Details A -802A 10 VERTICAL MENU BOARD SOFFIT, PAINT P -3 0 o CO T O MENU SOFFIT (Sc CEILING SOFFIT 1- 1/2 " =1'-0" HORIZONTAL CEILING SOFFIT WOOD PANEL WD -1) ATTACHED TO MENU BOARD SOMT MENU PANEL ATTACHED TO MENU BOARD SOFFIT VERTICAL MENU BOARD SOFFIT, PAINT P -3 ,11,11 91),,,•A win *i rn"b MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARUNGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 REGISTERED ARCHITECT CH EL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON 3 -5/8" 18 GA. STUD BRACE SCREWS EACH (EN D (ALTERNATE X 1 1/4" EE ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACE) G.C. SHALL INSTALL 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK ON BACK SIDE OF LANDLORD'S BULKHEAD 15' -O" AFF T.O. LL LIGHT COVE+ 13' -6" AFF B.O. ACT lo 11111111111111111 1111111 1111111111111 ACT CEILING AND GRID 3 -5/8" 18 GA. STUD BRACE 0 48" O.C. W/ (3) #10 X 1 1/4" SCREWS EACH END (ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACE) BACK AREA 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD(FI W -5 ) 3 -5/8" 20GA. MIL. STUDS 0 16" O.C., TYP. RECESSED WALL WASHER LIGHT FIXTURE DOWNLIGHT I I I 131-6" AFF B.O. LL BULKHEAD' EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD 1/2"x1/2" BRUSHED ALMUMINUM REVEAL, BY G.C. TYPE "H" BLOCKING IN SOFFIT FOR MENU BD SERVICE AREA MENU BD (4) #8 TEKS TYPICAL EACH LAP CONNECTION 3 -5/8" 20GA. MIL. STUDS 0 16" O.C., TYP. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD. PAINT al-1-57r)- EQ 2' -6" REF: A -131 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD. (FI W -3 ) 6' -11" REF: A -131 SECTION @ STOREFRONT 3/4" =1'-0" 11' -6" AFF eck_ B.O. SO 11' -4" AFF B.O. SO MT -1 BRUSHED ALUMINUM PANELS MOUNTED ON 1/4" MDF ON 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON METAL STUD FRAMING EASE LINE MALL COMMON AREA 3 -5/8" 20GA. MTL. STUDS 0 16" O.C., TYP. 3 -5/8" 18 GA. STUD BRACE 48" O.C. W/ (3) #10 X 1 1/4" SCREWS EACH END (ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACE) 4610' -6" AFT B.O. ACT ACT CEILING AND GRID SERVICE AREA 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD. PAINT F P -7 lo 3 -5/8" 18 GA. STUD BRACE 0 SCREWS EACH (EN #10 X 1 1/4" END ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACE) C. SHALL INSTALL 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK ON BACK SIDE OF LANDLORD'S BULKHEAD 15' -0" AFF T.O. LL LIGHT COVED 3 -5/8" 20GA. MIL. STUDS 0 16" O.C., TYP. RECESSED WALL WASHER LIGHT FIXTURE DOWNLIGHT I I o) 4 1/4" (FI P -3 ) 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD. PAINT (FI P -7 13' -6" AFF B.O. LL BULKHEAD. EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD 2 1 "x1/2" BRUSHED ALMUMINUM R BY . 11' -6" FFI B.O. SO B.O. SO 11111111111111111 1111111111111111111111111 z G W co 0 M "TYPE "H" BLOCKING IN SOFFIT FOR MENU BD SERVICE AREA 3 -5/8" 20GA. MIL. STUDS 0 16" O.C., TYP. MENU BD (4) #8 TEKS TYPICAL EACH LAP CONNECTION 3 -5/8" 20GA. MTL. STUDS 0 16" O.C., TYP. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BD. PAINT F P -7 4' -6 3/8" REF: A -131 1' -3" 7' -6" AF B.O. SO FFTY 1. -2" — 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP BB. PAINT (FI P -3 ) REF11" : A -131 10" SECTION © STOREFRONT 3/411=1'-01' BRUSHED ALUMINUM PANELS MOUNTED ON 1/4" MDF ON 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON METAL STUD FRAMING EASE LINE MALL COMMON AREA CNf 0.y.'F f. !J'..t Gt w .?.. B�, H I SCI f�y� S , ,.c . RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER (I) 0D) tandol Mill M7.633.4153 f e ❑ d x a "MI • 00 Viol f" VU W M L —� C I� rq V L 0 M Q CO woru6lsapswpd W V 7 2 4 W J F- ZQ W2 C• t = w • Z O w V) U J � WO LL � I CO • (O W LO CO CO CO O W —J F- a (/) CD 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Interior Details A -803 E D C B A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 OR CONDUIT MECHANICAL UNIT LEVEL TOP OF — WALL TYPE VARIES 2" 1 2 WALL TYPE VARIES 1 2" NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LANDLORD'S ROOFING REQUIREMENT PRIOR TO BIDDING PIPE THRU ROOF DRAW BAND EXTERIOR WALL PER PLAN SEALANT WITH CURB , , , I1 4' IF X NAILER STRIP, FIRE TREATED PREFABRICATED CURB FOR MECHANICAL ROOF EQUIPMENT 1/2" / I1:..' 1/2" 1-111 ' BACKING ROD , N \ S.S. SELF SEALJNG FASTENERS 18" O.C. ,,. � z N W TYP AT PERIMETER OF FRAME METAL DRIP AT HEAD ONLY E s N CONT SEALANT TYP ( ) METAL FRAME 4 24 GA S.S. RECEIVER 4 / , 4 0 BOOT FLEXIBLE 1 1K-III D00 \ E DETAIL AT HEAD PREFlNISHED 24 GA Pi.' / ■ A DETAIL AT HEAD COUNTERFLASHING - itliV FLEXIBLE FLASHING �♦� BACK FLASHING h r., A HEAD JAMB SIMILA METAL FLASHING WALL TYPE VARIES DOUBLE METAL STUDS SLEEVE ROOFING II _ 2" 1 2 WALL TYPE VARIES DOUBLE METAL STUDS 1 2" THRESHOLD SET IN MASTIC if ■ �����������������������4 /i�i�i�iDi���e��������e��e�� �������������������� •����������������������� • ����ee�e��eeO�e�e�����������e���pp�p�e� , \ 2 X BLOCKING, TAPER AS NECESSARY TO BE LEVEL AT TOP OF CURB WEATHERSTRIPPING FINISH WALKING SURFACE - SEE SITE PLAN � - 4) / �� I " 1 " `�' � Ili.. ,— ilip CONT SEALANT (TYP) ■ �p�����ppO�� ,�������������0�������OpO�i •����������������������• :�����ee�e��e��eeeeeee�� .�.�e gee .�.�.�.�.�.e�.�.�ee.�.�.�.e�.�. ►00�'��������������������• ►������������������������ ► Oei' �ei�iei�i�i�i�i '�'OOiO�i�i'�ei�i'eei�i� ......................... N : . CONT SEALANT (TYP) 11/ _/ `, ' SLOPE - SEE �; m • S j/ D — tl — — — — — — \--STRUCTURE EXISTING Rc ' , G / AND ROOF D I I S PLAN ��o�N \ oo�N a \ D00' -N� METAL FRAME METAL FRAME \ HEAD /JAMB DETAILS 5 B DETAIL AT JAMB r OR STRUCTURAL I B • .. B B DETAIL AT JAMB HOLLOW MTL FRAME 1 FLASHING AT PIPE SUB - MEMBER AS NECESSARY) THRU ROOF H, •` C EQUIPMENT GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LANDLORD'S ROOFING REQUIREMENT CURB DETAIL PRIOR TO BIDDING 3 EXTERIOR HEAD L /JAMB DETAILS 3 =1' -0' 3• =1' -0• 3• =1' -0• 3• =1' -0• 3• 4-0• EXTERIOR INTERIOR FULL HEIGHT PARTITION (MAY OCCUR) _0� O ��O .... -cp.- 7.-.. -45 . -, - ,,,,. .•,., pP S, �P 1 1EI� p ,,F{ WI'' . - WALL TYPE VARIES PARTITIONS UP TO 10' LONG, BETWEEN PARTIAL - HEIGHT OR FULL- HEIGHT PARTITIONS (EACH AT LEAST 1 -6 LONG) NEED NO SUPPORTS, AS LON AS TOP TRACK IS G SPLICED TO ADJACENT PARTITIONS PER DETAIL AT RIGHT > ❑ 9" ? 6�y�y �o�' g' sG'O'� Iod-, o- ,�G.�9j, �� 'i t�y� -rfs�� `f'G� c�, > ' �� i pORI� At • , �- N s / " 4 1/2 �, " / 4 1/2 ,s- ° Qt.. b *� >,�,o.2� 4 ►,� m eriv SCR p� ii RO 0 q p 8 S Y'plf 0M, SIpDE 0 p g0� o c,, BFCD LID / / " " • ❑ 3/16" X 3 1/2" / /91/2 . ``j �,.. -.",-3,....4,,.,51, Fi 4' -0" MAXIMUM AR, OR D OF FULL- HEIGHT PARTITION 4' -0" OC ALONG PRTMON 1' -6" x 2' -0" PLATE -� -` 2 " SS CORNER GUARD MAXIMUM FROM END OEAH PARTITIN B TTO ORT 9ui1 0I� SEEL PLATE " - r., `I , / BY GERAL CONTRACTOR WALL TYPE VARIES \ \ 1 L 4' -0" MAXIMUM FROM ANY CROSSING PART ION, OR FROM END OF FULL- HEIGHT PARTITION 3/16" , , , ... •.. . • . a • DUSTING CONC' '� o• O Q • . O EXISTING BUILDING SLAB ❑ 3/16" / FINIS ED WALL OF •0. (4 TOTAL) FASTENERS - HILTI KWIK -BOLT 3/8" DIAMETER X 2" EMBED INTO CONCRETE o PER ES REPORT ER -2388. = o IN POST - TENSIONED CONCRETE, ANCHORS o \ ■ c-' - A N \ • ❑ Z TO BE 4" MIN FROM TENDONS, AS VERIFIED ; = THRESHOLD • - • SS ENDCAP BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR BY X -RAY PRIOR TO DRIWNG FOR ANCHORS. ;,,,cp 3 A SUPPORT - LOCATION DIAGRAM B SUPPORT DETAIL (PLAN VIEW) PARTI11ON- O O O FRAMING DETAIL \ ' VIF di/ CORNER GUARD DETAILS SUPPORTS REQUIRED FOR PARTIAL -HT PARTITIONS USING 3 5/8" STUDS UP TO 5' -6" AFF) 8 ENTRY 3 =1' -0• 6 NO SCALE 3.1 ....p• 4. - ` 3/4" PREP IXISTING SLAB ADD BONDING AGENT EQUIPMENT FlNI E INTERIOR TILE FLOOR, ELEV TANS TYP ARYi%f$F,',"yEI� BASE %I CRACK TZL - _ BASE, TYP J AS OCCURS GRADE SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING SLAB FOR TRENCH AS REQUIRED WITH V BARS AT 16 ON CENTER SLAB. WDRILL MIDDLE 6TFIN 0 EXISTING SLAB. ", 1/4" /4 GYPSUM BOARD i 1 << f;° c `,174 1c;` €�� 't [� .• G w , a ti C y a d ,, 4 pr ty `�! , «` MS h� 1 " CHAMFER / - :.P SCHEDULED FRP OR WALL TILE, REF: ELEVATIONS. FRP OR TILE SHALL TERMINATE AT TOP OF WOOD OR METAL BLOCKING AS FOR FASTENING OF !4J!.r % /h4 /A 4 ► / 1, N 'n .. BULLNOSE TILE BAS BY NISH SCHEDULE ON A -141. C/) SCHED LO ID WOOD OR METAL BLOCKING AS FOR FASTENING 1/ 12 J F :.:; = :_ i / SEALANT OR GROUT AS REQUIRED WATERPROOF MEMBRANE WHERE SPECIFIED " COVE TILE (3/8" MIN. RADIUS) SEALANT JOINT 5 " X 10' WD CHAIR RAIL -1/2 -4 b' 1/4" ::» WALL PANEL 1/8" CHAMFER o o \ PORCELAIN /F∎4!-WAFA TILE, NP ..iii.,..r4r- ii1iii ii ii r */I a .° `.:� w • .i I • ...•� 1 : CONC. NG SLAB TO REMAIN C a ° << CRETE CURB DETAIL III _ I " 36 MAXIMUM cf-D / TILE ' //JA BA (CUSTOMER AREA) , , -�`-- , BSTRA OOR TLE , 3/4" X 5 -1/2" X 10' WD -4 BASE ECEIVE JUL 29 2011 COMPACTED I `1 TO MATCH DUSTING FILL AS • TILE BASE V b tit...416 ( _ WASTE LINES PERMIT CENTER SLAB DOWELING AT TRENCH PP 1 (E) FLOORING WAINSCOT DETAIL 6• =,' -0• 3/4 " =1 -O" 13 NOT TO SCALE 9 1 ,/2• =1' -0• g• =, �-p• 611) u� rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 REGISTERED ARCHITE'T ICH. EL R. BLACK TATE Of WASHINGTON II a wor4sapswpd 3100 East Randol MiII Road 0 0 u 1- C O a WJ J Z <C W2 W z Ow a en o m o= E E- aW� -, _o u. t CO W Lo O w U 0 CO CO N- CO V, SEATLLE, rn ti 0 T PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By B M D Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date A Description By A A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Interior Details A -804 F E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 evil to in rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 ICHAEL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON Up IT% o0 woru6isepswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road 0 817.633.4153 f 1— J Za W V cc w z Ow 4NU m 2 W� 0 16 C/) I.. y co W L) 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By BMD Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Interior Details A -805 > cn N Si W o ° _ k W % .-. _ o z a = c v a "' m o` v t Si SERVICE SIDE C LEASE UNE / I BITUTHENE WATERPROOF MEMBRANESYSTEM O APPLY ONTINUOUS 7" F.0 F. PLYBOO TOP CAP CUSTOMER SIDE 3/4" MARINE- \ G E PLYWOOD `y BY GC SHEETS FROM 48" A.F.F. TO EDGE OF SINK DRAIN. OVERLAP EDGES AT ALL CORNERS AND SEAMS MIN. 6 ". INSTALL PER MANUF. INSTRUCTIONS SNEEZEGUARD 38" A.F.F. ALIGN W/ T.O. SINK GRACE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE (SEE ABOVE). INSTALL TO 12" ABOVE TOP OF SINK W-5 G.C. P BY " CONC. TILE BACKER BOAR = `" t TOP OF LOW WALL 4, ` ?PROOF MEk 1 1 i GLUE FRP TO WATERPROOF MEMBRANE WITH SCHNEE MOREHEAD #7108 OR DAL CORNING P80) 292 -9919 DFOR ADHESIVE SEALANT _ - , _ • A ' _ I I I II I I AA rp 1 4" OVERHANG a 3 ``� ��, I // 3/4" PLYWOOD BACKER BOARD BY G.C. 1 1 /4" THICK PLYOO PANEL ASSEMBLY FURNISHED BY MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY HEIGHT WALL 1 FRP AND ALUMINUM J- MOLDING BY GC PROVIDE CONT. BEAD OF CAULK BETWEEN G MEMBRANE AND J- MOLDING AND AT MOLDING AND SINK 3 0 ••=c N LJJ 3 o a 1- 'L STAINLESS STEEL RIM GUARD #304 l W o 5 m N • ��_.: z 0 MOLDED MOP SINK z oCAVITY = o 0 W ui 1 N U 0 BY G.C..--� 3 %" METAL STUDS, BY G.C. WALL SLOPE ' / IIp 1i A - ��� / ----_� W L ` ` i M \ o cl-� " i ;•� Y ° i ,,r l \ \ \ \ \\ \ \ & PLUMBING FIXTURES COUNTER AT 3' =1'-O' 1 1/' PARTIAL SECTION AT MOP SINK MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ACCESSORIES 6' =1'-O' NO SCALE 6 3/4" F.O.F. LEASE UNE CUSTOMER SIDE GRACE - BITUTHENE SYSTEM 4000 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE. APPLY CONTINUOUS SHEETS FROM 48" A.F.F. TO EDGE STRAINER OF SINK DRAIN. OVERLAP EDGES AT ALL CORNERS AND SEAMS MIN. 6 ". INSTAL_ PER WEDGE -LOK SEAL, MANUF. INSTRUCTIONS INSTAL_ PER MANUF. 1 I I I ' " - 460 M50 6 " Nat SERVICE SIDE 1 1/4" 1 -1MN ... MOLDED MOP INSTRUCTIONS ■� �= i MOP SINK SINK I 1 1 1 � W -5 F.R.P. BY G.C. G.C. " CONC. TILE BACKER BOARD BY G.C. 3W METAL STUDS, BY G.C. B -1 A COVED BASE TILE F-1A FLOOR TILE -•. - - . • - :. V % ► I / / / / SLOPE - -� 1 1 1 Ill 1 1 � l� -'1 y ��i �� COORDINATE CLEARANCE _WITH WATER HEATER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS 1 i I I I I I �� 7 L ,,,,,,,,,, „,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, +13' 6" A.F.F. MIN) NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF i i i m m i „ ,, T $ B.O. A.C.. CONFLICTS W/ STRUCTURE ABOVE . ►n ∎r =f= ���► L� �■ I. = ” PLYWOOD BACKER �T"' ���� O� '�► ��� AMU \/ J�� W W- I I 1 I I ��II��LJ� BOARD BY G.C. - �� -t �� i►1 ■ �� ■ oj �j ■ o o . o• ►� o 6 MIN. // : / 4 ►/ ►/ ♦ ►/ ►' 1 h f I I I �-�- __I • " 1 1/4" THICK PLYBOO PANEL ASSEMBLY FURNISHED BY MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. z� i / / - c., W W / / — - 1 i 1 i i i i i Im� = = = = =∎ mi. ice- : FIB -1A I I I I I 1 1 D =��► ■1�..AMME AI BASE TYP. B TOILET RO TOILET ROOM fj " 0 A TOILET ROOM O INTEGRAL DRAIN AND RECEPTOR j / 2 WIDE, 20 GA. �`�GALVANIZED ALL PLUMBING LINES WITHIN WALL TO MOPSINK BELOW, SEE PLUMBING DWGS. WATER HEATER SHT. MIL STRAP ®UPPER THIRD & 4' -3" LOWER THIRD, WAI1 w/ SCREWS OR SECURE TO 1Ox21�" PER LOCAL Fl P -7 BASE BY G.C. (B -4), SEE DRAIN PIPE � _ - _ _ CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC BRACING (BY ( P.C.) ALSO REFER TO DETAIL 2 P -801 2' -9" y FINISH SCHEDULE ON A -141. SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH. SEE 1 '• ■ ∎ ■∎ = == ao w ~ J _.," r � �, ��� _ ■� _ iM o1 1 ►� RECESS ►� Vr FINISH SCHEDULE ON A -141. ♦ �IS�i����. < SCHEDULED WALL, a��■�� �__� ������ / / SECTION AT DRAIN I S� r _---.. o ECURE 18GA. CHANNEL TO EA. STUD W/ (3) #8 SHT. METAL SCREWS. W. 3/4 CDX PLYWOOD, PAINT TO MATCH WALL. 1" x 3" PAINTED £* • BASE AT PARTIAL — ----- ® TOILET ROO' O TOILET ROOM HEIGHT WALL TYPICAL 2 10 WOOD NAILER 3•=1....0* 6"=11-0" SNEEZEGUARD TO BE BUTT —JOINT GLASS PANELS W/ UV— BONDING. FULLY RECESS CHANNEL INTO COUNTERTOP MATERIAL (IE MINIMAL VISIBLE _+ (3)P #010 TO SUPPORT JOIST TO DD (3j_ #1 � 8" 18GA. JOIST FRAMING 012" 0.C. „ +7'-6" ® TRANSFOMFR PIATFORM (ADJUST HEIGHT OF TOILET RM E 1/4' =1' -0' NOTE FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND EQUIPMENT ABBREVIATIONS SEE 3/A -805 > SERVICE SIDE 2" X 2" X 14GA. CUP ANGLE AT EA. JOIST. -3/4" MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD & F.R.P. ALL SIDES, TYP. -- +6' -8" 0 WATER HEATER PLATFORM PLATFORM WHERE CONFLICT W STRUCTURE CORNER BEAD ABOVE OCCURS, NOTIFY AND COORDINATE W/ ARCHITECT PRIOR TO -(2) 18GA, 8" COMMENCING WORK) CHANNELS, WELDED TOGETHER. NO B Y WALL OR TH R S FA C LEASE UNE HARDWARE, TYP) s ' CUSTOMER SIDE 3/8" TEMPERED GLASS ' • ::::: :::::::::::: ::: ::: SHHALL HAVEA MINIMUM $RADIUS OF 11/8 ". 'GES _ M :::: :: : F .,14, ( SNEEZEGAURD. SEE SNEEZEGUARD > ... :: �1 ' INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 38" A.F.F. ALIGN W/ 1 TOP OF LOW WALL $ 1 0 V D 1 J < - - - \ ,— NOTE: GRAB BAR TO BE ANCHORED TO SUPPOR 25 . PO LOAD. MOP RACK BY G.C. / SS CORNER GUARD 6 1' 3' -0" 2„ r 11 f1 \ :c? -0 v / / % ' 11 BUTT JOINT BETWEEN SS COUNTER SURFACE & SUPPORTS BY G.C., TYP. Ili- - - O 1 4/4. OR 1 1 A -804 A -805 " SUBSTRATE BY G.C. PLYBOO PANEL ASSEMBLY, FURNISH BY MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. 10 SNEEZE GUARDS VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD W/ G.C. _ WATERPROOF MEMBRANE TO 4' -0" A.F.F. SEE SPEC ON 5/A -805 " �— STEM WALL BY G.C.6 O.C. N ��(6 � IN� I M AL SCHEDULED FINISH SEE 71' D) AMETER GRAB R AR G 1 1/2 TUD - 6 qS�C EW :pp O P BOTH AIDS. � �q i, "" ����:1�, i �? CC. i t ,J 1 s1A1 9 `w C'� � ', ;" , " A� ^M7 ; ,, s 99 �� a.�; �gG J ��� , �W , aH ,�� o � \ \ = o "' INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. - SERVICE FAUCET SCHEDULED PARTITION ALL CONDUIT &UTILITIES SHALL BE ENCLOSED IN WALL, TYP. W.H. T &P DRAIN, SEE PLUMBING DWGS. MOP SINK WITH SEALANT AT PERIMETER. SCHEDULED FLR. & ASSHEET TILE, } -9" ,qfF ` 4� BASE (B-4) 1 BY G.C. ) SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH 1 SECURE SNEEZE GUARDS TO _ MILLWORK CAP AT 6 .. ( ■ 1 I 1 < A -804 SANITARY COVE BASE, TYP. 1 i I .M. - - - 41.E ON SHEET A -141, TYP. 1 FRONT COUNTER \ \ j I J 6 a 5 I PLAN ELEVATION ° - ° Q° d A -805 A -805 WATER HEATER /MOP SINK DETAIL EXI RE STING MC. SLAB TO REMAIN. E RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 GRAB BAR DETAIL PERMIT CENTER PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL SNEEZEGUARD DETAILS 9 3/4 01,-0' 3 " =1' -0' 3/4'=1'-0' 1 ) 6 -0 • =1� evil to in rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 ICHAEL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON Up IT% o0 woru6isepswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road 0 817.633.4153 f 1— J Za W V cc w z Ow 4NU m 2 W� 0 16 C/) I.. y co W L) 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By BMD Appv'd By B M D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Interior Details A -805 2 3 6 7 8 10 ' -11" 4' -8" ' -10" 2' -6" 7„ 10" 0 fill ariat n 1 n t O 00 00 00 00 00 0 0c 0 0 0 • 0 c 0 0 0 • o. 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 F - - -1 I- - - --I F— —1 F - - -1 r — -- 11 11 I 11 I E —, I I I I L —J 0 0 O 2' -6" SERVICE LINE PLAN 0 • N t 1 1 Ii 0 i M 3'- ,f 1/2' =1'-0" N SHOP NOTE: VENDOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWING FOR JAMBA JUICE REVIEW AND GC COORDINATION PRIOR TO FABRICATION. E77 GROMMET HOLES, TYP. SNEEZEGUARD TO BE BUTT -JOINT GLASS PANELS W/ UV- BONDING, FULLY RECESS CHANNEL INTO COUNTERTOP MATERIAL (IE MINIMAL VISIBLE HARDWARE, TYP.) < I M27A > IMI I MI IM r I I I I L —J —� I I I I L —J • P22 A® BELOW < IS11 TRASH CHUTE SPOON HOLDER HAND -OFF STRAW HOLDERS S63A > CLP UD HOLDER T04 BELOW < > ABOVE < S63A > CU' UD HOLDER GROMMET HOLES, TYP < 1 S32 ABOVE 1 E07 > E08 S60 < 1 E59 > < 1 E74 > I E20 > BELOW C-1) 1/2..1.4 SERVICE LINE EQUIPMENT PLAN SHOP NOTE: VENDOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWING FOR JAMBA JUICE REVIEW AND GC COORDINATION PRIOR TO FABRICATION. hos 412 rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 'ICH EL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON milo01( ^0fJA7 woD.u6isapswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road w M ;T- M 0 0 0 0 V • 6" H TILE BASE (B -1A), REF: A -141 t\M\\\M \\4 .....\\ UV\\\\\ N\ W\\\\.,....\ W\\\\ C1\\\ Al\\\ U\\\\ IDWW\ ll\\ UU\\ dlll\\\\... \\\\1@tnU\\...\ftVQRR\\l0\\\ \: 0 N SNACK DISPLAY kab �6" H METAL BASE (B -4), REF: A -141 -SCHEDULED FLOORING ORDER COUNTER SECTION EXISTING FLOORING, EXTEND TO NEW BASE 6" H BUILT UP TO KICK BASE BY G.C. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE /INSTALL X" PLYWOOD CURB PLATFORM 2X6 PRESSURE TREATED DOUGLAS FIR 1- 1/2' =1'-0' F-4,1\ CODE urIVIP AUG lR2 1 RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER WJ I" z< W2 W V vIw - z Ow Q V� U m 0= 2 a I- _0 IU) co co W Ln 0 w U 0 00 00 CO 0) SEATLLE, PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By BM D Appv'd By BM D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Blender Station Plans A -806. 0 0 10' I 1� ; h� ,1' -k ., I r_I HAN I 1, -0" ilia O J I O 2' -6" SERVICE LINE PLAN 0 • N t 1 1 Ii 0 i M 3'- ,f 1/2' =1'-0" N SHOP NOTE: VENDOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWING FOR JAMBA JUICE REVIEW AND GC COORDINATION PRIOR TO FABRICATION. E77 GROMMET HOLES, TYP. SNEEZEGUARD TO BE BUTT -JOINT GLASS PANELS W/ UV- BONDING, FULLY RECESS CHANNEL INTO COUNTERTOP MATERIAL (IE MINIMAL VISIBLE HARDWARE, TYP.) < I M27A > IMI I MI IM r I I I I L —J —� I I I I L —J • P22 A® BELOW < IS11 TRASH CHUTE SPOON HOLDER HAND -OFF STRAW HOLDERS S63A > CLP UD HOLDER T04 BELOW < > ABOVE < S63A > CU' UD HOLDER GROMMET HOLES, TYP < 1 S32 ABOVE 1 E07 > E08 S60 < 1 E59 > < 1 E74 > I E20 > BELOW C-1) 1/2..1.4 SERVICE LINE EQUIPMENT PLAN SHOP NOTE: VENDOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWING FOR JAMBA JUICE REVIEW AND GC COORDINATION PRIOR TO FABRICATION. hos 412 rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 'ICH EL R. BLACK TATE OF WASHINGTON milo01( ^0fJA7 woD.u6isapswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road w M ;T- M 0 0 0 0 V • 6" H TILE BASE (B -1A), REF: A -141 t\M\\\M \\4 .....\\ UV\\\\\ N\ W\\\\.,....\ W\\\\ C1\\\ Al\\\ U\\\\ IDWW\ ll\\ UU\\ dlll\\\\... \\\\1@tnU\\...\ftVQRR\\l0\\\ \: 0 N SNACK DISPLAY kab �6" H METAL BASE (B -4), REF: A -141 -SCHEDULED FLOORING ORDER COUNTER SECTION EXISTING FLOORING, EXTEND TO NEW BASE 6" H BUILT UP TO KICK BASE BY G.C. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE /INSTALL X" PLYWOOD CURB PLATFORM 2X6 PRESSURE TREATED DOUGLAS FIR 1- 1/2' =1'-0' F-4,1\ CODE urIVIP AUG lR2 1 RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER WJ I" z< W2 W V vIw - z Ow Q V� U m 0= 2 a I- _0 IU) co co W Ln 0 w U 0 00 00 CO 0) SEATLLE, PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By BM D Appv'd By BM D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Blender Station Plans A -806. (FI B -4 ) 1 3 4 7 8 10 < 1 E06A > ADA ACCESSIBLE ORDER COUNTER < 1 E13 SPLIT CASE M55 --MM L Mal SNEEZEGUARD TO BE BUTT -JOINT GLASS PANELS W/ UV- BONDING, FULLY RECESS CHANNEL INTO COUNTERTOP MATERIAL (IE MINIMAL VISIBLE HARDWARE, TYP. < 1 M27A )FDIC 2'-1 1/2" HAND -OFF rA rIMIA11111111=MM ao N 1 \ \ \ SNACK DISPLAY F WD -1 < 1 M71 > SHROUD IN FRONT OF SPLIT CASE. SHROUD MUST BE CONTINUOUS AND FLUSH WITH BLENDER COUNTER AND POS WOOD PANELING: F_ ELEVATION .n -ra 6' -2 1/8" (2) EQUAL CUSTOM PANELS SNEEZEGUARD TO BE BUTT -JOINT GLASS PANELS W/ UV- BONDING, FULLY RECESS CHANNEL INTO COUNTERTOP MATERIAL (IE MINIMAL VISIBLE HARDWARE, TYP.) < 1 M27A )FOIC HAND -OFF 41® SPLIT CASE N r4) ,1M54 IT01 LOW WALL BY G.C., CLADDING BY MILLWORK VENDOR NOTE: FRONT COUNTER/ PASTRY CASE/ POS COUNTER FINISHES MUST BE CONTINUOUS AND FLUSH ACROSS STOREFRONT. TOE KICK MUST BE CONTINUOUS AND FLUSH ACROSS STOREFRONT. (FI WD -1 (F W -3 GR -3 < 1 S32 < 1 E59 S52 S52A S54 (F1 W -5 -\ ELEVATION 31 n44. �SS SHELF BY VENDOR < 1 T04 (FIB -1A )--J < 1 M36A 3" < 1 E74 > D O 1 S61 • El 00 1105 \ L JCS:= mom E75 S66 <1 E20 > `J , AN Erwin. 1 S59 >< 1 S54 ELEVATION 0 MXX W -5 < 1 G13C 8019k RIGHT) < I G13B ORANGE UMB GRAPHIC (RIGHT) SHOP NOTE: VENDOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWING FOR JAMBA JUICE REVIEW AND GC COORDINATION PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 1 S55 Ell % Ell Irk MN MIMI M= gm= _w_ rar =! INII 111111.—;Vir El Ti4 Fp= _______.- -- .1*-k 1"11111—• \ \ \ PREP EXISTING SLAB ADD BONDING AGENT KITCHEN EQUIPMENT ABOVE, SEE EQUIP. DWGS FOR MORE INFO SERVICE AREA CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE SANITARY COVE BASE ALIGN WITH TOP OF CONCRETE CURBS ELEVATION r � < 1 S57 S41 �S SHELF BY VENDOR CUSTOMER AREA 2X6 PRESSURE TREATED DOUGLAS FIR E- --BASE (FI B -4 ) QUARRY TILE, EXISTING CONC. SLAB TO REMAIN da c d n POS CURB DETAIL < 4 RUN CONDUITS FOR POS UNDER (E) SLAB UNDER BAKERY CASE CURB G.C. SHALL PROVIDE /INSTALL h" PLYWOOD CURB PLATFORM 3/4' =1' -0' PREP EXISTING SLAB ADD BONDING AGENT KITCHEN EQUIPMENT ABOVE, SEE EQUIP. DWGS FOR MORE INFO QUARRY TILE FLOOR, TYP CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE SANITARY COVE BASE ALIGN WITH 11LE ON TOP OF CONCRETE CUR LOW WALL BY G.C., CLADDING BY MILLWORK VENDOR AUG 1R 2011 QUARRY TILE, TYP*--' EXISTING CONC. SLAB TO REMAIN CNI 2X6 PRESSURE TREATED DOUGLAS FIR 1/11/ffrefalFAINII rISPIII/1111rilVarardirat NI 51 BASE 4 e RUN CONDUITS FOR POS UNDER (E) SLAB UNDER BAKERY CASE CURB G.C. SHALL PROVIDE /INSTALL Ni" PLYWOOD CURB PLATFORM PASTRY CASE CURB DETAILRECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER 3/4"4-0" elvis3 r lum rrrb MICHAEL R. BLACK, AIA 3100 E. RANDOL MILL ARIJNGTON, TEXAS 76011 817.701.4819 WASHINGTON REGISTRATION NO.: 9205 9205 CH A EL R. BLACK ATE OF WASHINGTON 7,,.0 woD•u5lsapswpd 3100 East Rondo( Mill Road Arlington, Texas 76011 817.633.4200 p • 817.633.4153 f = w O) m z w�*� Q co U w m = O w 1 Q W O= � Q 7 _ Q LL w I— co CO W LO CD N. 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By BM D Appv'd By BM D Revisions Date Description By A A A A JJ 6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0 Blender Station Elevations A -807 1 2 3 4 10 SPECIFICATIO \S DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15000 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS A. NOTE 1. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 15. 2. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 3. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE COMPLETION AND INSPECTION OF THIS WORK TO COMPLY WITH JAMBA JUICE'S SCHEDULE AND THE PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. 4. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTORS BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF HIS WORK. 5. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE BID. B. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE MECHANICAL SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD OR JAMBA JUICE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH THE LANDLORD AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER, AS REQUIRED. 2. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF CONTRACT. 3. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES OR THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WITH THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL WORK IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING, AND REPAIRING. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT PROFESSIONAL MANNER USING GOOD CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES. 6. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED AND SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 7. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING AND CHANNELING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE BY G.C. AND SHALL MATCH THE SURROUNDING SURFACES. 8. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL MECHANICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. a. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT THE HVAC EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S REP. FOR START UP. C. (PARAGRAPH OMITTED) D. CODES 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, THE STATE'S, COUNTY'S, CITY'S AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA CODES, ENERGY CODES AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY CODES IN THE BID AND IF THESE CHANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BID, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. AFTER CONTRACT IS AWARDED, CHANGE ORDERS FOR INCREASED COSTS DUE TO CODE ISSUES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED BY JAMBA JUICE. E. LICENSES. PERMITS. INSPECTIONS & FEES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND FEES REQUIRED OR RELATED TO HIS WORK. 2. FURNISH TO JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER ALL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. F. TRADE NAMES. MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 1. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID. MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER THROUGH SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCESS FOR ACCEPTANCE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. THE USE OF ANY UNATHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. SUBMISSIONS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS FOR JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP AND /OR THE SIGNATURE OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SUB - CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN. G. GUARANTEE 1. THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL GUARANTEE AND PROVIDE A 12 MONTH GUARANTEE TO JAMBA JUICE FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY THE INSTALLATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT AND WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE AND /OR MALFUNCTION CAUSED BY THE INSTALLATION. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEAR ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES BEYOND A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. H. K. L. M. N. RECORD DRAWINGS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE SET OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB SITE UPDATED WEEKLY TO RECORD ALL DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH AS: a. LOCATION OF CONCEALED PIPING VALVES AND DUCTS. b. REVISIONS, ADDENDUMS, AND CHANGE ORDERS. c. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. 2. AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. FAILURE TO KEEP THESE RECORDS WILL ALLOW JAMBA JUICE TO DIRECT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THESE RECORDS AT HIS EXPENSE PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS 1. DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND INTENT OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN WRITING, PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ADVISE JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER, IN WRITING, OF VARIATIONS TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. OTHERWISE, JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL WITH NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. PHASING REQUIREMENTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL NECESSARY SERVICE REQUIRED TO KEEP THE OPERATING PHASE OF THE STORE'S HVAC, PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER SERVICE IN OPERATION. CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE IN WRITING WITH JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD ONE WEEK PRIOR TO ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE HVAC, PLUMBING OR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. DEMOLITION 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK AND THE DEMOLITION PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE, AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR, THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING HVAC UNITS, HYDRONIC PIPING, REFRIGERANT RECAPTURE, EXHAUST FANS, ETC. AND ASSOCIATED ROOF CURBS NOT TO BE REUSED ON THIS PROJECT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, PIPES, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO REMOVAL. ROOF CURBS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF PATCHED. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF /WALL / FLOOOR PATCHED /REPAIRED TO MATCH EXISTING STRUCTURE. EXISTING ABANDONED PIPES, DUCTS, OR EQUIPMENT IN THE FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED PIPING AND /OR DUCTWORK MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN BID PROPOSAL. SLEEVES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE THROUGH THE LANDLORD ANY CORE DRILLING OR CUTTING OF OPENINGS IN MASONRY FLOORS OR WALLS. 2. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND /OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. 3. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS, AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL PIPING, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. HANGERS 1. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, BANDS, C- CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. 2. HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO PIPING. HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. HANGERS MUST BE ATTACHED TO UPPER CHORD OF BAR JOIST. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, AND IN ORDER TO SUPPORT DUCTWORK OR PIPING, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. 3. HANGERS FOR ALL INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR THE OUTER DIAMETER OF INSULATION. INSTALL 6" LONG SPLIT CIRCLE GALVANIZED SADDLE BETWEEN THE HANGER AND THE PIPE INSULATION. 4. HANGERS AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE DIELECTRICALLY SEPARATED. FINAL HVAC INSPECTIONS 1. ASIDE FROM NORMAL INTERIM INSPECTIONS OF WORK IN PLACE, JAMBA JUICE SHALL HAVE AN INDEPENDENT HVAC CONTRACTOR INSPECT THE FINISHED HVAC INSTALLATION UPON COMPLETION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BRING ALL ITEMS REPORTED BY THE INDEPENDENT HVAC CONTRACTOR UP TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. END OF SECTION 15000 SECTION 15500 HEATING. VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING A. B. C. D. SCOPE OF WORK 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE HVAC SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: a. b. c. d. e. HVAC UNITS, ALL RELATED EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). DUCTWORK, FITTINGS, DAMPERS, AND INSULATION. HYDRONIC PIPING. (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). REFRIGERANT PIPING (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). CURBS, ROOFING, AND STEEL FRAMING FOR SUPPORT (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). f. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING. g. KEEPING A RECORD SET AND PREPARE AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. 2. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOBSITE AND EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE HVAC SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. 3. RELOCATION OF EXISTING DUCT MAINS OR BRANCHES TO MEET STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL. HVAC EQUIPMENT 1. PRIMARY HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING UNITS ARE TO BE FURNISHED PER THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO PLANS FOR REQUIREMENTS. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL INCLUDE A FIVE (5) YEAR COMPRESSOR AND TEN (10) YEAR HEAT EXCHANGER WARRANTY. 2. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT WITH ALL DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES PROVIDED TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT AND OPERATION OF THE SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. 3. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 4. SECONDARY DRAIN PANS ARE REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED BENEATH ALL INDOOR AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT WITH THE EXCEPTION OF VAV BOXES. SECONDARY PANS ARE TO CAPTURE POTENTIAL LEAKS FROM THE ENTIRE UNIT. PROVIDE CONDENSATE PUMPS AS REQUIRED. CONDENSATE SHALL BE DIRECTED TO MOP SINK OR AS SPECIFIED ON PLANS. (PARAGRAPH OMITTED) METAL DUCTWORK - NO FIBERGLASS DUCT ALLOWED 1. NO DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED PRIOR TO JOB SITE VISIT AND APPROVAL BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. A SKETCH MUST BE SUBMITTED INDICATING DEVIATIONS FROM DESIGN AND MUST BE APPROVED BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. 2. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FABRICATE AND INSTALL RECTANGULAR AND ROUND DUCTWORK WITH GALVANIZED STEEL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS" OF THE LATEST EDITION. WHERE OTHER CODES ARE ENFORCED, (IE. UMC, BOCA, ETC.) USE THE MOST STRINGENT CODE FOR DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 3. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONSTRUCT DUCT SYSTEMS TO THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: SUPPLY DUCTS: 2" W.G., POSITIVE RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: 2" W.G., NEGATIVE EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, USE DUCT SEALANTS OF THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: SUPPLY DUCTS: CLASS B - 3" W.G. RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: CLASS C - 2" W.G. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE CONSTRUCTION AND SEALANT PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS, MAXIMUM DUCT AIR LEAKAGE WILL NOT EXCEED 5% AS REQUIRED FOR FINAL AIR BALANCE APPROVAL. 4. ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SPIRAL LOCKSEAM CONSTRUCTION FOR ALL SIZES 14" DIAMETER AND LARGER. ROUND DUCTWORK SIZES 13" DIAMETER AND SMALLER MAY BE SNAP -LOCK CONSTRUCTION. ALL SNAP -LOCK SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED AS DESCRIBED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. ROUND FITTINGS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SPOT WELDED AND BONDED CONSTRUCTION. 5. ROUND SPIRAL GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK IN HORIZONTAL APPLICATION WHEN ABOVE CEILING CLEARANCES PERMITS AND EQUIVALENT FREE AREA IS MAINTAINED. ONCE A TRANSITION IN THE DIRECTION OF THE AIRFLOW TO SPIRAL HAS BEEN DONE, DUCT WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO REVERT TO RECTANGULAR. WHERE ROUND DUCT SUBSTITUTION WILL TAKE PLACE, SUBMIT A SKETCH AND CHART SHOWING EQUIVALENT ROUND CONVERSIONS OF RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK TO JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. 6. INSTALL FACTORY MANUFACTURED DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES IN ALL RIGHT ANGLE ELBOWS IN MAIN DUCT PER LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA. 7. INSTALL RIGID ROUND AND RECTANGULAR METAL DUCT WITH SUPPORT SYSTEMS INDICATED IN SMACNA STANDARDS. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL DUCTS WITHIN 2 FEET OF EACH ELBOW AND WITHIN 4 FEET OF EACH BRANCH INTERSECTION USING DOUBLE STRAP HANGERS ON EACH SIDE OF FITTING. SUPPORT VERTICAL DUCTS AT A MAXIMUM INTERVAL OF 16 FEET AND AT EACH FLOOR. NO WOOD SHALL BE USED TO SUPPORT OR BRACE DUCTS. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES OR BY LANDLORD. 8. WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH ROOFS AND FLOORS, PROVIDE A MINIMUM 1 -1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" STEEL ANGLE FRAME AT EACH SIDE OF OPENING. THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN DUCT AND ANGLE FRAMES SHALL BE CAULKED WITH SILICONE SEALANT OR FIREPROOFED AS REQUIRED BY ASSEMBLY FIRE RATING. 9. ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH 2" WIDE, GLASSFIBER- FABRIC REINFORCED TAPE. JOINTS ALSO SHALL BE RIVETED OR CONNECTED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. LIQUID SEALANTS BY UNITED MCGILL CORP., DOW CORNING, MIRACLE ADHESIVES AND SUREBOND INC. WILL BE ACCEPTED IN LIEU OF TAPE. 10. SOFT ELASTOMER BUTYL GASKET WITH ADHESIVE BACKING SHALL BE USED TO SEAL FLANGED JOINTS. 11. DUCT TRANSITIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED 30 DEGREES SLOPE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. D. METAL DUCTWORK (CONTINUED) 12. PROVIDE ACCESS TO ALL MOTORIZED DAMPERS, FIRE DAMPERS, CONTROLS, AND OTHER ITEMS IN DUCTWORK THAT REQUIRE SERVICE OR INSPECTION. IF THE ACCESS PANEL LOCATION IS EXPOSED TO THE SALES AREA, IT MUST BE APPROVED BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. IN HARD CEILINGS, LAY -IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS WITH PLASTER FRAMES MAY BE USED AS ACCESS LOCATIONS WHEN WITHIN 3' -0" OF DEVICE. 13. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. WHERE DUCTWORK SIZE IS LARGER THAN CONNECTED DEVICE (IE. VAV BOX, DIFFUSER, REGISTER) SMOOTH DUCT TRANSITIONS ARE TO TAKE PLACE JUST PRIOR TO DEVICE CONNECTION. EDIUM PRESSURE DUCT 1. WH CONSTRUC OF 4 INCHES WAT 1 UCTWORK IS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS MEDIUM PRESSURE, IT S ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS FOR LUMN MINIMUM OR. GREATER AS • • 2. ALL GAUGES AND REINFORCE MUST MEET STANDARDS FOR MEDIUM PRESSURE 3. CONNECTIONS TO THE LAN WITH "LO -LOSS" S :i 0'I 1... . .. . E SSURE RATING ED BY LANDLORD. THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA AND WITH THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. S MEDIUM PRES • - DUCTWORK SHALL BE MADE TEE TAPS OR AS OTHERWISE R ED BY THE LANDLORD. 4. ALL OT TEMS FROM METAL DUCTWORK SPECIFICATION SECTION TO THIS ON, WITH THE EXCEPTION THAT ALL MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK MU WRAPPED INSULATION, NOT LINED. F. VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES 1. SPRING VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN ALL SUPPORTS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (FANS, AIR HANDLERS, ETC.) AND STRUCTURE. ISOLATORS TO BE SIZED ACCORDING TO LOAD WITH A MIN. 1" DEFLECTION. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT HUNG FROM STRUCTURE SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH RUBBER AND SPRING DEVICES. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED FROM FLOOR OR DECK SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH HOUSED SPRING MOUNT DEVICES. G. H. K. L. • 2. EXAMINE DEAD LOAD AND OPERATING LOAD CONDITIONS WHEN SELECTING DEVICES. ADJUST FOR PROPER ALIGNMENT AND LOADING. AVOID "GROUNDING" THE ISOLATOR. 3. CHECK HANGER ROD SIZE FOR ALLOWABLE LOADS AT THE ISOLATING DEVICE AND AT THE UPPER AND LOWER ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURES, DUCTS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. 4. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION DATA. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS 1. FLEXIBLE COLLARS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (FANS, AIR HANDLERS, ETC.) AND DUCTS OR CASINGS. ALSO, FURNISH AND INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WHERE DUCTS CROSS BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS. 2. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF NEOPRENE - COATED FLAMEPROOF FABRIC. PROVIDE ADEQUATE JOINT FLEXIBILITY TO ALLOW FOR MOVEMENT AND PREVENT THE TRANSMISSION OF VIBRATION. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT 1. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT SHALL BE 1" INSULATED CLASS 1, UL LISTED AND RATED FOR THE OPERATING PRESSURE OF THE SYSTEM. DUCT CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL (PLASTIC, CLOTH, ALUMINUM) MUST ADHERE TO LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND BE INCLUDED AS SUCH IN THE BID. 2. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT SHALL BE ATTACHED PER DETAILS ON THE DRAWINGS. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT MAY ONLY BE USED IN VERTICAL APPLICATIONS. 3. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL NOT EXTEND OVER 5' -0" IN LENGTH AT ANY ONE LOCATION. SUPPLY AIR TAKE -OFF FITTINGS 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONICAL, TAPERED ' OR 45 DEGREE SADDLE TAKE -OFFS FROM MAIN DUCTWORK TO ROUND BRANCHES. INSTALLATION SHALL BE PER SMACNA LATEST EDITION. DAMPERS 1. WHERE DESIGNATED, FURNISH AND INSTALL MANUAL LOCKING QUADRANT VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS WITH HANDLE OPERATORS AS SHOWN ON PLANS TO FACILITATE AIR BALANCING. DURODYNE MODEL NO: K SERIES QUADRANT. 2. OPERATING HANDLES ON ALL DAMPERS SHALL BE TAGGED WITH A MINIMUM 18" LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE. 3. WHERE ACCESS TO BALANCING DAMPER IS RESTRICTED, A REMOTE DEVICE, MANUALLY OPERATED SHALL BE USED. UNITS SHALL BE ORDERED THREE WEEKS BEFORE INSTALLATION TO ALLOW FOR DELIVERY LEAD TIME. FIRE /FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL PRIMARY FIRE DAMPERS WHERE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY CODES. DAMPERS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL FLOW OF AIR AS REQUIRED. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE UL LABELED AND MEET ALL CODE REQUIREMENTS. 2. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE THE BLADES OUT OF THE AIRSTREAM AND A 165 DEGREE F FUSIBLE LINK, TYPE B, AS MINIMUM. FURNISH AND INSTALL ACCESS DOORS AS NECESSARY. 3. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY FRAMING AND SLEEVES FOR DAMPER MOUNTING PER UL AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. 4. FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WITH ELECTRIC POWERED MECHANISM. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS. DUCTWORK INSULATION 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL INSULATION PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. INSULATION MUST COMPLY WITH NFPA 90A. 2. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL BE INTERNALLY INSULATED WITH 1" THICK, 1 -1/2 LB. DENSITY LINE (C =0.28 ® 75 DEGREE F). WHEN A COMPLETE DUCTED RETURN AIR SYSTEM IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, ONLY THE 15' -0" OF THE RETURN AIR DUCT CLOSEST TO THE AIR HANDLING UNIT IS TO BE INSULATED. LINER IS TO HAVE A COATED SURFACE EXPOSED TO AIRSTREAM TO PREVENT EROSION. APPLY ADHESIVES AND MECHANICAL FASTENERS AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA AND THE MANUFACTURER TO PREVENT LINER SEPARATION FROM THE DUCT. ALL TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE COATED WITH ADHESIVE. 3. DUCTWORK SHALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 1 1/2" THICK, 1# DENSITY (R =5.6) DUCT WRAP WITH VAPOR BARRIER. VAPOR BARRIER IS TO BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT DUCT SYSTEM, EXCEPT LINED DUCTWORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK. ALL JOINTS MUST BE OVERLAPPED AND TUCKED SO THAT NO INSULATION FIBER IS VISIBLE. EXTEND DUCTWORK INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS. 4. ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NO HIGHER THAT 50 WHEN TESTED IhI ACCO DANCE WITH ASTM C 411, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. ?t 2 0 j R DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington titans #44016 woD•u6isapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road e 817.633.4153 f W -J z< co W 00 r Coco _ W z Q 0 w 4t acnCIII 2 0 'W0(1) u. W Lr) SEATLLE, PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date Drawn By 7/28/11 AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date Description By A A RECEIVED A JUL 2 9 2011 A A A PERMIT CENTS J6.0 VERSION 4-31-08 6.0.0 Mechanical Specs. M -007 1��.1191 F E D C B A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SPECIEICATIO \S CON TI \ UED) CO\ STRU CTI ON NOTES GE \ ER AL NOTES CONTINUED FROM SHEET M -001 SECTION 15500 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING M. HYDRONIC PIPING 2. 3. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A HYDRONIC SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. PIPING a. HYDRONIC PIPING FOR CHILLED WATER, CONDENSER WATER AND /OR HEATING WATER SHALL BE ASTM A -53, SCHEDULE 40, ERW, BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH P AIN ENDS. INSTALL STEEL PIPE WITH WELDED JOINTS WHERE PIPE IS 2-1/2 INCH AND LARGER. INSTALL STEEL PIPE WITH THREADED JOINTS AND FITTINGS. INSTALL TYPE "K" COPPER PIPE FOR 2 INCH AND SMALLER PIPE. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIaNS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. ALL PIPING SHALL BE IN STRICT CONFORMAN E WITH ASTM, ASA, AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, WHICHEVER IS MOST STRING' NT. NIONS OR FLANGES MUST BE USED AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS WHER SERVICE REMOVAL MAY BE REQUIRED. b. ALA PIPING AND E,QUIPMENT SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED WITHOUT LE MIN UM PRESSURE OF 125 PSI. c. ALL YDRONIC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE HVAC PI SHAL BE CLEANED AND FLUSHED. REMOVE, CLEAN, AND REPLACE SCREE S. FILL TENANT'S SYSTEM WITH DOMESTIC WATER AND VENT AND ttUIPMENT PRIOR TO CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S SY CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT FILL TENANT'S SYSTEM WITH WATER FR LANDLORD'S SYSTEM UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INSTRUCTED TO DO LANDLORD FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. ANY RUNS THRU A CHAS DONE WITH FEWEST JOINTS POSSIBLE USING THE LONGEST LEN COPPER PIP, AVAILABLE. SHOULD A JOINT BE REQUIRED, CO MAKE ALL E ORTS TO KEEP THE JOINTS IN ACCESSIBLE AR d. AGE AT A NG SYSTEM TRAINER ALL PIPING EM. UM THE 0 FROM THE OR SHAFT WILL BE TH OF HARD TRACTOR SHALL AS. PRIOR TO CO ECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM, CONTACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE, THAT ALL TESTING, FLUSHI G, AND PROPER FILLING OF THE TENANTS SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND THAT THE TENANT'S SYSTEM IS READY TO BE CONNECTED TO TH LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. VALVES a. GATE VALVES, 2 -IN ASTM B 62 CAST BR RENEWABLE SOLID BR RE- PACKABLE UNDER SUBSTITUTION. b. AND SMALLER: CLASS 150, B NZE WITH THREADED OR SOLD • ZE WEDGE DISC, RISING ST RESSURE. BALL VALVES GATE VALVES, 2-1/2 INC RENEWABLE BRONZE SEAT AND RE- PACKABLE UNDER AND LARGER: CLAS AND SOLID WEDGE PRESSURE. c. SWING CHECK VALVES, 2 -IN AND CAP CONFORMING TO A RENEWABLE BRONZE DISC, AN d. DY AND UNION BONNET OF R ENDS, INTEGRAL SEAT, , SCREWED BONNET AND E ACCEPTED AS AN EQUAL 125 CAST IRON BODY, ISC, RISING STEM, FLANGED ENDS, H AND SMALLE'. CLASS 150. CAST BRONZE BODY TM B 62 WITH HORIZONTAL SWING, Y- PATTERN, HAVING THREADED OR SOLDERED ENDS. SWING CHECK VALVE, 2 -1/2 IN■ H AND L AND BOLTED CAP, HORIZONTAL 'WING, R AND CAPABLE OF BEING REFITTE1 WHIL RGER: CLASS 125 CAST IRON BODY NEWABLE BRONZE DISC, FLANGED ENDS THE VALVE REMAINS IN THE LINE. e. COMBINATION BALANCING AND SH T -OrF VALVES: BELL (Sc GOSSETT CIRCUIT SETTER WITH LOCKING SET POINT. RCUIT SETTER BALANCE WHEEL MUST BE INCLUDED WITH 0 & M MANUAL. TAI4 OR GRISWOLD ARE CONSIDERED AS EQUAL. 4. PIPING SPECIALTIES a. b. PRESSURE /TEMPERATURE TEST PL TO RECEIVE EITHER A TEMPERATU AND CAPS SHALL BE BRASS WIT 0 TO 200 DEGREES F. GS E OR VALV PETE'S PLUG) - 1/4 INCH NPT FITTINGS PRESSURE PROBE, 1/8 INCH 0.D. FITTING CORE OF NORDEL, RATED AT 400 PSIG, STRAINERS - "Y" PATTERN ST AINERS, 12' PSIG, CAST IRON BODY WITH PERFORATED STAINLESS STEE SCREEN, TH' ADED FOR 2 INCHES AND SMALLER, FLANGED FOR 2-1/2 INCHE AND LARGER. `CREEN OPENING SIZE AT 0.033 INCH FOR HEATING AND 1/8 INC FOR CHILLED OR CONDENSER WATER. PROVIDE WITH BLOWDOWN VALVE WITH HO E END FITTING. 5. INSULATION a. ALL HYDRONIC PIPING F INCLUDING CONDENSER FITTINGS, AND ACCESS INCHES, INSULATE WI WITH ALL SERVICE J AND LARGER, INSU INSULATION WITH /. r, I�R CHILLED WATER AND/ ATER UNLESS SPECIFICAL RIES SHALL BE INSULATED. 1 INCH THICK (K =0.23 @ 7 CKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. FO ATE WITH 1 -1/2 INCH THICK (K= L SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BA R HEATING WATER (NOT Y NOTED OTHERWISE), VALVES, FOR PIPE SIZES UP TO 2 °F) FIBERGLASS INSULATION PIPE SIZES 2-1/2 INCHES 23 @ 75 °F) FIBERGLASS RIER. • b. INSULATION AT A L HANGERS FOR PIPING 2 1/2 INCHES AND LARGER SHALL BE HARD AND NO COMPRESSIBLE. c. ALL INSULATIO SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING 0 NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NO HIGHER THAN 5 TO CONFORM WITH THE REQUIRE ENTS OF THE NFPA. d. PROVIDE ZE SPECIALTY TON OR EQUAL INSULATION FITTINGS FOR ALL T S, ELLS OR ITTINGS. 6. GENERAL INSTALLATION a. INSTALL ATER MAINS WITHOUT PITCH. USE ECCENTRIC REDUCIN CHANGE' IN SIZE WITH THE TOP OF PIPES AT SAME ELEVATION. COUPLINGS AT b. BRANC ES TO UNITS BELOW MAINS TO BE TAKEN FROM BOTTOM 0 45 D FREE ANGLE, PITCH DOWNWARD TOWARD UNITS. BRANCHES T MAIN: TO BE TAKEN FROM TOP OF MAINS AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE UP ARD TOWARDS UNITS. PITCH NOT LESS THAN 1" TO 10 FEET. c. SE' MECHANICAL DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR APPLICABLE DETAILS. N. REFRIG ''ANT PIPING: • MAINS AT A UNITS ABOVE •ITCHED 1. THI: CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE REFRIGERANT SY TEM BETWEEN THE INDOOR FAN UNITS AND OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNITS. Pi PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A REFRIGERANT SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. 111 IPING REFER 2. IPING a. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "L" HARD DRAWN COPPER TUBING (AST B88). TUBING SHALL BE CLEAN, CAPPED AND NITROGEN CHARGED. b. ALL FITTINGS AND JOINTS SHALL BE WROUGHT COPPER OR CAST BRONZE (ANSI B16.22). ALL COPPER TO COPPER JOINTS SHALL BE BRAZED WITH A COPPER - PHOSPHORUS ALLOY AND ALL OTHER JOINTS SHALL BE BRAZED WITH SILFOS -5 ALLOY. c. ALL ELBOWS ARE TO BE LONG RADIUS TYPE. REFRIGERANT PIPING (CONTINUED): INSTALLATION b. UCTION LINES SHALL HAVE ADEQUATE LIFT TRAPS AND /OR DOUBLE SUC R ,ERS TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF FIELD CONDITIONS AND EQUIP MAN ACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. BRAZE TOWARD T BROKEN LAS TIME THE SYSTE BEFORE LEAVING WITH AN INERT GAS SYSTEM IS TIGHT. EVAC CHARGE SYSTEM WITH 25 RETEST SYSTEM. ENERGIZE COMPRESSOR TO ENSURE THAT COMPRESSOR. JOINTS WITH SILFOS -5 STARTING AT THE INDOOR U OUTDOOR UNIT. THE SEALS ON THE OUTDOOR U A NITROGEN BLEED SHALL BE USED DURING S OPEN. ALL OPEN LINES SHALL BE SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. P TO 245 PSIG. REDO LEAKI TE ENTIRE SYSTEM TO I OF R -22 AND ANK CASE L REF T AND WORKING T SHALL BE LL BRAZING AND ANY APPED AND SEALED SSURE TEST FOR LEAKS JOINTS AND RETEST UNTIL 00 MICRONS OF MERCURY. INERT GAS TO 245 PSI AND ATERS 24 HOURS PRIOR TO STARTING GERANT LIQUID IS OUT OF THE c. UPON COMPLETION OF TESTING, B . B ORE THE REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION IS APPLIED, THE PIPING MUST INSPEC . D BY A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORIT AS NECESSA d. INSULATE THE REFRIGER RUBATEX OR ARMSTR RATING OF NOT MO THAN 50 IN ACC HOT GAS (LI 4. INSPECTION T SUCTION LINES AN G 1 INCH THICK PIPE INSU THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVEL DANCE WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS. D) LINES OR ANY HOT GAS BYPASS. CONDENSATE LINES WITH TION WITH FLAME SPREAD PED RATING OF NOT MORE 0 NOT INSULATE THE a. CONT' ACTOR MUST PREPARE AND SUBMIT A COMPLETE PIPING SC VATIC TO THE LO AL MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO BL NNING STALLATION. UPON COMPLETION OF PIPING, THIS CONTRACTOR MUST C • . L THE LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR FIELD INSPECTION OF WORK PERFORMED. ALL MS FOUND TO BE INADEQUATE FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE BY MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE MUST BE CORRECTED. THIS INSPECTION IS PERFORMED AT JAM JUICE'S EXPENSE. 0. LABELS /PIPE MARKERS CONTINUED 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL PIPE IDENTIFICATION MARKERS ON ALL PIPES INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. MARKERS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1 -1/2" X 8" AND IDENTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BACKGROUND AND LETTER COLORS ISSUED BY THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI). 2. PIPING SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS FOLLOWS: CHILLED WATER RETURN, CHILLED WATER SUPPLY, CONDENSATE, HOT WATER RETURN, HOT WATER SUPPLY, CONDENSER WATER RETURN, CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY, REFRIGERANT LIQUID, REFRIGERANT SUCTION, AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS. ALL IDENTIFICATIONS MUST BE VISIBLE AT EQUIPMENT. P. CURBS FOR SUPPORT 1. THIS CONTRACTOR WILL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY CURBS REQUIRED TO INSTALL ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT AS DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS. CURBS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 14" (SHALL COMPLY WITH LOCAL AREA REQUIREMENTS) HIGH, OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL CURBS MUST BE INSTALLED SO THAT TOP OF CURBS ARE LEVEL. ALL PENETRATIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURE SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S GUIDELINES AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. THIS CONTRACTOR MUST RECEIVE JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER'S WRITTEN APPROVAL BEFORE ANY WORK TAKES PLACE. THIS CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SEISMIC, HURRICANE OR OTHER SECURING DEVICES REQUIRED BY LOCAL OR OTHER CODES. Q. TESTING. ADJUSTING. AND BALANCING 1. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL WORK SHALL BE MADE BY AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR WHO IS A CURRENTLY LICENSED ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCING COUNCIL (AABC) OR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB) BALANCING CONTRACTOR. NO OTHER BALANCE REPORTS WILL BE ACCEPTED. ALL BALANCING WORK MUST BE COMPLETE AND DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST RECENT STANDARDS OF THEIR SOCIETY. PAYMENT OF ALL COSTS FOR TESTING AND BALANCING SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. HOWEVER, IT WILL BE THE G.C. THAT WILL CONTRACT DIRECTLY WITH THE AIR BALANCING COMPANY. SCHEDULE BALANCING WITH OWNER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. PROVIDE A COPY OF THE CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE REPORT AND CERTIFIED OUTSIDE AIR REPORT TO OWNER PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY. 2. FINAL TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING REPORT MUST BE COMPLETE AND SUBMITTED WITH FINAL CLOSE -OUT DOCUMENTS TO JAMBA JUICE 1 WEEK PRIOR TO MERCHANDISING DATE. 3. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PRESENT FOR AIR BALANCE TO VERIFY ACCESSIBILITY TO ALL DEVICES, VERIFY ALL OPERATING SEQUENCES AND INSTALL NEW FILTERS IN ALL UNITS JUST PRIOR TO THE AIR BALANCE. THE COMPLETE AIR BALANCE SHALL TAKE PLACE WITH OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS IN MINIMUM POSITION, EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE. HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO INSTALL A NEW SET OF FILTERS ONE DAY PRIOR TO MERCHANDISING. 4. ALL CONTROL SEQUENCES SHALL BE TESTED (INTERLOCKED EQUIPMENT, SMOKE DETECTORS, SMOKE EVACUATION, ECONOMIZER, ETC.) AND OPERATING STATUS RECORDED IN THE BALANCE REPORT. 5. AIR BALANCING CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM OVERRIDE OF MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE UPON CO2 MONITORING CONFIRMATION. FOR CO2 MONITORING CONTACT, SEE AIR BALANCE COVER SHEET. 6. THREE COPIES OF THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED THROUGH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO JAMBA JUICE FOR APPROVAL. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE COMPLETENESS OF THE REPORTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING TO JAMBA JUICE. SUBMIT ONE COPY OF FINAL APPROVED AIR BALANCE REPORT TO MALL GENERAL MANAGER. 7. THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL APPLICABLE TESTING AND BALANCING FUNCTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE SYSTEM DESIGNED ON THESE DRAWINGS. ALL SYSTEMS UNABLE TO BE COMPLETELY BALANCED AT THE TIME OF ORIGINAL BALANCE MUST BE BALANCED IN FUTURE AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO JAMBA JUICE. THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL RECHECK ANY ITEMS THAT JAMBA JUICE DEEMS NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO JAMBA JUICE. END OF SECTION 15500 REFER TO OWNER'S SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. 1. IT IS REQUIRED THAT THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MUST VISIT THE JOBSITE TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH MAJOR ITEMS SUCH AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, PLUMBING LOCATIONS AND ELECTRICAL RUNS. ADDITIONALLY, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF SUCH ITEMS AS H.V.A.C. UNITS, DUCTWORK, ETC., PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE MADE FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOBSITE AND /OR PRE - DETERMINE ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO THE OWNER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR RESOLUTION. 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. 3. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, LABOR AND SUPERVISION NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING WORK WHICH INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: a. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. FURNISH AND INSTALL 4 "0, 24GA. GALVANIZED STEEL EXHAUST DUCT FROM DRYER (FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION, MINIMUM OF 4 "). REMOVE ALL EXISTING DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT NOT TO BE RE -USED AND DISPOSE OF SAME OFF LANDLORD'S PREMISES. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NEW DUCTWORK INCLUDING GRILLES, DIFFUSERS AND DAMPERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH S.M.A.C.N.A. CURRENT STANDARDS AND THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS - (SHOWN ON PLANS AS SOLID LINES). 1. ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE NEW AND OF COMMERCIAL GRADE, AND BEAR UNDERWRITER'S AND UNION LABELS WHERE SUCH LABELING APPLIES. 2. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM GALVANIZED SHEET METAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARD OF AMERICAN SOCIETY, REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, FOR LOW PRESSURE, LOW VELOCITY DUCTWORK OR AS PER LOCAL CODE. b. c. d. 3. BRANCHES FROM MAIN LOW VELOCITY TRUNK DUCTWORK SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH SPLITTERS, DAMPERS OR SIMILAR BALANCING DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARDS OF THE ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCING COUNCIL. (FIRE DAMPERS SHOULD BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED 'BY ANY APPLICABLE CODES AND/OR JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES). 4. ALL DUCTS FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO DIFFUSER SHALL BE CLASS 1 U.L. LISTED (SL 181) FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT NOT TO EXCEED 5' -0" IN LENGTH (THERMAFLEX, GLASSFLEX OR APPROVED EQUAL). 5. SUPPLY DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED WITH ONE (1) INCH THICK MINIMUM BLANKET INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER. ACOUSTICAL LINER MAY BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED PER NFPA STANDARDS, I.R.I. REQUIREMENT AND UL RATED. (EQUAL TO MANVILLE FIBERGLASS INSULATION) 4. ALL COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN EASE OF SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE AS REQUIRED BY CODE AND THE LANDLORD. 5. FURNISH AND INSTALL THERMOSTAT AS SHOWN ON THE PLAN AT A MIN. OF 3FT - MAX. OF 4FT A.F.F. (VERIFY LOCAL CODES). COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING AND CONTROLS AS REQUIRED. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTALS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES TO THE OWNER FOR HIS REVIEW AND /OR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE OF ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A/C UNIT FILTER REPLACEMENT AFTER CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. 8. INSTALLATION ACCEPTANCE MAY BE SUBJECT TO CONSTRUCTION REVIEW BY AN INDEPENDENT AIR CONDITIONING FIRM. 9. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST, START -UP AND BALANCE THE SYSTEM(S) AND MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED TO INSURE PROPER WORKING ORDER. ADJUST AIR QUANTITIES TO WITHIN 10% OF DESIGN VALUES. SUBMIT A COPY OF AIR BALANCE REPORT BY AN OUTSIDE CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE TECHNICIAN, CERTIFIED BY THE AABC (ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL) OR NEBB (NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU), AND A COPY OF REPRODUCIBLE SET OF THE "AS- BUILT" DRAWINGS TO THE OWNER AND TO THE LANDLORD FOR THE RECORDS AND TO THE DESIGN ENGINEER'S OFFICE PRECEDENT TO FINAL PAYMENT. NOTE: SMOKE DETECTORS INSTALLED WITHIN AIR MOVING SYSTEMS SHALL BE FULLY TESTED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. TESTING SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. HVAC SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION THERMOSTAT REMOTE SENSOR x SUPPLY DIFFUSER RETURN GRILLE EXHAUST GRILLE RECTANGULAR DUCT (FIRST FIGURE IS SIDE SHOWN) OUTSIDE AIR CALCULATION 6 12''93 d ROUND DUCT SD SMOKE DETECTOR ROOM NAME AREA (SQ. FT. ) 0/A PER 2009 SEATTLE MECHANICAL CODE CUSTOMER SERVICE 268 STORAGE 160 CFM /SQ.FT. SQ.FT. /PERSON 0.30 100 0.15 MAX. OCC. CFM REQ. 0- AUTOMATIC BACKDRAFT DAMPER UNDERCUT DOOR 1" 3 75 24 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK. 5' -0" MAX. TOILET 75 CFM EXHAUST PER WATER CLOSET MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER UNCONDITIONED 188 TOTAL REQUIRED 99 TOTAL 616 TOTAL PROVIDED 160 DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW NEW TO EXISTING CONNECTION 1. THESE PLANS MAY BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION ONLY AFTER APPROVAL IS OBTAINED FROM THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT MECHANICAL PLAN CHECK DIVISION AND THAT DIVISION'S STAMP APPROVAL AND AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE APPEAR ON THE PLANS. 2. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE SPRINKLER AND STRUCTURAL CONTRACTORS. INSTALL ALL WORK TO CLEAR NEW AND EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NO ITEM SUCH AS PIPE, DUCT, ETC. IS TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ANY EQUIPMENT. 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION WORK. 4. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT FIXTURE LOCATION. 5. REFER TO THE MECHANICAL SHEETS FOR DETAILS, SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CUT SHEETS TO JAMBA JUICE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR THAT DEVIATE FROM SPECIFIED ITEM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE OF ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. 7. HVAC CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INQUIRE WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE ON ANY SMOKE EVACUATION SYSTEM IN USE AT THE MALL AT THE TIME OF THE BID. IF THE SAID SYSTEM IS NOT ADEQUATELY DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INFORM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND INCLUDE THE COST AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHALL BE AWARDED FOR TIE -IN REQUIREMENTS TO A LANDLORD'S SMOKE EVACUATION SYSTEM THAT IS IN EXISTENCE AT THE TIME OF THE BID, WITHOUT A SEPARATE LINE ITEM FOR THE SMOKE EVACUATION SYSTEM AT THE TIME OF THE BID. 8. ACCESS TO ALL COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE PROVIDED TO MEET CODE AND SERVICE /MAINTENANCE EASE. 9. PRIOR TO STARTUP OF HVAC EQUIPMENT, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL CONFIRM WITH HVAC MANUFACTURER THAT CORRECT POWER IS PROVIDED TO HVAC UNITS AND HAS BEEN TURNED ON A MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS. JAMBA JUICE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHECK CONSTRUCTION COMPLIANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SHOULD JAMBA JUICE FIND CORRECTIVE WORK TO BE NECESSARY, THEY WILL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF SUCH WORK IN WRITING AND EXPECT COMPLIANCE PERFORMED WITH DUE DILIGENCE. IF ANY CORRECTIVE WORK IS DEEMED TO BE NECESSARY, THE COST OF REINSPECTIONS WILL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR. 10. IF WORK IS REQUIRED BY JAMBA JUICE IN ORDER TO IMPROVE, CHANGE OR CORRECT AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS DUE TO: PART MALFUNCTION, WARRANTY OR OTHER INABILITY TO PROVIDE THE COMFORT CONDITIONS REQUIRED BY THE STORE, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE DIRECTED BY JAMBA JUICE TO ADDRESS THIS WORK IN A TIMELY MANNER. IF IT BECOMES EVIDENT THAT THE CONTRACTOR CANNOT ACCOMPLISH THE TASK, THEN AFTER 72 HOURS OF WRITTEN NOTICE THE OWNER MAY, AT HIS DISCRETION TAKE OVER SUCH WORK AND BACKCHARGE THE CONTRACTOR FOR - ANY CORRECTIVE WORK THAT WAS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF PERFORMANCE, WORKMANSHIP AND /OR ADHERENCE TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 11. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE PROPER WORKING ORDER OF THE SYSTEM(S) AND MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. HVAC LOAD CALCULATION DESIGN CONDITIONS OUTDOOR INDOOR SUMMER DRY BULB 85 75 SUMMER WET BULB 65 62.5 HUMIDITY RATIO 61 65 WINTER DRY BULB 28 70 SUMMER DESIGN MONTH1 JULY DAILY SWING DIFFERENCE 10 3 0 42 18 DATE 7/18/2011 CLIENT ADDRESS CITY & STATE ASHRAE CITY ALTITUDE 47.45 LEASE AREA 616 JOB it 110179 Jamba Juice # 561 566 Southcenter Mall Seattle, WA 98188 Seattle, WA LATITUDE 449 SQ. FT, C ITEM O N ROOF FLAT 78 D WALL NORTH 19 U WALL SOUTH 35 C WALL EAST 37 T WALL WEST 28 GLASS ALL 14 DIR. CLTD LAT CORR K IAT ODA AVG CORR CORR TEMP CORR CLTD 3 0.00 81, 00 3 0.00 22, 00 1 3 0,00 38, 00 1 3 0.00 40. 00 1 3 0, 00 31, 00 1 3 0.00 17.00 CREDIT TO SENSIBLE FOR L L. RETURN SYSTEM D L A R ITEM DIR. SC SHGF CLF AREA GLASS NORTH 0. 88 GLASS SOUTH 0.88 GLASS EAST 0.88 GLASS WEST 0.88 40 72 215 47 0.76 0 0.53 0 0.29 0 0.40 0 L TYPE WATTS X BTH /WATT I G FLUORESCENTS H FLUORESCENTS T INCANDESCENTS S INCANDESCENTS E Q U I P ITEM EQUIP. € .5W /SF OTHER EQUIPMENT 412 3.41 0 3.41 528 3.41 0 3.41 VALUE X MULTIP 0 0.5 3.410 0. 5 3. 41 25000 0.25 3.41 X FACTOR SUBTOTALS NOTES U AREA VAL 0. 10 616 0. 10 0 0. 10 0 0. 10 0 0. 10 0 0. 90 0 X % TO SPACE 1.10 0.75 1. 10 1. 00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0. 75 RECESS SURF SURF RECESS BTUH BTUH COOLING HEATING 4990 2587 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1996 2994 2587 0 0 0 1159 0 1800 0 = BTU /H OR ASHRAE BTUH 0 0 0 0 21313 21313 1940 PEOPLE 100 SQ. FT. /PERSON 315 BTUH /PERSON LANDLORD AIR SUPPLY, TEMPERATURES 57 HUMIDITY RATIO' (ASSUMED ( ROOM W) HEATING LOAD AT MIN. CFM SETPOINT COMBINED DUCT LOSS, INFILTRATION, WARM -UP AND SAFETY MARGIN a 10% 2921 ROOM SENSIBLE HEAT GAIN (LOSS) = 32127 1321 3909 L A T E N T PEOPLE EQUIPMENT 100 SQ. FT. /PERSON (LISTED AS ATTACHED) O ITEM T H LIGHTS IN PLENUM E R ROOF LOAD TO L L SYSTEM 325 BTUH /PERSON ROOM LATENT HEAT GAIN = QTY FACTOR FACTOR 453 3. 41 0. 25 2002 0 2002 386 1996 T 0 T A L S SENSIBLE LOAD LATENT LOAD SENSIBLE HEAT RATIO MINIMUM CFM MAXIMUM CFM 34509 2002 0.95 92 1623 TOTAL COOLING LOAD (BTUH) 36511 NOMINAL TONS REQUIRED 3.04 ELECIRG (BTUH) RECEIVED ELECTRIC HEATING (KW) �/ JUL 29 2011 3909 0.88 PERMIT CENTER 9),,:-) 1 6c) DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington, D( 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 woD.u6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road N X cn I 817.633.4153 f 0 G. 0 0 N M M co W z< c0 ILI W 00 v =o00 - I.. W _) zT-Q O wi acvw m m o W 4 w 7 _ Q II. cn W H co U) (1) Cfl W rn 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By Revisions Date A A A 0 A A J6.0 VERSION 7/28/11 AQ DAR Description By 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 Mechanical Specs. M -002 4 9 10 THERMOSTAT AND SENSORS MARK LOCATION MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER REMARKS V05 BACK AREA TITUS TA1 F &I BY G.C. DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS MARK SERVICE LOCATION CLG. TYPE MANUFAC. CATALOG NUMBER REMARKS D -1 SUPPLY CEILING AC. TILE TITUS PAS XX 24x24 3 26 SEE PLAN FOR NECK SIZE D -2 SUPPLY CEILING GYP TITUS PAS XX 24x24 1 26 SEE PLAN FOR NECK SIZE 8.0 1 480V/3 TB-DI 30 SL TS, 4' LO+dC) PR VIDE TRIM AS RE UIRL D 3 SUPPLY CEILING GYP S (4x1" G -1 RETURN CEILING AC. TILE TITUS PAR 22x22 24x24 3 26 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX (BY TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR) MARK MANUFACTURE MODEL NUMBER MAXIMUM CFM MINIMUM CFM SIZE CONTROL ELECTRIC HEAT COIL VOLTS /0 UNIT OUTLET CFM KW STEPS vol TITUS # ATQP 1600 0 12 16.5x14 ANALOG 1,600 8.0 1 480V/3 EXISTING 14"0 SUPPLY DUCT TO REMAIN. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. EXISTING 8 "0 EXHAUST DUCT TO REMAIN. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD 350 CFM 10"0 D-1 •I � I 1 \ I 1 12 "0 I ,c, -co CO Q -e -NI- 12 "0 ® 16/16 S A > A�-- - - 10 "0 1/-1 A G -1 ,0, I/% 1 G -1 +48" S A ` T 4 V05 12 "0 350 CFM 10 "0 D -1 1 1 1 1I 1 1 MECHANICAL PLAN / SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" NECK AND RUNOUT SIZE. (SUPPLY TRANSITION AS REQUIRED TO CONNECT BRANCH DUCT AS SHOWN) CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE 300 CFM 12 "0 I D -1 t__:1_ DIFFUSER /GRILLE TYPE (REFER TO SCHEDULE) DIFFUSER /GRILLE TAG 450 CFM 12'10 I D -2 2 —WAY 450 CFM 12"0 I D -2 2 —WAY 14 NORTH Vb:91-) in DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington Lica ; - #44016 I U f EXPIRES 44o16 e �VJ woD•u6lsapswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road m t) .747. o 0 0 0 0 N M M •D ECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES MECHA \ICAL KEYED NOTES "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (I.E. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDED RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE BASED ON "AS— BUILT" DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. D CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH DEMOLITION WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING AND START OF WORK. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO DEMOLISH ALL EXISTING AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION /CONSTRUCTION OF NEW WORK. E GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE RESPONSIBILITY BETWEEN MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, ALL LINE VOLTAGE AND LOW VOLTAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR A COMPLETE PROJECT F COORDINATE DUCT ROUTING AND HEIGHTS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES BEFORE STARTING WORK. G THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL. TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE TENANT. H NO EQUIPMENT OR COMPONENTS MAY BE ABANDONED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE LANDLORD. ALL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE DONE BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT T.G.0 EXPENSE. J CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE MADE FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOBSITE AND /OR PREDETERMINE ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION. K ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL CODES. L A FREE AREA FOR MAINTENANCE ACCESS AROUND THE HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED. VERIFY CLEARANCE WITH LOCAL CODE AND MANUFACTURERS REQUIRED SERVICE ACCESS. M THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT AND RUN TEST ALL EXISTING UNITS AT THE START OF CONSTRUCTION AND INFORM THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY NECESSARY REPAIRS FOR APPROVAL IN A TIMELY MANNER TO NOT DELAY THE STORE OPENING DATE. N FILTER MEDIA SHALL BE UTILIZED TO PROTECT ALL RETURN OPENINGS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 0 FLEX DUCTS SHALL BE LIMITED TO A MAX. LENGTH OF 5' -0" PER BRANCH RUNOUT. P THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MECHANICAL SUB — CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND INCLUDE IN THEIR FINAL BID ALL LIFE SAFETY, SMOKE /FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS NEEDED TO BRING TENANTS SPACE COMPATIBLE WITH THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM, AND CURRENT WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL RESULT IN NO EXPENSE TO THE TENANT. O T.G.0 SHALL INSTALL A NEW VAV BOX WITH INDIVIDUAL CONTROL BY TENANT. COORDINATE MOUNTING LOCATION WITH LANDLORD. PROVIDE LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK AND BALANCE AIRFLOW TO QUANTITIES SHOWN. ® PROVIDE 12"0 CONNECTION TO LANDLORDS MEDIUM PRESSURE SUPPLY DUCT. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD AND MODIFY LAYOUT AS REQUIRED TO MATCH. b .1.6 RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER 0 w U 0 CO CO CO 0 w J —J w 0) rn 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 Mechanical Plan M-1O1 F E D C B A 1 5 6 7 8 9 10 WHERE REQUIRED, PROVIDE DUCT VOLUME DAMPER WITH STRAP OR ANGLE - TRAPEZE HANGERS ROD —�- ROUND LOCKING QUADRANT. PROVIDE WITH 3" EXTENDED SHAFT DAMPER HANDLE TO BE AND HANDLE INSTALLED MAXIMUM OF SHT. MTL. ELBOW REQUIRED 3' -0" ABOVE CEILING. SECURELY TAPE VINYL FLEX DUCT / \ ROOF JOIST TO SHT. MTL. W/ MIN. OF (2) CONTINUOUS WRAPS OF DUCT 1 TAPE. STRAP CLAMP OVER FLEX Nit DUCT INSULATION &VINYL TO SHT. TABLE 4 -1 – RECTANGULAR DUCT HANGERS – MINIMUM SIZE MAX. HALF OF DUCT PERIMETER PAIR AT 10' SPACING PAIR AT 8' SPACING PAIR AT 5' SPACING PAIR AT 4' SPACING MTL. TAPE INSULATION TO DUCT TO FORM A GOOD SEAL STRAP WIRE/ROD STRAP WIRE/ROD STRAP WIRE/ROD STRAP WIRE/ROD 11 1J P —= 30" 2 1" x 22 ga. 9M (.135) g . 1" x 22 ° g ' (135 ") 1" x 22 ° g : 9 ' (106 ") 1" x ° g . 12 g °' (.106) SIZE BOLT(S) FOR LOAD STRAP HANGERS 18" LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO 1 8 LONG SHT. MTL. SECTION SECURED TO DIFFUSER COLLAR W/ MIN. (3) SHT. MTL. SCREWS, DUCT TAPE AND MASTIC. TRANSITION FROM DUCT P 2 = 72" 1" x 18 go. 3/8' 1" x 20 go. 1/4" r x 22 ga. 1/4" 1'x22 go. 1/4" IDENTIFY LOCATION INSULATED FLEXIBLE CONNECTION SCREWS HANGER UNLESS FOOT OF = 96" 2 1" x 16 ga. 3/8" 1' x 18 ga. 3/8" 1" x 20 ga. 3/8" 1'x22 ga. 1/4" STRAPS STRAP IS PLACED UNDER A BOTTOM REINFORCEMENT (MAX. 5 –0) FIRE DAMPER WHERE P = 120' 2 1 1/2" x 16 ga. 1/2" 1" x 16 ga. 3/8" 1" x 18 ga. 3/8" 1' x 20 ga. 1/4" SIZE TO DIFFUSER NECK SIZE AS NECESSARY THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET REQUIRED FOR FIRE RATED [,,,,, 60" MAX. NGER STRAP I I I I I SCREWS MAY BE OMITTED IF HANGER A LOOPS 2 = 168" 1 1/2" x 16 ga. 1/2" 1 1/2' x 16 go. 1/2" 1" x 16 go. 3/8" 1' x 18 go. 3/8' INDICATED ON PLANS. HAN HEET MTL. DUCT HANGER CEILINGS ONLY. p: = 192• 2 – 1/2" / 1 1 2" x 16 a. / g 1 2" / 1" x 16 a. g 3 8" / 1' x 18 go. g 3/8" / SUL ATION SPIRAL DUCT \ 1 'I CEILING MOUNTING LAY IN SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER APPLICATION (BORDER TYPE 3). FOR GYP. CEILING P —= 193 up 2 SPECIAL ANALYSIS REQUIRED 1 "� MIN. NOTE: (LAY –IN FRAME) APPLICATION USE SURFACE MOUNTED DIFFUSER (BORDER TYPE 1) CEILING DIFFUSER MOUNTING DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REFER TO THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA SPIRAL DUCT HANGER DETAIL RECTANGULAR DUCT HANGER ATTACHMENT DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. 9 SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. B A — ALTERNATE TAP LOCATION. MAX FLEX DUCT LENGTH = 5' -0 ". NO TURNS GREATER THAN (1) ° NOTES: MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. WHICH EXCEED 9" SQUARE AT LLS (NOT RIBBED OR DEFORME► REBAR). OR PEEN NUT TO BOLT. 1. COORDIN ' 1 BURGLAR BARS WITH 2. INSTALL BURS AR BARS AT OPENINGS AND /OR ROOF 0' , INGS. 3. #6 BARS TO HAVE MOUTH SURFACE 4. AFTER BARS ARE INS LED WELD z o ri VENT TO' 11 �� PLAS CEMENT ,�`��, �► r ST* 'M COLLAR ' *OF FLASHING 90 TURN PERMITTED. ROOF AND INSULATION DECK INSULATE SUPPLY DUCT • 1/4' _ ` , END OF DUCT —�� 1/4" A V A 15' OR LESS VENT B FLOW EXPANSION tii ±)( — M V o r� LO � FLEX DUCT — — #6 CROSS BARS ® 6" ON CENTER TRANSFORMATION CONTRACTION (5' MAX = 1����a_�� ' I CEILING D ® � LENGTH) D : NOTE. PATC ND REPAIR ROOF AS CESSARY TO MATCH (E COORDINATE WITH OOFING MAINTAIN ROOF WARANTY. DIFFUSER DIFFUSER & RECTANGULAR DUCT CONNECTION #6 BARS ®6" ON CENTER 4" X 2-1/2" F.B. . TURNING VANES TURNING VANE , x 2 X3 0 �O o BURGLAR BARS F ME – ATTACH TO STN TURAL FRAMING ► WITH 2" DIAMETER M.B. A 8" ON CENTER 2 M.B. EACH SIDE OF BA DUCT LINING DETAIL GAS APPLIANCE VENT Ral � TURNING VANES 2/3D I<–D–>1 ° ELBOW 90 SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N. . SCALE: N. . 45° ELBOW SIMILAR NO THROAT RADIUS SHORT RADIUS FULL RADIUS ti .',.:..:. ' .: :•t. ►� ` ` :_•.•', j j „I - •'' PIPE OR CONDUIT REDWOOD ON CENTER GALV. METAL SECURED WITH . Vie "' INVERTED :ITUMEN MASTIC BLOCKING MAXIMUM FAS MODIFIED CAP CEMENT AT - –Q" r' ER SCREWS . SHEET SET SEISMIC BRACING AND SIZING BRACE SIZING BRACING SPACING i • BRACE SIZE 2 "x2 "x3/16" ANGLE 2- 1/8 "x2 -1/8 "x3/16" ANGLE 3 "x3 "x3/16" ANGLE ::::::::: / ANGLE 3" 3 DIEM. PIPE MAXIMUM LENGTH 6' -0" 8' -0" 10' –O" 11' -6" 13' -0" 13' –O" TO PIPE SIZE UP TO 1 -1/2" 2" 2 -1/2" TO 3" 4" AND UP MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING 7 -0" 1O' -0" 10' -0" 10' -0" MAXIMUM BRACE SPACING* (SEE NOTE 2) NOT REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED 7 -0" 10' -0" / Q g � Q z �l W oz z I i� -4- SUPPLY OR RETURN WYE TURNING VANES "'T 0 z wt–' RECTANGULAR DUCT) '1111, xO o O D1 �. TAKE-OFF 90° ELBOW T D 3/4 RETURN AIR BRANCH USE ONLY IN AREAS FULL RADIUS ELBOW NOTES: 1. DUCTS WHICH ARE LARGER THAN 6 SQUARE FEET IN CROSS SECTION AREA SHALL BE BRACED LATERALLY * 7' -0" ON CENTERS WITH 2" x 2' x 3/16" ANGLE. 2. BRACING CAN BE OMITTED ON ALL PIPING SUSPENDED BY INDIVIDUAL HANGERS 12" OR LESS IN LENGTH FROM THE TOP OF PIPE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE SUPPORT FOR THE HANGER. 3. MECHANICAL SERVICES CEILING MOUNTED AIR TERMINALS OR SERVICES WEIGHING LESS THAN `� 20 POUNDS SHALL BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE MAIN RUNNER. TERMINALS POUNDS SHALL ALSOCHAVE WEIGHING TWO NO. 12 AUGE HANGER WIRES 56 CONNECTED FORM THE TERMINAL TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THESE WIRES MAY BE SLACK. FITTING WHERE SPACE IS LIMITED TAKE -OFF DUCTWORK DETAILS NOTE• (E) B► T –UP ROOFING – VERI IN FIELD ,�� RE JUL 29 4 111 PATCH AND REP ' ROOF AS NECESSARY TO MATCH (E) COORDINA TH LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR, '. ROOFING CONTRACTOR, TO MAINTAIN R' F WA.RANTY. PERM 6 PIPE SUPPORT BLOCKING PERMIT CENT SEISMIC BRACE SCHEDULE ,. '��l y a s; �p�� ,,140 8 SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE N .T.S. V1P:in *In DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #4 16 'm0 o ^0 woD•u6isapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road 0 0 a0 0 817.633.4153 f 0 n 0 0 M JAMBA JUICE WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER J J 2 566 SOUTHCENTER 00 CO 00 O) >Q J J 00 rn ti 0 w m z 1- U w 0 Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By 7/28/11 AQ DAR Revisions Date A Description By A A A /A\ A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 Mechanical Details M -507 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 M.E.P. ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" b I k-E.V0 1(4;; NORTH 6%17 to Itm DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington, IX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 Nov0n0nnn vu woru6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road 0 0 n 8 0 H O 0 m Q KEYED NOTES 0 WALK —IN COOLER CONDENSING UNITS MOUNTED ON ROOF. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER GENERAL NOTES w.� F J ZQ Wm W ✓ W F H .> • > z Ow tn 0 m _ aW� 0 u.U) CD W CO OD CO s) w —J w PROJECT NUMBER: A "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (LE. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDED RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MOTORS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. D ALL NEW POWER AND LIGHTING CONDUITS ON THIS PROJECT SHALL INCLUDE AN INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED AS NOTED OR PER NEC WHERE NOT NOTED. THIS GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CONDUIT USED. E EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AS —BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOROACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. �P1`• Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 M.E.P. Roof Plan MEP -101 B -6,8 ■� ■� ®® 60/40/2 NEMA 3R B -2,4 . ®® 30/30/2 NEMA 3R — M.E.P. ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" b I k-E.V0 1(4;; NORTH 6%17 to Itm DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington, IX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 Nov0n0nnn vu woru6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road 0 0 n 8 0 H O 0 m Q KEYED NOTES 0 WALK —IN COOLER CONDENSING UNITS MOUNTED ON ROOF. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER GENERAL NOTES w.� F J ZQ Wm W ✓ W F H .> • > z Ow tn 0 m _ aW� 0 u.U) CD W CO OD CO s) w —J w PROJECT NUMBER: A "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (LE. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDED RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MOTORS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. D ALL NEW POWER AND LIGHTING CONDUITS ON THIS PROJECT SHALL INCLUDE AN INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED AS NOTED OR PER NEC WHERE NOT NOTED. THIS GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CONDUIT USED. E EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AS —BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOROACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. �P1`• Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 M.E.P. Roof Plan MEP -101 F 1 2 3 4 9 10 SPECIFICATION S DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16000 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. NOTE 1. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 16. 2. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 3. THIS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE COMPLETION AND INSPECTION OF THIS WORK TO COMPLY WITH JAMBA JUICE'S SCHEDULE AND THE PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. 4. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTORS BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF HIS WORK. 5. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE BID. B. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD OR JAMBA JUICE'S SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH THE LANDLORD AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER, AS REQUIRED. 2. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF THE CONTRACT. 3. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES OR THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WITH THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL WORK IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING, AND REPAIRING. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT PROFESSIONAL MANNER USING GOOD CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES. 6. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED AND SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 7. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING AND CHANNELING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE BY G.C. AND SHALL MATCH THE SURROUNDING SURFACES. 8. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. C. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL TEMPORARY WIRING AND RELATED GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTION PROTECTION FOR LIGHT AND POWER FOR ALL CONTRACTORS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ALL TEMPORARY WIRING. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SETS UP ALL ELECTRICAL UTILITIES IN THE NAME OF JAMBA JUICE. JAMBA JUICE PAYS FOR ALL UTILITIES THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. D. CODES 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, THE STATE'S, COUNTY'S, CITY'S AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA CODES, ENERGY CODES AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY CODES IN THE BID AND IF THESE CHANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BID, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. AFTER CONTRACT IS AWARDED, CHANGE ORDERS FOR INCREASED COSTS DUE TO CODE ISSUES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED BY JAMBA JUICE, UNLESS ALLOWANCES HAVE PREVIOUSLY BEEN AGREED UPON. E. LICENSES. PERMITS. INSPECTIONS Sc FEES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND FEES REQUIRED OR RELATED TO HIS WORK. 2. FURNISH TO JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER ALL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. F. TRADE NAMES. MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 1. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID. MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER THROUGH SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCESS FOR ACCEPTANCE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. THE USE OF ANY UNATHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. SUBMISSIONS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS FOR JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP AND /OR THE SIGNATURE OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SUB - CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN. G. GUARANTEE 1. THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE A 12 MONTH GUARANTEE TO JAMBA JUICE FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY THE INSTALLATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT AND WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE AND /OR MALFUNCTION CAUSED BY THE INSTALLATION. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEAR ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES BEYOND A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. H. RECORD DRAWINGS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE SET OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB SITE UPDATED WEEKLY TO RECORD ALL DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH AS: a. LOCATION OF CONCEALED CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT. b. REVISIONS, ADDENDUMS, AND CHANGE ORDERS. c. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. 2. AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. FAILURE TO KEEP THESE RECORDS WILL ALLOW JAMBA JUICE TO DIRECT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THESE RECORDS AT HIS EXPENSE PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. I. DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS 1. DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND INTENT OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN WRITING, PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ADVISE JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER, IN WRITING, OF VARIATIONS TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. OTHERWISE, JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL WITH NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. J. PHASING REQUIREMENTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL NECESSARY SERVICE REQUIRED TO KEEP THE OPERATING PHASE OF THE STORE'S ELECTRICAL SERVICE IN OPERATION. CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE IN WRITING WITH JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD ONE WEEK PRIOR TO ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. K. DEMOLITION 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK AND THE DEMOLITION PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE, AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR, THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, CONDUITS, ETC. NOT TO BE REUSED ON THIS PROJECT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO REMOVAL. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF /WALL /FLOOR PATCHED /REPAIRED TO MATCH EXISTING STRUCTURE. EXISTING ABANDONED CONDUIT OR EQUIPMENT IN THE FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED CONDUIT MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN BID PROPOSAL. L. SLEEVES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE THROUGH THE LANDLORD ANY CORE DRILLING OR CUTTING OF OPENINGS IN MASONRY FLOORS OR WALLS. 2. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND /OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. 3. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS, AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL PIPING, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. M. HANGERS 1. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, BANDS, C- CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. 2. HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO PIPING. HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. HANGERS MUST BE ATTACHED TO UPPER CHORD OF BAR JOIST. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, AND IN ORDER TO SUPPORT DUCTWORK OR PIPING, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. 3. HANGERS AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE DIELECTRICALLY SEPARATED. N. FINAL ELECTRICAL INSPECTIONS 1. ASIDE FROM NORMAL INTERIM INSPECTIONS OF WORK IN PLACE, JAMBA JUICE MAY HAVE AN INDEPENDENT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INSPECT THE FINISHED ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION UPON COMPLETION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BRING ALL ITEMS REPORTED BY THE INDEPENDENT ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UP TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. END OF SECTION 16000 SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIAL AND METHODS A. SCOPE OF WORK 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: a. A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INCLUDING THE INSTALLATION OF JAMBA JUICE PROVIDED POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM UNIT, SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES, MOTOR STARTERS AND LIGHTING. IT IS THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID FOR PROVIDING SERVICE EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR TIE -IN TO LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT OR TO OBTAIN SERVICE FROM LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. REFER TO ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND ELECTRICAL POWER RISER DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. b. CONTRACTOR MUST ALSO INCLUDE IN BID ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEM INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, WIRING DEVICES, COVER PLATES, CONDUITS, ETC. c. METERING AND CURRENT TRANSFORMERS AS REQUIRED BY DRAWINGS, JAMBA JUICE, UTILITY COMPANY, AND /OR LANDLORD. d. THE WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AS OUTLINED ON THE BID SET DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. WORK SHALL INCLUDE WIRING OF ALL STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, AND POWER WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL LOW VOLTAGE (24 VOLT) EMS TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED SPECIFICALLY ON DRAWING. e. INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING. A COMPLETE CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR TELEPHONE /DATA INCLUDING BRANCH CONDUITS, OUTLET BOXES, PULL WIRES, GROUND CONDUCTORS, COVER PLATES, ETC. OR AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. A COMPLETE EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. TEMPORARY SERVICE AS INDICATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, INCLUDING ITS REMOVAL. i. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL SIGNS, CORNICE LIGHTING, CASE LIGHTING, ETC. AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. IF INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, INSTALLATION AND WIRING OF SPEAKERS, AMPLIFIERS, CONDUIT AND FINAL CONNECTIONS FOR SOUND SYSTEM AS SHOWN. SMOKE /FIRE ALARM WIRING, DEVICES AND CONDUIT, AS SHOWN OR DESCRIBED ON DRAWINGS OR AS NECESSARY TO MEET LANDLORD, STATE, LOCAL, INSURANCE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. I. INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS STUBBED TO ABOVE CEILING FOR HVAC. ALSO, ANY ADDITIONAL CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT WHERE PLENUM RATED CABLES ARE NOT PERMITTED. m BALANCING LOADS. n. AS- BUILTS, PANEL DESCRIPTION AND CIRCUIT BREAKER SPECIFIC LABELING. 2. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS OF ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT: a. TELEPHONE INSTRUMENTS AND WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. b. DATA CABLE WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, FIRE PROTECTION, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING PLANS, SHOP DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. f. g. h. J• k. B. CONDUIT 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS SERVING ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES, HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, TELEPHONE, DATA, SPEAKERS, SECURITY, PAGER, TRAFFIC COUNTING SYSTEM AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 2. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE GALVANIZED IMC OR EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS OR ON DRAWINGS. ALL CONDUIT IS TO BE UL LABELED. EMT CONNECTORS SHALL BE STEEL COMPRESSION OR SET SCREW TYPE. CONDUIT UNDER SLAB ON GRADE SHALL BE RIGID STEEL, OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC WITH RIGID STEEL ELLS WHERE PERMITTED BY LANDLORD OR CODE. 3. MINIMUM SIZE OF CONDUIT SHALL BE: a. MAIN FEEDER CONDUIT 2" OR LARGER FOR ALL APPLICATIONS. b. 1/2" FOR INDIVIDUAL LIGHTING FIXTURE CONNECTIONS OR TO INDIVIDUAL LIGHT SWITCHES (IF ACCEPTABLE BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS) AND 3/4" FOR ALL OTHER LOCATIONS. c. IF HVAC CONTROL WIRING IS REQUIRED TO BE RUN IN CONDUIT, IT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4 ", UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. d. ALL IN /UNDER FLOOR CONDUIT SHALL BE OF MINIMUM 3/4" SIZE. 4. SUPPORT ALL CONDUIT, INCLUDING SEISMIC AND SWAY BRACING, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AND LOCAL CODES. 5. GENERALLY, ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED EXCEPT FOR UNFINISHED AREAS, SUCH AS EQUIPMENT ROOMS. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY AS NOTED ON PLAN AND AS APPROVED BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER. PAINTING OF CONDUITS, NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 6. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE: a. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE SHALL BE USED FOR THE FOLLOWING APPLICATIONS ONLY: 1. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS. 2. FINAL CONNECTIONS INTO AND OUT OF THE TRANSFORMER. 3. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT. 4. INTER- CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND HOMERUNS TO PANELS WHERE CODE ALLOWS. 5. FINAL CONNECTIONS WHERE RIGID CONDUIT IN NOT PRACTICAL. 6. IN WALLS (FOR LIGHT SWITCHES AND 120 VOLT POWER RECEPTACLES AND HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT). B. C. D. E. CONDUIT (CONTINUED) 6. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE (CONTINUED): b. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE MUST BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE IMC OR EMT CONDUIT TO WHICH IT IS CONNECTED. BOTH THE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND IT'S FITTINGS ARE TO BE LISTED FOR GROUNDING. A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED. ALL CONNECTORS ARE TO BE OF A NEMA APPROVED TYPE. c. THE USE OF ROMEX, BX, ETC. IS NOT PERMITTED. d. CONNECTION TO ANY OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT MUST BE WEATHERPROOF. 7. PROVIDE PULL -WIRE IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 8. HOME RUNS AND MAIN CONDUIT RUNS ARE TO BE HELD TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE OR AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS AND OTHER TRADES WORK. CONDUIT MUST BE TRAPEZED TO ALLOW 3 FEET MINIMUM CLEARANCE ABOVE CEILING. 9. ALL CONDUITS MUST BE SIZED PER NEC AND LOCAL CODES. 10. ALL SENSORMATIC WIRING MUST BE PLACED IN CONDUIT (PVC PIPE NOT PERMITTED). OUTLET BOXES 1. ALL OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE GALVANIZED PRESSED STEEL OF THE STANDARD KNOCKOUT TYPE. NO ROUND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PERMITTED UNLESS INDICATED AND FOR LIGHTING THAT REQUIRE SUCH CONFIGURATION. CONCEALED BOXES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 4" SQUARE AND 1 1/2" DEEP, WITH PLASTER RINGS. 2. ALL KNOCKOUT BOXES, UPON WHICH LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE TO BE INSTALLED, SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH 3/8" FIXTURE STUDS. 3. EXTERIOR BOXES SHALL BE CAST RUST - RESISTING METAL WITH GASKETED COVERS. 4. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE SUITABLE BOX EXTENSIONS TO EXTEND BOXES TO FINISHED FACES OF FLOORS, CEILINGS, WALLS ETC. ALL OUTLET BOXES TO BE PROVIDED WITH CADDY "QUICK -MOUNT BOX SUPPORT" TO MINIMIZE THE DEFLECTION THAT OCCURS WHEN PLUGGING /UNPLUGGING INTO THESE DEVICES. 5. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, HANDICAP CODES OR LOCAL CODES, OUTLET HEIGHTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: a. b. SWITCH HEIGHT 48" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS: SALES: MOUNTED ON WALL 15" AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED IN BASEBOARD BENEATH CABINETS, AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES, SEE DRAWINGS. NON- SALES: 18" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. c. TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE LOCATED AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 1. THE PLANS INDICATE ONLY SCHEMATIC ROUTINGS FOR CONDUIT RUNS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ADDITIONAL BOXES WHERE REQUIRED BY FIELD CONDITIONS OR BY CODE. 2. BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL OF CODE GAUGE SIZE. 3. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORTED INDEPENDENT OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. 4. ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHOULD BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. 5. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES MUST BE LABELED WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND SYSTEM TYPE ON COVER. WIRING 1. CONDUCTORS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE COPPER AND THE AWG SIZE AND TYPE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE #12. THE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE 600 VOLT INSULATION, TYPE THW, THWN OR THHN. 2. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE - 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE AWG LISTED SIZE PER DISTANCE SHOWN BELOW. DISTANCE SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER TO THE FURTHEST OUTLET. a. #12 LESS THAN 100 FEET b. #10 BETWEEN 100 -150 FEET c. #8 BETWEEN 150 - 250 FEET d. #6 OVER 250 FEET 3. ON ALL 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS, CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN #10 AWG SHALL BE REDUCED TO #10 AWG WITHIN 10 FEET OF PANEL BOARD AND DEVICE IN JUNCTION BOXES ON RATED TERMINAL STRIPS. 4. CONDUCTORS MAY BE STRANDED FOR SIZES #10 AWG AND LARGER. CONDUCTORS SIZE #12 SHALL BE SOLID (NOT STRANDED). 5. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED, EXCEPT AT SERVICE ENTRANCE, WHERE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. CONDUCTOR CONNECTION MUST BE PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR MUST OBTAIN WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER WHEN USED. 6. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE (IE. LOW VOLTAGE PLENUM RATED WIRE). 7. THE USE OF SHARED NEUTRALS IS REQUIRED FOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND LOCAL CODES. ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SHALL HAVE A DEDICATED FULL SIZE NEUTRAL. 8. THE USE OF ROMEX, BX, ETC. IS NOT PERMITTED. 9. WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO "SCOTCH LOCK" FOR #8 AWG WIRE AND SMALLER AND EQUAL TO T Sc B "LOCKTIGHT" FOR #6 AWG AND LARGER. 10. ALL WIRING TO BE COLOR -CODED AS FOLLOWS: 120/208 VOLT SYSTEM 277/480 VOLT SYSTEM -.49 PHASEAA ORW 11� BLACK PHASE A ORGL1 YELLOW #I�"'� 7k. PHASE B OR L2 - RED PHASE B OR L2 - ORANGE$ -019 PHASE C OR L3 BLUE PHASE C OR L3 BROWN .Z GROUND - GREEN GROUND - GREEN WITH YELLOW TRACER °`� RECEIVE JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER 0),,,:n 4* DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, 1X 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 v_J171 woru6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road M '0 N o 0 N C oM M CFI so aC JAMBA JUICE W- J z< o0 W2 co : 0 03 Z T- 0 U)V LU = V LU J ~ Q W o Cf' a LL (i) w � (o (1) • c) W PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By Revisions Date A A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 7/28/11 AQ DAR Description By 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 Electrical Specs. E -007 F E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 SPECIFICATIONS (CONTI \UED) ELECTRICAL SY V BOLS GE \ERAL NOTES CONTINUED FROM SHEET E -001 SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS E. WIRING DEVICES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. COLOR OF DEVICES AND PLATES SHALL BE SELECTED BY JAMBA JUICE. THE DEVICES SHALL BE OF THE TYPES AND RATINGS LISTED, OR EQUALS BY ARROW -HART, SQUARE D OR PASS & SEYMOUR. WEATHERPROOF GFI RECEPTACLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES: 20AMP - 120 -277V: HUBBELL "HBL1221" THREE WAY SWITCHES: 20AMP - 120 -277V: HUBBELL "HBL1223" DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: 20AMP - 125V: HUBBELL "HBL5362" ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES: 20AMP - 125V: HUBBELL "IG5362" GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING RECEPTACLES: 20AMP - 125V: HUBBELL "GF5362 ". 2. ALL DEVICE COVERPLATES SHALL BE PASS AND SEYMOUR SERIES "RP" OR EQUAL BY EAGLE ELECTRIC MFG. CO. G. HEATING. VENITILATING & AIR CONDITIONING. PLUMBING. AND FIRE PROTECTION WIRING 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK TO BE INCLUDED IN HIS BID. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL POWER WIRING, LINE VOLTAGE WIRING, AND LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING INDICATED UNDER THE HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO DO ALL INTERCONNECTING LINE VOLTAGE WIRING BETWEEN RELAYS AND SWITCHES AS REQUIRED. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL WIRING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE OR SHOWN ON PRINTS TO BE IN CONDUIT. REFER TO PLANS FOR REQUIREMENTS AND SIZE. 4. FIRE AND /OR SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH HVAC CONTRACTOR FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS. 5. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR AVAILABLE SCHEMATIC WIRING DIAGRAMS OF EQUIPMENT. H. SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 1. SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY TYPE, QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK FUSED OR NON- FUSIBLE WITH RATINGS AND SIZES AS NOTED ON PLANS AND REQUIRED BY CODES. 2. SWITCHES SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF IN OUTDOOR LOCATIONS OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. 3. AT SERVICE ENTRANCE, DISCONNECT SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL INDICATING THE EQUIPMENT IS UL RATED FOR APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES. 4. CUTLER HAMMER OR EQUAL MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS, LESS OVERLOAD PROTECTION HEATERS, ARE TO BE USED AS A DISCONNECTING MEANS ONLY WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS ABOVE 1 1/2 HP AT 120 VOLTS AND 2 HP AT 240 VOLTS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. MOTORS THAT ARE BELOW THE 1 1/2 HP AT 120 VOLTS, 2 HP AT 240 VOLTS, WATER HEATER AND ROLLING GRILLE ARE TO BE PROVIDED WITH HUBBELL "HBL -1221, OR 1222" AC SWITCH. I. MOTOR STARTERS 1. MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH RESET TYPE OVERLOADS THAT CLOSELY MATCH MOTOR NAMEPLATE RATING AND SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY HELD (MINIMUM SIZE #1 IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE) AND BE USED FOR ALL SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE MOTORS RATED ABOVE 1/2 HP THAT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. PROVIDE CONTROL DEVICES (AUXILIARY CONTACTS, TRANSFORMERS, H -O -A, ETC.) IN STARTERS AS REQUIRED FOR INTERLOCKS. COORDINATE ALL CONTROL DEVICES WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COMBINATION STARTER /DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL CONTAIN FUSIBLE SWITCHES AND ONLY BE USED WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. J. GROUNDING 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE WIRED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SYSTEM, #12 AWG MINIMUM, SIZED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, AS NOTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. ALL CONDUIT, INCLUDING FLEXIBLE CONDUIT, SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 3. GROUNDING CONNECTIONS MADE TO THE WATER PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND A BONDING JUMPER INSTALLED AROUND WATER METER PER CODE AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 4. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. USE A BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN THE OUTLET BOX AND THE DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL. METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE DEVICE YOKE AND THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT ACCEPTABLE AS A BOND FOR EITHER SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES OR FLUSH TYPE BOXES. ALL JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. 5. RUN A SEPARATE ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, #12 AWG MINIMUM, IN EACH CONDUIT FEEDING THE CASH WRAP, THE SENSORMATIC AND OTHER COMPUTERIZED EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 6. ALL ENCLOSURES AND NON- CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS ARE TO BE GROUNDED. CONDUIT SYSTEM IS TO BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS. ALL LOCKNUTS MUST CUT THROUGH ENAMELED OR PAINTED SURFACES ON ENCLOSURES. WHERE ENCLOSURES AND NON- CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS ARE ISOLATED FROM THE CONDUIT SYSTEM, USE BONDING JUMPERS WITH APPROVED CLAMPS. ALL GROUND CLAMPS SHALL BE "PENN - UNION" OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO "GPL" TYPE. K. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 1. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE PAD MOUNTED OR SHALL BE SECURELY MOUNTED FROM FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE, REINFORCED WALLS OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. USE ADDITIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AT POINTS OF MOUNTING TO CUT VIBRATION NOISES. USE FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT WITH GROUNDING BUSHING FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE LOCATED, SET, MOUNTED AND CONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO KEEP NOISE LEVELS WITHIN THE SURROUNDING AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS AND MAINTAIN ALL CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 2. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE QUIET TYPE CONSTRUCTION AND HAVE SIX (6) 2 1/2% TAPS, TWO (2) TAPS ABOVE AND FOUR (4) TAPS BELOW NORMAL PRIMARY RATING. L. M. N. PANELBOARDS 1. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FACTORY ASSEMBLED OF THE BOLTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE WITH SOLID COPPER BUSSING, FULL SIZED COPPER NEUTRAL, 100% GROUND BUSSING, AND OVERALL HINGED /LOCKABLE DOOR. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE QUICK -MAKE AND QUICK -BREAK DESIGN, THERMAL - MAGNETIC TYPE, TRIP FREE AND TRIP- INDICATING. ALL PANELS SHALL BE DEAD FRONT AND FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTED AS SHOWN. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY CARD OF THE CIRCUITS AND PLACE IN PANEL DOOR. THE DIRECTORY SHALL IDENTIFY THE SPECIFIC ROOM LOCATION FOR EACH CIRCUIT. 3. ALL PANELBOARDS PHASE AMPERAGE SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 10 PERCENT MAX. TO MIN. REARRANGE NON- LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED AND NOTE CHANGES ON RECORD DRAWINGS. LIGHTING PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKERS MUST BE INSTALLED AND WIRED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 4. IF LOOSE PANELBOARDS ARE USED, PANELBOARDS MUST BE MOUNTED ON MINIMUM 3/4" A/D PLYWOOD AND PAINTED IN A COLOR TO MATCH THE SURROUNDING WALLS OR A COLOR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. PLYWOOD SHALL EXTEND 1 FOOT MINIMUM BEYOND EDGE OF EQUIPMENT. 5. PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING AND LUG CONNECTIONS AS FOLLOWS: 120/208 VOLT PANELBOARDS: 10,000 A.I.C. 277/480 VOLT PANELBOARDS: 14,000 A.I.C. 6. VERIFY ACTUAL A.I.C. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD OR UTILITY COMPANY AND VERIFY SWITCHGEAR COMPLIANCE PRIOR TO INSTALLING EQUIPMENT. 7. ALL LUG CONNECTIONS TO BE 75*C RATED. LIGHTING FIXTURES & LAMPS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS AS SHOWN ON THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS ARE SUPPLIED BY JAMBA JUICE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR IS TO REPLACE ALL NON- WORKING LAMPS PRIOR TO MERCHANDISE DATE AND IS TO INCLUDE COST IN BID. 2. ALL RECESSED INCANDESCENT FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH APPLICABLE THERMAL PROTECTION. 3. WHERE FLUORESCENT FIXTURES ARE SPECIFIED, THEY SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH HIGH POWER FACTOR RAPID START BALLASTS, U.L. LISTED, C.B.M. CERTIFIED, AND E.T.L. APPROVED WITH EFFICIENCY FACTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH "THE ENERGY POLICY ACT OF 1992" AND ITS AMENDMENTS AS A MINIMUM. 4. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ADDITIONAL AUXILIARY SUPPORT STEEL HANGER WIRES ADEQUATELY SIZED TO SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE FASTENED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE (MINIMUM TWO PER FIXTURE) FOR ALL FIXTURES IN LAY -IN CEILINGS AND OTHER FIXTURES AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS. 5. FURNISH AND INSTALL APPLICABLE FIRE RATED DRYWALL BOXES OVER RECESSED FIXTURES IN FIRE RATED CEILINGS AS REQUIRED BY CODES. FIELD COORDINATE AS REQUIRED TO AVOID CONFLICTS. LIGHTING CONTROLS 1. WHERE A LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, IT WILL BE PROVIDED BY JAMBA JUICE THROUGH CONTROL MANUFACTURER, INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE PROGRAMMED AND COMPLETE WHEN SHIPPED TO THE JOB SITE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PULL ALL WIRES AS DETAILED ON THESE DRAWINGS AND CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS DIAGRAMMED ON THE ELECTRICAL PLAN DRAWINGS. NO VARIATIONS TO THE CIRCUITING ARE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER. 0. TELEPHONE DATA AND COMPUTER WIRING 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL A SYSTEM OF CONDUIT RACEWAYS, OUTLET BOXES AND PULL WIRES AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. TELEPHONE SWITCHING APPARATUS, CONDUCTORS, INSTRUMENTS, MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND APPURTENANCES ARE NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT AND WILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY JAMBA JUICE. 2. OUTLET BOXES TO BE 4" SQUARE MINIMUM WITH SINGLE DEVICE COVER AND TELEPHONE PLATE. 3. CONDUIT RUNS FROM IFS ENCLOSURE OR MANAGER'S OFFICE FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA LINES TO CASHWRAPS ARE TO BE CONTINUOUS WITH NO JUNCTION BOXES EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 4. ALL PULL WIRES ARE TO BE LABELED FOR PURPOSE DESIGNATED. 5. NO OTHER CIRCUITS ARE TO BE RUN IN SAME CONDUIT FEEDING ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENTS P. Q. 1. ALL CONNECTIONS AT PANELS, LIGHTING CONTACTORS AND SWITCHES ARE TO BE MADE, ALL SPLICES COMPLETE, ALL FUSES IN PLACE, AND ALL CIRCUITS CONTINUOUS FROM POINT OF SERVICE CONNECTION TO ITS FINAL DESTINATION, AND ALL COVERS AND PLATES INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER. 2. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ALL PARTS OF THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE TESTED AND PROVED FREE OF UNWANTED GROUNDS AND OTHER DEFECTS. 3. ALL OVERLOAD DEVICES, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS, SHALL BE SET AND ADJUSTED TO SUIT THE LOAD CONDITIONS. 4. TEST AND MAKE CORRECTIONS /ADJUSTMENTS FOR PHASE BALANCING. 5. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO BALANCE THE VOLTAGE LEAVING THE STEPDOWN TRANSFORMER TO PROVIDE A SECONDARY VOLTAGE OF 120 MINIMUM TO 125 VOLTS MAXIMUM BY ADJUSTING THE TRANSFORMER TAPS ONCE ALL THE FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE LOW VOLTAGE PANELBOARD. INCLUDE FINAL BALANCE REPORT WITH AS BUILT DRAWINGS. CLEANING 1. AT THE END OF THE PROJECT, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, TO THE SATISFACTION OF JAMBA JUICE. ALL DUST, DIRT, DEBRIS, AND FOREIGN MATTER SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ALL EQUIPMENT. END OF SECTION 16050 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION CEILING MOUNTED CONVENIENCE OUTLET DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET DOUBLE DUPLEX (4 -PLEX) CONVENIENCE OUTLET SINGLE CONVENIENCE OUTLET 20 A. 250 V. OUTLET NEMA 6 -20 30 A. 250 V. OUTLET NEMA 6 -30 ISOLATED GROUND CEILING RECEPTACLE - HUBBLE #IG5362 ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE - HUBBLE #IG5362 ISOLATED GROUND DOUBLE DUPLEX (4 -PLEX) RECEPTACLE - HUBBLE #IG5362 JUNCTION BOX WALL, CEILING, OR FLOOR MOUNTED LIGHTING OR POWER PANEL BRANCH CIRCUIT - EXPOSED BRANCH CIRCUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR CEILING BRANCH CIRCUIT CONCEALED IN FLOOR HOME RUN TO PANEL - NUMBER OF CIRCUITS INDICATED BY NUMBER OF ARROWS -2 WIRES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. GROUND WIRE REQUIRED BUT NOT COUNTED IN HASH MARKS CIRCUIT DOWN CIRCUIT UP 3 4 D SINGLE SWITCH 3 -WAY SWITCH 4 -WAY SWITCH DIMMER SWITCH SUBSCRIPTS FOR ALL RECEPTACLES & SWITCHES "P" DENOTES SWITCH WITH PILOT LIGHT "EX" DENOTES EXISTING "T" DENOTES SWITCH WITH TIMER "RE" DENOTES RELOCATED "K" DENOTES KEY OPERATED "WP" DENOTES WEATHERPROOF "M" DENOTES MOTION DETECTOR "GFI" DENOTES GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER ** ALL SWITCHES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT +48" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED SD DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR DISCONNECT SWITCH - NON -FUSED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 20 A. SINGLE POLE FUSED SWITCH THERMOSTAT CONTROL TRANSFORMER THERMOSTAT REMOTE SENSOR HUMIDISTAT SINGLE PUSH - BUTTON BUZZER CEILING SPEAKER OUTLET m TELEPHONE OR CATV TERMINAL BOARD ►OR® TELEPHONE OUTLET. WALL OR FLOOR MOUNTED COMPUTER OUTLET. WALL OR FLOOR MOUNTED COMBINATION TELEPHONE /COMPUTER OUTLET. WALL MOUNTED NEW TO EXISTING CONNECTION CO \STRUCTION \OTES 1. 2. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MOTORS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. POS SYSTEM BRANCH CIRCUITING SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN ITS OWN DEDICATED CONDUIT RACEWAY. NO OTHER BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN IT. 3. PROVIDE A GROUND WIRE IN ALL RACEWAYS SERVING KITCHEN EQUIPMENT. 4. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION, TERMINATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR EACH SPECIFIC MODEL AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS REQUIRED FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE OF VOLTAGE RATING AND AMPACITY TO MATCH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BASE BID PROPOSAL. 5. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT WIRING WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, INSTALL AND WIRE COMPLETE DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR AND ASSOCIATED AUDIBLE /VISUAL NOTIFICATION AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 90A. PROVIDE AUDIBLE /VISUAL ALARM AND TEST/ RESET SWITCH ABOVE CASH REGISTER LOCATION. DETECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY EDWARDS OR APPROVED EQUAL. 7. CONTROL PANELS (INCLUDING STARTERS, ALARMS, ETC.) AND INTERLOCK CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. POWER WIRING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 1. 2. THESE PLANS MAY BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION ONLY AFTER APPROVAL IS OBTAINED FROM THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT ELECTRICAL PLAN CHECK DIVISION AND THAT DIVISION'S STAMP APPROVAL AND AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE APPEAR ON THE PLANS. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE SPRINKLER AND STRUCTURAL CONTRACTORS. INSTALL ALL WORK TO CLEAR NEW AND EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NO ITEM SUCH AS PIPE, DUCT, ETC. IS TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ANY EQUIPMENT. 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION WORK. 4. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT FIXTURE LOCATION. 5. REFER TO SHEETS ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR DETAILS, SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CUT SHEETS TO JAMBA JUICE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR THAT DEVIATE FROM SPECIFIED ITEM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE OF ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INQUIRE WITH THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE ON ANY FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN THE MALL AT THE TIME OF THE BID. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO ENSURE FULL COMPLIANCE WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AND LATEST APPLICABLE CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. IF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS NOT ADEQUATELY DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INFORM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND INCLUDE THE COST AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHALL BE AWARDED FOR TIE -IN REQUIREMENTS TO A LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM THAT IS IN EXISTENCE AT THE TIME OF THE BID, WITHOUT A SEPARATE LINE ITEM FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AT THE TIME OF THE BID. 8. ACCESS TO ALL COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE PROVIDED TO MEET CODE AND SERVICE /MAINTENANCE EASE. 9. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING RELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 10. DESIGN AND CIRCUITRY MAY BE BASED ON AS BUILT DRAWINGS. G.C. AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ACCURACY OF AS BUILT DRAWINGS. IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY, ELEC. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, BOXES, MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE OPERABLE SYSTEM FOR HOME RUNS SHOWN. BRANCH CIRCUIT INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH SPECIFICATIONS AND LATEST N.E.C. 11. WHERE PRACTICAL, AND WHERE CONDUIT CONDITION WARRANTS, CONTRACTOR MAY REUSE APPROPRIATE EXISTING CONDUIT SYSTEM. HOWEVER, IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO CORRECT ANY AND ALL EXISTING CODE VIOLATIONS IN CONDUIT SYSTEMS TO BE REUSED. CONTRACTOR MUST OBTAIN JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER'S PERMISSION IN WRITING. 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL ABANDONED WIRING NOT TO BE REUSED. WIRING SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED FROM CONDUIT OR RACEWAY TO PANEL BOARD AS IS PRACTICAL. CONDUIT TO REMAIN WITH PULL STRING AND CAPPED. 13. IF APPLICABLE, RECONNECT, COMPLETE AND MAKE OPERABLE ALL EXISTING LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES AND CIRCUITRY. 14. PRIOR TO INSTALLING ANY UNDERGROUND CONDUIT, VERIFY CONDUIT SIZES AND POINTS OF SERVICE WITH THE SERVING UTILITIES. 15. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SCHEDULE ALL ELECTRICAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND SERVING UTILITIES. 16. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT FOR LOCATION, RESTRICTION AND REQUIREMENTS OF ALL CONCRETE SAWCUTS. SAWCUTS SHALL BE PATCHED IN LIKE AND KIND TO MATCH EXISTING CONCRETE. X -RAY SLAB BEFORE MAKING PENETRATIONS AND OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. 17. ALL CONDUCTORS ARE TO BE STANDARD ANNEALED COPPER CONDUCTORS WITH TYPE THHN INSULATION, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, AND SHALL RUN FROM POINT TO POINT IN APPROVED CONDUIT. ALL CONDUITS WHEN EXPOSED IN AREA(S) WITH NO CEILING (I.E., STOCKROOM AREAS) SHALL BE INSTALLED IN RACKED FORM, W/ FITTED CONDUIT AND PARALLEL TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 18. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PHYSICALLY IDENTIFIED AT EACH END FOR CIRCUIT USAGE AND CONTINUITY (BY OTHERS). 19. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE RUN TO SUIT CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. CONDUIT RUNS ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON THESE PLANS AND DO NOT NECESSARY REFLECT THE EXACT CONDUIT LOCATIONS. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE RUN INSIDE SHELL OF BUILDING AND UNDER INSULATED CEILING TO AVOID HIGH AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CONDITION. 20.GENERALLY, ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED EXCEPT FOR UNFINISHED AREAS, SUCH AS EQUIPMENT ROOMS. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY AS NOTED ON PLAN AND AS APPROVED BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER. PAINTING OF CONDUITS, NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 21. THE ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE SERVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SERVING UTILITIES. THE MAIN SERVICE SHALL BE ABLE TO WITHSTAND THE AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT INDICATED (AIC) ON THE LINE DIAGRAM. 22.CENTER ALL FIXTURES IN CEILING TILE WHERE APPLICABLE. 23.CLEAN, PAINT, RELAMP AND TEST ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. 24.UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE PROPER WORKING ORDER OF THE SYSTEM(S) AND MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. t I ( 44/40 O RECEIVE JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 woru6!sapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road 17.633.4153 f • X n cu N a� om cn so. • N. coy- W J I- Z < co w 00 W r C, ?' Z r Q OWE acn w m 2 V w -yam Q J 7 �0 Q u. 07 W I- 0 07 en CU W Ln PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By Revisions Date A A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 7/28/11 AQ DAR Description By 4-31-08 6.0.0 Electrical Specs. E -002 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 0': 0' 0' <WOW wQ0 — — -1ao o woa Q 11000_ 0000 M w 1— D P.O.S. COUNTER ELEVATION SCALE: NONE 88888 4' -4' MM/\ i0 w 0 w 0 w w w\/ JUICE COUNTER ELEVATION SCALE: NONE 60/40/2 +114" +114" 0 co + /\ M /\ /\ � .- W W W W W \/ W �/ y 00 00 00 CO 00 00 n/ n/\ /\ n CD CO CO CO CO CO W W W W W W \/ y y \\/\ d- d- N N N N N N + + + + + + 111 1111111111 [iii 1! Ill11:111111 ! )14)1P14)11.(1)1 `) u +30"‹ 1 T14 > v co SERVICE x 01 1 P10 > +114" BACK AREA" 02 (7: OVE CEILIN •® E13 > T01 > T04 > T01 > T01 >(FUTURE) 24x36 +18 +18' +18' 45K VA TRANSFORMER MOUNTED ON PLATFORM. ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" (4;; NORTH DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 MA tv� 0 E. 0 0n0nnn vu co woYu6lsapswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road LAI 0 o• c .0 N. • o a • 0 w ▪ o C � O rl M a C ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATI0N S ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES A "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (I.E. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT,, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDS RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C X —RAY SLAB BEFORE MAKING PENETRATIONS AND OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. D ALL OUTLET COVERS IN SERVICE, PREP. KITCHEN AND BACK AREA SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. RECEPTACLES AND COVER PLATES WITHIN CUSTOMER AREA SHALL MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. E ALL 125 —VOLT, SINGLE PHASE, 15 —AMP AND 20 —AMP RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN SERVICE AND BACK AREA SHALL BE GFCI PROTECTED AS REQUIRED BY CURRENT NEC. F OUTLETS MUST NOT CONFLICT WITH EQUIPMENT LEGS. VERIFY WITH SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE LOCATING OUTLETS. G COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT WIRING WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. H REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MOTORS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. I POS SYSTEM BRANCH CIRCUITING SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN ITS OWN DEDICATED CONDUIT RACEWAY. NO OTHER BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN IT. J ALL NEW POWER AND LIGHTING CONDUITS ON THIS PROJECT SHALL INCLUDE AN INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED AS NOTED OR PER NEC WHERE NOT NOTED. THIS GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CONDUIT USED. K COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION, TERMINATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR EACH SPECIFIC MODEL AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH JAMBA JUICE'S REPRESENTATIVE AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS REQUIRED FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE OF VOLTAGE RATING AND AMPACITY TO MATCH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BASE BID PROPOSAL. L EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AS —BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. M REFER TO SHEET E -101 THROUGH E -104 FOR CIRCUIT INFORMATION AND ROUGH —IN HEIGHTS OF ALL TAGGED EQUIPMENT. N THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ELECTRICAL SUB— CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND INCLUDE IN THEIR FINAL BID ALL LIFE SAFETY, SMOKE /FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS NEEDED TO BRING TENANTS SPACE COMPATIBLE WITH THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM., AND CURRENT WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL RESULT IN NO EXPENSE TO THE TENANT. A/C AC A.F.F. AH AIC AMP., A C. C.B. CCTV CKT. CLG. COL. COND CONT. DF DIA. DISC. DISTR. DWG. E E.F. ELEC. E.W.C. EXIST. EXO EXT. LOC. F.A. FIXT. FLA G GFI H.P. H.V. HZ I.C. IFS I.G. AIR CONDITIONER ALTERNATING CURRENT ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AIR HANDLER AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AMPERE CONDUIT CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CIRCUIT CEILING COLUMN CONDUIT CONTINUED DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIAMETER DISCONNECT DISTRIBUTION DRAWING EXISTING TO REMAIN EXHAUST FAN ELECTRICAL ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXISTING EXTERN ALLY OPERATED EXTERIOR LOCATION FIRE ALARM FIXTURE FULL LOAD AMPS GROUND GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER HORSE POWER HIGH VOLTAGE HERTZ INTERCOM PHONE INTEGRATED FACILITY SYSTEM ISOLATED GROUND J —BOX KVA LCL LTG L.V. MAX MCA MCC MFR. M.H. M OCP MID. N.C. N.F. N.I.C. N.O. 0.C. 0.L. P.A. P.E. PNL PWR. RE RM R.T. SW. SWBD T.C. TEL. TYP. V V.P. W.P. JUNCTION BOX KILOVOLT —AMPS LONG CONTINUOS LOAD LIGHTING LOW VOLTAGE MAXIMUM MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MANUFACTURER MOUNTING HEIGHT MAXIMUM OVER CURRENT PROTECTION MOUNTED NORMALLY CLOSED NON —FUSED NOT IN CONTRACT NORMALLY OPEN ON CENTER OVERLOAD PUBLIC ADDRESS PHOTOELECTRIC PANEL POWER RELOCATED EXISTING ROOM RAIN TIGHT SWITCH SWITCHBOARD TIME CLOCK TELEPHONE 9 TYPICAL VOLT 4 f VAPOR PROOF 14 WEATHERPROOF JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER JAMBA JUICE 00 CO 00 O 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A 0 A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 lectrical ough -in Plan E -101 24x48 24x36 I 1 11 ,i0 < +111 I E23 > r, ( 1111 24x48 24x36 L44 Adilliga \ I < 1 E22 240 24x36 111 1111111111 [iii 1! Ill11:111111 ! )14)1P14)11.(1)1 `) u +30"‹ 1 T14 > v co SERVICE x 01 1 P10 > +114" BACK AREA" 02 (7: OVE CEILIN •® E13 > T01 > T04 > T01 > T01 >(FUTURE) 24x36 +18 +18' +18' 45K VA TRANSFORMER MOUNTED ON PLATFORM. ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" (4;; NORTH DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 MA tv� 0 E. 0 0n0nnn vu co woYu6lsapswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road LAI 0 o• c .0 N. • o a • 0 w ▪ o C � O rl M a C ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATI0N S ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES A "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (I.E. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT,, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDS RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C X —RAY SLAB BEFORE MAKING PENETRATIONS AND OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. D ALL OUTLET COVERS IN SERVICE, PREP. KITCHEN AND BACK AREA SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. RECEPTACLES AND COVER PLATES WITHIN CUSTOMER AREA SHALL MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. E ALL 125 —VOLT, SINGLE PHASE, 15 —AMP AND 20 —AMP RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN SERVICE AND BACK AREA SHALL BE GFCI PROTECTED AS REQUIRED BY CURRENT NEC. F OUTLETS MUST NOT CONFLICT WITH EQUIPMENT LEGS. VERIFY WITH SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE LOCATING OUTLETS. G COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT WIRING WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. H REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MOTORS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. I POS SYSTEM BRANCH CIRCUITING SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN ITS OWN DEDICATED CONDUIT RACEWAY. NO OTHER BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN IT. J ALL NEW POWER AND LIGHTING CONDUITS ON THIS PROJECT SHALL INCLUDE AN INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED AS NOTED OR PER NEC WHERE NOT NOTED. THIS GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CONDUIT USED. K COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION, TERMINATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR EACH SPECIFIC MODEL AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH JAMBA JUICE'S REPRESENTATIVE AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS REQUIRED FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE OF VOLTAGE RATING AND AMPACITY TO MATCH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BASE BID PROPOSAL. L EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AS —BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. M REFER TO SHEET E -101 THROUGH E -104 FOR CIRCUIT INFORMATION AND ROUGH —IN HEIGHTS OF ALL TAGGED EQUIPMENT. N THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ELECTRICAL SUB— CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND INCLUDE IN THEIR FINAL BID ALL LIFE SAFETY, SMOKE /FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS NEEDED TO BRING TENANTS SPACE COMPATIBLE WITH THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM., AND CURRENT WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL RESULT IN NO EXPENSE TO THE TENANT. A/C AC A.F.F. AH AIC AMP., A C. C.B. CCTV CKT. CLG. COL. COND CONT. DF DIA. DISC. DISTR. DWG. E E.F. ELEC. E.W.C. EXIST. EXO EXT. LOC. F.A. FIXT. FLA G GFI H.P. H.V. HZ I.C. IFS I.G. AIR CONDITIONER ALTERNATING CURRENT ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AIR HANDLER AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AMPERE CONDUIT CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CIRCUIT CEILING COLUMN CONDUIT CONTINUED DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIAMETER DISCONNECT DISTRIBUTION DRAWING EXISTING TO REMAIN EXHAUST FAN ELECTRICAL ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXISTING EXTERN ALLY OPERATED EXTERIOR LOCATION FIRE ALARM FIXTURE FULL LOAD AMPS GROUND GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER HORSE POWER HIGH VOLTAGE HERTZ INTERCOM PHONE INTEGRATED FACILITY SYSTEM ISOLATED GROUND J —BOX KVA LCL LTG L.V. MAX MCA MCC MFR. M.H. M OCP MID. N.C. N.F. N.I.C. N.O. 0.C. 0.L. P.A. P.E. PNL PWR. RE RM R.T. SW. SWBD T.C. TEL. TYP. V V.P. W.P. JUNCTION BOX KILOVOLT —AMPS LONG CONTINUOS LOAD LIGHTING LOW VOLTAGE MAXIMUM MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MANUFACTURER MOUNTING HEIGHT MAXIMUM OVER CURRENT PROTECTION MOUNTED NORMALLY CLOSED NON —FUSED NOT IN CONTRACT NORMALLY OPEN ON CENTER OVERLOAD PUBLIC ADDRESS PHOTOELECTRIC PANEL POWER RELOCATED EXISTING ROOM RAIN TIGHT SWITCH SWITCHBOARD TIME CLOCK TELEPHONE 9 TYPICAL VOLT 4 f VAPOR PROOF 14 WEATHERPROOF JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER JAMBA JUICE 00 CO 00 O 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A 0 A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 lectrical ough -in Plan E -101 1 6 7 8 9 10 < 1 E23 > (40/2, #8) 8-6,8 60/40/2 B -12 < 1 E22 > (20/1, #12) B -10 OQ THIS DRAWING IS FOR SCHEMATIC PURPOSES ONLY. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR ACTUAL LAY -OUT OF THE FREEZER /REFRIGERATOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR NOTES: 1. ITEMS B,C, D ARE TO BE WIRED AND CONNECTED BY E.C. 2. CONDUIT RUNS ON INTERIOR CEILINGS AND WELLS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. 3. ALL EXTERIOR FITTINGS TO BE SEALED TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. 4. COORDINATE ALL UTILITY PENETRATIONS INTO COLD ROOMS WITH REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR. O FIXTURE TYPE 108' VAPOR PROOF LIGHT. INSTALLED BY E.C. OB HIGH TEMP ALARM OC DOOR HEATER DO HEAD VENT WIRING SCHEMATIC COLD STORAGE ROOM SCALE: NONE ON A -20 ON B -6,8 60/40/2- B-1 0 B-1 2 (30A /3P, #10) c N m N r) rn H -1,3,5 m m m m m m 111 N N M N m m m m m m m m i " " " FREEZER s y = O � O © o O pr6 O 111 111 111 1111!11111111111111u! 0,i 0,i 0,i 0 ,i 0,i 0 c O O REFRIG. OQ THIS DRAWING IS FOR SCHEMATIC PURPOSES ONLY. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR ACTUAL LAY -OUT OF THE FREEZER /REFRIGERATOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR NOTES: 1. ITEMS B,C, D ARE TO BE WIRED AND CONNECTED BY E.C. 2. CONDUIT RUNS ON INTERIOR CEILINGS AND WELLS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. 3. ALL EXTERIOR FITTINGS TO BE SEALED TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. 4. COORDINATE ALL UTILITY PENETRATIONS INTO COLD ROOMS WITH REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR. O FIXTURE TYPE 108' VAPOR PROOF LIGHT. INSTALLED BY E.C. OB HIGH TEMP ALARM OC DOOR HEATER DO HEAD VENT WIRING SCHEMATIC COLD STORAGE ROOM SCALE: NONE ON A -20 ON B -6,8 60/40/2- B-1 0 B-1 2 (30A /3P, #10) c N m N r) rn H -1,3,5 m m m m m m 111 N N M N m m m m m m m m i " " " 45KVA TRANSFORMER MOUNTED ON PLATFORM. ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1' -0" B -28 A-1 4 B -30 A -6 A -2 A -16 NORTH V/P17r DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington,1X 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #4 gsl• 3 V1 14 44016 EXPIRES oROR�� vU woru6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Milt Road 817.633.4153 f ELECTRICAL GE \ERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL KEYED NOTES "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (I.E. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDS RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C X -RAY SLAB BEFORE MAKING PENETRATIONS AND OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. D ALL OUTLET COVERS IN SERVICE, PREP. KITCHEN AND BACK AREA SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. RECEPTACLES AND COVER PLATES WITHIN CUSTOMER AREA SHALL MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. E ALL 125 -VOLT, SINGLE PHASE, 15 -AMP AND 20 -AMP RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN SERVICE AND BACK AREA SHALL BE GFCI PROTECTED AS REQUIRED BY CURRENT NEC. F OUTLETS MUST NOT CONFLICT WITH EQUIPMENT LEGS. VERIFY WITH SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE LOCATING OUTLETS. G COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT WIRING WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. H REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MOTORS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. 1 POS SYSTEM BRANCH CIRCUITING SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN ITS OWN DEDICATED CONDUIT RACEWAY. NO OTHER BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN IT. J ALL NEW POWER AND LIGHTING CONDUITS ON THIS PROJECT SHALL INCLUDE AN INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED AS NOTED OR PER NEC WHERE NOT NOTED. THIS GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CONDUIT USED. K COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION, TERMINATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR EACH SPECIFIC MODEL AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH JAMBA JUICE'S REPRESENTATIVE AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS REQUIRED FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE OF VOLTAGE RATING AND AMPACITY TO MATCH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BASE BID PROPOSAL. L EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AS -BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. M REFER TO SHEET E -101 THROUGH E -104 FOR CIRCUIT INFORMATION AND ROUGH -IN HEIGHTS OF ALL TAGGED EQUIPMENT. N THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ELECTRICAL SUB - CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND INCLUDE IN THEIR FINAL BID ALL LIFE SAFETY, SMOKE /FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS NEEDED TO BRING TENANTS SPACE COMPATIBLE WITH THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM., AND CURRENT WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL RESULT IN NO EXPENSE TO THE TENANT. PROVIDE POWER, DATA, AND TELEPHONE FOR POS STATIONS. REFERENCE 2/E -101. O ROUTE (3) 1" CONDUITS (1 POWER, 1 DATA, 1 SPARE) FROM WALL BELOW SLAB TO STUB —UP LOCATIONS SHOWN. JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED BELOW POS STANDS. MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS IN POS MILLWORK. O ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY POWER, INTERCONNECTING SERVICES AND ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS TO WALK —IN /REACH —IN REFRIGERATION, COMPRESSORS, CONDENSERS, EVAPORATORS SOLENOID VALVES & SWITCHES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEM. FURNISH AND INSTALL A DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR EACH COMPRESSOR. WALK —IN REFRIGERATOR LIGHTS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH WALK —IN AND INSTALLED & FULLY CONNECTED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. INSTALL EXPOSED CONDUIT INSIDE THE WALK —IN COMPARTMENT IN AN ACCEPTABLE MANNER. "SEALIITE" TYPE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR ALL FLEXIBLE CONDUITS. JUNCTION BOXES FOR EQUIPMENT REQUIRING FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHOULD BE MOUNTED ON HEAVY —WALL RIGID STEEL CONDUIT AT ELEVATIONS WHICH WILL LIMIT THE TOTAL LENGTH OF THE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT TO 24" OVERALL. SEAL ALL CONDUIT ENTERING /LEAVING FREEZER AND REFRIGERATOR PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. FOR MORE DETAILED POWER REQUIREMENTS OF WALK —IN REFRIGERATOR AND WALK —IN FREEZER, SEE DETAILS ON THIS SHEET. btt 2(0( Pea 411,47. RECE TD JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER O r w 0 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date A Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 E lectrical P ower P lan E -102 III 111 11111 111 111 111 1111!11111111111111u! 0,i 0,i 0,i 0 ,i 0,i 0 I 1. t - - - - X10 = = 1 _ _ _ __ _ („). ___. _ , _______ ___ d N __,.:_ 19 I FiDe, � ® SERVICE 1�r �I11 01 24x48 i I 24x36 ->XX K A , ,L1- rt, B-32 24x48 DUNNAGE 11 ~����!'! 24x36 24x48 11 I • 01 0 A -8 A BACK AREA A-18 `�. 1 , 1 .� I 1. I Ir�� �e 2 1 l •® 0 r` 02 A -12 �� 'I � 2:1285 41 24x46 ' I1 m 24x36 A -10 ill��_ .'.'�IIl� p... � 24x36 2x36 _ ul I 45KVA TRANSFORMER MOUNTED ON PLATFORM. ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SCALE: 1 /4" = 1' -0" B -28 A-1 4 B -30 A -6 A -2 A -16 NORTH V/P17r DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington,1X 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #4 gsl• 3 V1 14 44016 EXPIRES oROR�� vU woru6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Milt Road 817.633.4153 f ELECTRICAL GE \ERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL KEYED NOTES "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (I.E. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDS RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C X -RAY SLAB BEFORE MAKING PENETRATIONS AND OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. D ALL OUTLET COVERS IN SERVICE, PREP. KITCHEN AND BACK AREA SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. RECEPTACLES AND COVER PLATES WITHIN CUSTOMER AREA SHALL MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. E ALL 125 -VOLT, SINGLE PHASE, 15 -AMP AND 20 -AMP RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN SERVICE AND BACK AREA SHALL BE GFCI PROTECTED AS REQUIRED BY CURRENT NEC. F OUTLETS MUST NOT CONFLICT WITH EQUIPMENT LEGS. VERIFY WITH SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE LOCATING OUTLETS. G COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT WIRING WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. H REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MOTORS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. 1 POS SYSTEM BRANCH CIRCUITING SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN ITS OWN DEDICATED CONDUIT RACEWAY. NO OTHER BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN IT. J ALL NEW POWER AND LIGHTING CONDUITS ON THIS PROJECT SHALL INCLUDE AN INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED AS NOTED OR PER NEC WHERE NOT NOTED. THIS GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CONDUIT USED. K COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION, TERMINATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR EACH SPECIFIC MODEL AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH JAMBA JUICE'S REPRESENTATIVE AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS REQUIRED FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE OF VOLTAGE RATING AND AMPACITY TO MATCH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BASE BID PROPOSAL. L EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AS -BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. M REFER TO SHEET E -101 THROUGH E -104 FOR CIRCUIT INFORMATION AND ROUGH -IN HEIGHTS OF ALL TAGGED EQUIPMENT. N THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ELECTRICAL SUB - CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND INCLUDE IN THEIR FINAL BID ALL LIFE SAFETY, SMOKE /FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS NEEDED TO BRING TENANTS SPACE COMPATIBLE WITH THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM., AND CURRENT WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL RESULT IN NO EXPENSE TO THE TENANT. PROVIDE POWER, DATA, AND TELEPHONE FOR POS STATIONS. REFERENCE 2/E -101. O ROUTE (3) 1" CONDUITS (1 POWER, 1 DATA, 1 SPARE) FROM WALL BELOW SLAB TO STUB —UP LOCATIONS SHOWN. JUNCTION BOXES SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED BELOW POS STANDS. MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS IN POS MILLWORK. O ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY POWER, INTERCONNECTING SERVICES AND ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS TO WALK —IN /REACH —IN REFRIGERATION, COMPRESSORS, CONDENSERS, EVAPORATORS SOLENOID VALVES & SWITCHES REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE OPERATING SYSTEM. FURNISH AND INSTALL A DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR EACH COMPRESSOR. WALK —IN REFRIGERATOR LIGHTS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH WALK —IN AND INSTALLED & FULLY CONNECTED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. INSTALL EXPOSED CONDUIT INSIDE THE WALK —IN COMPARTMENT IN AN ACCEPTABLE MANNER. "SEALIITE" TYPE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR ALL FLEXIBLE CONDUITS. JUNCTION BOXES FOR EQUIPMENT REQUIRING FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHOULD BE MOUNTED ON HEAVY —WALL RIGID STEEL CONDUIT AT ELEVATIONS WHICH WILL LIMIT THE TOTAL LENGTH OF THE FLEXIBLE CONDUIT TO 24" OVERALL. SEAL ALL CONDUIT ENTERING /LEAVING FREEZER AND REFRIGERATOR PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. FOR MORE DETAILED POWER REQUIREMENTS OF WALK —IN REFRIGERATOR AND WALK —IN FREEZER, SEE DETAILS ON THIS SHEET. btt 2(0( Pea 411,47. RECE TD JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER O r w 0 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date A Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 E lectrical P ower P lan E -102 1 2 3 4 8 10 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" +30" T14 DO <1 T01 00 1 T01 T01 > FUTURE .1 ( NORTH RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER 0))07 611) DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 I EXPIRES LIl6 13 1 \/v oRRO^^ vU woD•U6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road 0 N. N O N 1- O N 01 817.633.4153 f 0 O. 0 0 (V M n W ELECTRICAL KEYED OTES ELECTRICAL GE\ ERAL \OTES A "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (I.E. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDS RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C X —RAY SLAB BEFORE MAKING PENETRATIONS AND OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. D ALL OUTLET COVERS IN SERVICE, PREP. KITCHEN AND BACK AREA SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. RECEPTACLES AND COVER PLATES WITHIN CUSTOMER AREA SHALL MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. E ALL 125 —VOLT, SINGLE PHASE, 15 —AMP AND 20 —AMP RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN SERVICE AND BACK AREA SHALL BE GFCI PROTECTED AS REQUIRED BY CURRENT NEC. F OUTLETS MUST NOT CONFLICT WITH EQUIPMENT LEGS. VERIFY WITH SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE LOCATING OUTLETS. G COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT WIRING WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. H REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MOTORS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. POS SYSTEM BRANCH CIRCUITING SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN ITS OWN DEDICATED CONDUIT RACEWAY. NO OTHER BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN IT. J ALL NEW POWER AND LIGHTING CONDUITS ON THIS PROJECT SHALL INCLUDE AN INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED AS NOTED OR PER NEC WHERE NOT NOTED. THIS GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CONDUIT USED. K COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION, TERMINATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR EACH SPECIFIC MODEL AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH JAMBA JUICE'S REPRESENTATIVE AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS REQUIRED FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE OF VOLTAGE RATING AND AMPACITY TO MATCH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BASE BID PROPOSAL. L EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AS —BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. M REFER TO SHEET E -101 THROUGH E -104 FOR CIRCUIT INFORMATION AND ROUGH —IN HEIGHTS OF ALL TAGGED EQUIPMENT. N THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ELECTRICAL SUB — CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND INCLUDE IN THEIR FINAL BID ALL LIFE SAFETY, SMOKE /FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS NEEDED TO BRING TENANTS SPACE COMPATIBLE WITH THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM., AND CURRENT WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL RESULT IN NO EXPENSE TO THE TENANT. I`1 FOR ALARM SYSTEM IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK. SECURITY WIRING AND INSTALLATION PROVIDED BY VENDOR. O TELEPHONE /DATA CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOX. ROUTE CONDUIT FROM WALL TO BELOW POS STAND. REFER TO SHEET E -102 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONNECT TELECOMMUNICATIONS /DATA CABLING TO JUNCTION BOX BELOW CASEWORK. SEE TELEPHONE SCHEMATIC ON SHEET E -803 FOR DETAILS. O TELEPHONE BACKBOARD WITH APPROVED GROUNDING MEANS NEAR MANAGERS DESK REFER TO DETAIL 5 ON SHEET E -801 FOR REQUIREMENTS. MOUNT OUTLET ON TELEPHONE BACKBOARD FOR TELEPHONE AND ALARM SYSTEM'S POWER. PROVIDE (1) 2" CONDUIT, WITH 1/4" PULL ROPE, TO UTILITY TELEPHONE TERMINATION LOCATION, COORDINATE WITH LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. O TO HUB AT MGR'S DESK, SEE P.O.S. DETAIL ON SHEET E -802. O QUAD WITH 2" MUD RING UNDER MANAGER'S DESK AT 15" A.F.F. FOR P.O.S. WIRING. PROVIDE A 2" CONDUIT WITH A PULL STRING UP TO THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. 0 CONNECT WHIP FROM TELEPHONE OUTLET FOR VOICE1 AND VOICE 2 WITHIN PRE —WIRED ORDER COUNTER TO WALL JACK. SEE TELEPHONE SCHEMATIC FOR DETAILS. (2) 2 x RJ11'S FOR VOICE 1 AND 2, FAX /CC MODEM, AND CPU MODEM. (2) RJ45 FOR DSL AND FUTURE DATA. INSTALL ALL AT 15" A.F.F. REFER TO OFFICE ELEVATION ON SHEET E -801 FOR DETAILS. (1) RJ45 ETHERNET, 3/4 ", 2 CAT 5 CABLES TO HUB AT MANAGERS DESK. REFER TO OFFICE ELEVATION ON SHEET E -801 FOR DETAILS. 0 THERMOSTATS FOR AC UNITS. WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, THERMOSTATS AND CONNECTIONS BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. THERMOSTAT CONTROLS SHOULD BE LOCATED AT 60" A.F.F. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR THERMOSTAT REMOTE SENSOR MOUNTED AT 60" A.F.F. WITH 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. 11 MOUNT PUSHBUTTON BELOW ORDER COUNTER FOR CONNECTION TO BUZZER IN B AREA. REFER TO DETAIL 3/E -801. e..04%0 W � J ZQ W 2 W V F w Z ow a cU m Z Q W - 0 u. ▪ (0 V) co W SEATLLE, rn ti 0 IY w m 2 z 1- 0 w 0 a. Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 E lectrical Systems P lan E -103 1111111111111 ',:1111111I1111;11!:111R!11 24x48 2406 y 6 =__:-7:_t__"77-- o *9 �, y _ ( � ,,, O I' I 11,ti 1 — 2448 24x36 0 la +d— >UNNAOE J'lA14 �I rl--4 >7>DfQ OE7 b. is -- _, _ O� V05 +481» i = O Pfa 24x48 l I cs 736 At 236 +15" 1©It ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" +30" T14 DO <1 T01 00 1 T01 T01 > FUTURE .1 ( NORTH RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER 0))07 611) DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 I EXPIRES LIl6 13 1 \/v oRRO^^ vU woD•U6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road 0 N. N O N 1- O N 01 817.633.4153 f 0 O. 0 0 (V M n W ELECTRICAL KEYED OTES ELECTRICAL GE\ ERAL \OTES A "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (I.E. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDS RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C X —RAY SLAB BEFORE MAKING PENETRATIONS AND OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. D ALL OUTLET COVERS IN SERVICE, PREP. KITCHEN AND BACK AREA SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. RECEPTACLES AND COVER PLATES WITHIN CUSTOMER AREA SHALL MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. E ALL 125 —VOLT, SINGLE PHASE, 15 —AMP AND 20 —AMP RECEPTACLES LOCATED IN SERVICE AND BACK AREA SHALL BE GFCI PROTECTED AS REQUIRED BY CURRENT NEC. F OUTLETS MUST NOT CONFLICT WITH EQUIPMENT LEGS. VERIFY WITH SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE LOCATING OUTLETS. G COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT WIRING WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR AND MILLWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. H REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MOTORS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. POS SYSTEM BRANCH CIRCUITING SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN ITS OWN DEDICATED CONDUIT RACEWAY. NO OTHER BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE ROUTED WITHIN IT. J ALL NEW POWER AND LIGHTING CONDUITS ON THIS PROJECT SHALL INCLUDE AN INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED AS NOTED OR PER NEC WHERE NOT NOTED. THIS GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CONDUIT USED. K COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION, TERMINATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR EACH SPECIFIC MODEL AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH JAMBA JUICE'S REPRESENTATIVE AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS REQUIRED FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE OF VOLTAGE RATING AND AMPACITY TO MATCH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BASE BID PROPOSAL. L EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AS —BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. M REFER TO SHEET E -101 THROUGH E -104 FOR CIRCUIT INFORMATION AND ROUGH —IN HEIGHTS OF ALL TAGGED EQUIPMENT. N THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ELECTRICAL SUB — CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND INCLUDE IN THEIR FINAL BID ALL LIFE SAFETY, SMOKE /FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS NEEDED TO BRING TENANTS SPACE COMPATIBLE WITH THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM., AND CURRENT WITH LOCAL AND STATE CODES. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL RESULT IN NO EXPENSE TO THE TENANT. I`1 FOR ALARM SYSTEM IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK. SECURITY WIRING AND INSTALLATION PROVIDED BY VENDOR. O TELEPHONE /DATA CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOX. ROUTE CONDUIT FROM WALL TO BELOW POS STAND. REFER TO SHEET E -102 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONNECT TELECOMMUNICATIONS /DATA CABLING TO JUNCTION BOX BELOW CASEWORK. SEE TELEPHONE SCHEMATIC ON SHEET E -803 FOR DETAILS. O TELEPHONE BACKBOARD WITH APPROVED GROUNDING MEANS NEAR MANAGERS DESK REFER TO DETAIL 5 ON SHEET E -801 FOR REQUIREMENTS. MOUNT OUTLET ON TELEPHONE BACKBOARD FOR TELEPHONE AND ALARM SYSTEM'S POWER. PROVIDE (1) 2" CONDUIT, WITH 1/4" PULL ROPE, TO UTILITY TELEPHONE TERMINATION LOCATION, COORDINATE WITH LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. O TO HUB AT MGR'S DESK, SEE P.O.S. DETAIL ON SHEET E -802. O QUAD WITH 2" MUD RING UNDER MANAGER'S DESK AT 15" A.F.F. FOR P.O.S. WIRING. PROVIDE A 2" CONDUIT WITH A PULL STRING UP TO THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. 0 CONNECT WHIP FROM TELEPHONE OUTLET FOR VOICE1 AND VOICE 2 WITHIN PRE —WIRED ORDER COUNTER TO WALL JACK. SEE TELEPHONE SCHEMATIC FOR DETAILS. (2) 2 x RJ11'S FOR VOICE 1 AND 2, FAX /CC MODEM, AND CPU MODEM. (2) RJ45 FOR DSL AND FUTURE DATA. INSTALL ALL AT 15" A.F.F. REFER TO OFFICE ELEVATION ON SHEET E -801 FOR DETAILS. (1) RJ45 ETHERNET, 3/4 ", 2 CAT 5 CABLES TO HUB AT MANAGERS DESK. REFER TO OFFICE ELEVATION ON SHEET E -801 FOR DETAILS. 0 THERMOSTATS FOR AC UNITS. WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, THERMOSTATS AND CONNECTIONS BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. THERMOSTAT CONTROLS SHOULD BE LOCATED AT 60" A.F.F. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR THERMOSTAT REMOTE SENSOR MOUNTED AT 60" A.F.F. WITH 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. 11 MOUNT PUSHBUTTON BELOW ORDER COUNTER FOR CONNECTION TO BUZZER IN B AREA. REFER TO DETAIL 3/E -801. e..04%0 W � J ZQ W 2 W V F w Z ow a cU m Z Q W - 0 u. ▪ (0 V) co W SEATLLE, rn ti 0 IY w m 2 z 1- 0 w 0 a. Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 E lectrical Systems P lan E -103 2 4 5 7 8 9 10 EQU I PIV ENT SCHEDULE ALTERNATE BID SPECIFICATION ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION *UANTITY VOLTS & PHASE LOAD STUB A.F.F. BRKR. SIZE CONDUIT & WIRE SIZE REMARKS DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED SAVINGS O.J. DISPENSER 2 120V. 1PH. 345W 18" 20A-1P 1/2"C.-3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E04 > O.J. DISPENSER (MINI -QUAD) 2 120V. 1PH. 660W 18" 20A -1P 1/2 "C. -3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E04C > DIPPING CABINET 1 120V. 1PH. 1080W 18" 20A-1P 1/2"C.-3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E05 > • • . MI ,E1, - • ■ .. , ... - . • • • . • • .■ . ■ ■.A . All .i p . , . . - :■ , • , , • COUNTERTOP BLENDER 6 120V. 1PH. 1800W 24" 20A -1P 1/2 "C. -3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER, PROVIDE NEMA 5 -20R SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE 1 E06A > WHEAT GRASS JUICER 1 120V. 1PH. 804W 18" 20A -1P 1/2 "C. -3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E07 > CARROT JUICER 1 120V. 1PH. 1188W 18" 20A -1P 1/2 "C. -3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E08 > BAKED GOODS CASE 1 120W. 1PH. 1920W 18" 20A-1P 1/2"C.-3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E13 ) ,, . •■ ■ VW. ... U/C REFRIGERATOR 1 120V. 1PH. 660W 18" 20A-1P 1/2"C.-3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E15 > „ „ All -zrs� • • • . _ , , -A , U/C REFRIGERATOR 1 120V. 1PH. 660W 18" 20A -1P CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E20 > WALK -IN COOLER 1 208V, 1PH. 120V, 1PH. 230W ' OOF +114" 30A -2P 20A -1P 4 C. -4 # 10 1 2 "C. -3 12 P' OVIDE 30A- • FUS 1 1I • N PROVIDE 20A -1P NON -FUSED DISCONNECT 1 E22 \ WALK -IN FREEZER 1 208V. 1 PH. - ROOF +114 40A -2P 3�"C.-3 8 & 1 # 10 ROUND PROVIDE 60A -2P FUSED DISCONNECT • • • . • AM • A A • : ' : "C. ',LEA AEI .11M:11=1.. ." 20A -1 f 1 /2 3 # 12 CIRCUIT CFI B- R- EA „ ■ ■■ • _�f- . . . ., A■ SAAB . .or . - . ' • AM-zTM\ A • • A A • ... 1492.61* 3.6" 24874, 1-P 1/2"-C . 3 # 12 CEl C17HT VI-A CFI Bf�E PillA r �`iiY'■ �i� fii�l■ - IV • V I/ Will MilliellIMINIIMMINE ICE MACHINE (FLAKER) 1 120V. 1PH. 2243W 78" 30A-1P 3/4 "C. -3 # 10 PROVIDE 30A-1P NON -FUSED DISCONNECT, CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E30 > V El CITRUS JUICER 1 120V. 1PH. 1840W 18" 20A-1P 3/4 "C. -3 # 10 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E59 > „ - . - - • _- • •. _ _ • ' • . ■ ■ • • • ■ 7, ■ • • . . : ABOVE - ••• • , S 11111 ..-n:IWIF .■ ■AA■ _ ;, A . :, . , . . , , , ABOVE ... ., All _i.� 11. .A SAAB B _, _, :• •- - - - -- "C. 1/2 3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA CFI BREAKER Pliffil•-z� \v/1A - ." 1 1/2"C. 3 # 12 CIRCUIT CFI Bf�EAKER TURBOCHEF OVEN 1 208V. 1PH. 5990W 18" 30A -2P 3/4 "C. -3 # 10 1 E74 > COUNTERTOP WARMER 1 120V. 1PH. 1200W 18" 20A-1P 1/2"C.-3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E75 > RICE COOKER 1 120V. 1PH. 1650W 18" 20A-1P 1/2"C.-3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E76 > HOT WATER DISPENSER 1 120V. 1PH. 1765W 18" 20A-1P 1/2"C.-3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E77 > YOGURT MACHINE 1 120V. 1PH. 1800W 18" 20A -1P 1/2 "C. -3 # 12 CIRCUIT VIA GFI BREAKER 1 E100 > rn■ _ .. An rr . 3 # 12 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 1 208V. 3PH. 18KW 90" 60A -3P 1 "C. -4 # 6 PROVIDE 60A -3P DISCONNECT IN WP ENCLOSURE 1 P07 > WATER FILTER SYSTEM 1 120V. 1PH. - 114" 20A-1P THE TOP OF THE WATER FILTER IS AT 11»2 A.F.F. SENSOR SHOULD BE MOUNTED IMMEDIATELY ABOVE UNIT (115 A.F.F.) 1 P10 > CASH REGISTER 3 120V. 1PH. - PLAN 20A-1P 1/2"C.-3 # 12 FOR EXACTD LOCAT ON R SEEP 0MS DETAILSOON NNE TliE 801.1-WO R K 1 T01> POS RECIEPT PRINTER 1 120V. 1PH. - 66 " 20A -1P B 1/2 C. -3 # 12 POWER &DATA FOR P.O.S. PRINTER. COORDINATE WITH 4- COMPARTMENT SINK AND PRINTER SHELF FOR EXACT LOCATION. T03> SAFE 1 120V. 1PH. - PLAN 20A-1P 1/2"C.-3 # 12 1 T04 > MONEY COUNT MACHINE 1 120V. 1PH. - 15" 20A-1P 1/2"C.-3 # 12 1 T05 > OFFICE COMPUTER 1 120V. 1PH. - 15" 20A-1P 1/2"C.-3 # 12 1 T06 ) OFFICE PRINTER /FAX /COPIER 1 120V. 1PH. - 15" 20A-1P 1/2"C.-3 # 12 1 T07 > ,, ■ • . S ABOVE Ammzrua. A , A 1 ' EL-I■ : . . Mill: IMIIIIMI ANIix Mil MONITOR -14" 1 120V. 1PH. - 30" 20A -1P 1/2 "C. -3 # 12 POWER & DATA FOR P.O.S. MONITOR. COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK FOR EXACT LOCATION. SEE 20A 1 f 1 /2„C. 3 # 12 11011111 - A .. A _ THERMOSTAT 1 12VDC - 60" - - :/y,_,,„...--1,4 " 4 1 V05 > REMOTE TEMP SENSOR 1 12VDC - 60" - - , 1 V06 > VAV BOX 1 480V. 3PH 10.5MCA CEILING 30A -3P 3/4 "C. -4 # 10 PROVIDE 30A -3P NON -FUSED DISCONNECT, NEMA 3R RECEIV 1 vol > •C: " FUSED DISC NNCCT, NCMA 3R III 11111111/ •ee e■ , •;, - :: 10 PR VI 1 3 A 3P N N JUL 4 9 201 • IidiWYidall g" PI 6r) DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 (Ag) 0 o0 0 w OD' u6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road 17.633.4153 f JAMBA JUICE W - I- ZQ W2 Ce = W r • z O W V) O W = 0 um ct 0- W0 V) V, C/) (c) V W to 00 CO T""' CO 0) SEATLLE, PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 E lectrical E quipment Schedule E -104 1 7_ 3 4 6 7 9 10 LIGHTING FIXTURES MARK QTY MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER LAMP INFORMATION (NOTE 1) VOLTS WATTS MOUNTING DESCRIPTION /REMARKS WALL z zi c) RECESS SURFACE DESCRIPTION TYPE LAMPS/ / LAMP LO1 12 JANMAR 815 39W PAR30 CMH MH 1 12 120 44 X X RECESSED METAL HALIDE DOWNLIGHT. L02 4 LIGHTOLIER WLRK1240120SB PL -L4OW /835 /4P /RS /IS FL 1 4 120 45 s X L17 X RECESSED FLUORESCENT WALL WASHER. WHITE. L03 LIGI IT LICR 8100WI I 20W T4 CMI I GU.6.5 411 1 120 2-5 L01 b0 X p L01 O a WHITE LO1 b0 L01 a0 d L02 X gmite RLECToROOROTE 12 DALE CFL O BACK AREA '( SUSPENDED BLENDER PEN�tDA1NT. L04 DCLUX 3�fd DCLC =ASTED p L01 b� 02 1 L07 L05 CXCCLINC EDC163211FSC10- 6 32W TTT CFL 1 120 34 X X ACRYLIC REFLECTOR 16 "0. L07 NL /EM T d TA AR IIFW TTT CFL 1 RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT L C JANMAR 8131 32 32* 12.0- 34 X 6-0 WITH SATIN REFLECTOR. L07 4 LIGHTOLIER XP2GVA23212050 XP2GVA232120S0 EMB100 F032/741 FL 2 8 120 58 X X RECESSED MOUNTED 2'x4'. PROVIDE REDUCED LIGHT OUTPUT ELECTRONIC BALLAST. JD4A232UNVS0 FO-32/741 FL 2 12.0 58 X 1'x4' SURFACE. PROVIDE REDUCED LIGHT L08 LIGITOLER X OUTPUT ELECTRONIC BALLAST. L09 LIGI ITOLIER CLM2 2 1 120 1.2 X X TI K RserP-LA-STtC EbtERG1IPtOY LIGI IT L10 2 DAY -BRITE DWAE148H012012EBLT F48T12 /CW /HO FL 1 2 120 50 X X STRIP LIGHT, NOTE 10 COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH WALK -IN VENDOR L17 1 DUAL -LITE LTURW - - - 1 120 1.2 X X X THERMOPLASTIC EXIT LIGHT 1 FL= FLUORESCENT, CFL = COMPACT FLUORESCENT, IND= INCANDESCENT, MH =METAL HALIDE, HPS =HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM, LPS =LOW PRESSURE SODIUM, MV= MERCURY VAPOR 2 PROVIDE MINIMUM 1100 LUMEN EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK IN FL FIXTURES MARKED "EM ". PROVIDE MINIMUM 950 LUMEN EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK IN CFL FIXTURES MARKED "EM ". 3 CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL LAMPS. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE BY THE SAME LAMP MANUFACTURER IN ORDER TO MATCH COLOR PHOSPHORS. ALL FOUR FOOT FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE OF THE LOW MERCURY CONTENT TYPE. 4 CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE, TRIM RINGS, ETC. FOR THE TYPE OF CEILING SPECIFIED. COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 5 FOR EXIT LIGHTS, COORDINATE MOUNTING CONFIGURATION REQUIREMENT, DIRECTIONAL ARROWS, NUMBER OF FACES, ETC. WITH PLAN DRAWINGS. 6 FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE INSTANT START BALLASTS. 7 CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE, FITTINGS, CONNECTORS, PENDENT FEEDS, END CAPS, ETC. TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE LIGHT TRACK SYSTEM. 8 CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL NECESSARY LOW VOLTAGE DIMMABLE TRANSFORMERS, CONNECTORS, MOUNTING CLAMPS, ETC. 9 VERIFY THICKNESS OF CEILINGS SYSTEMS AND PROVIDE EXTENSION AS REQUIRED FOR ALL DOWN LIGHTS. 10 WALK -IN REFRIGERATOR LIGHTS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY LIGHTING VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY G.C. & FULLY CONNECTED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 11 TRIM COLOR BY ARCHITECT. 12 PROVIDE CLEAR NARROW FLOOD REFLECTOR "24MHT4RNF ". SWITCH GANG $a $b $c $d A -1 A -3 LIGHTS TYPE "L02" • LIGHTS TYPE "L02" • LIGHTS TYPE "L01" • LIGHTS TYPE "1.01" A -5 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. A -1 A -3 O A -9 A -11 TIME CLOCK— —A-9 A -11 NEUTRAL SIGN NORTH TIMER /CONTACTOR DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. 71 Sho7 Cei *in DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 EXPIRES 0 .110 oRRO�� L/U woru6isapswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road 0 N. N 0 x a F 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 ry M M 0 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL <EYED NOTES A "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (I.E. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDED RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C THESE DRAWINGS ARE PREPARED WITH REQUIRED BRANCH CIRCUITS INDICATED BY CIRCUIT NUMBERS. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, BOXES, MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE OPERABLE SYSTEM (HOME RUN SHOWN). BRANCH CIRCUIT INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH SPECIFICATIONS, NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES. D REFER TO SHEET A -000 FOR RESPONSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND SHEET E -002 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTE REQUIREMENTS. E CENTER ALL FIXTURES IN CEILING TILE WHERE APPLICABLE. F ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. G PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL ARROWS FOR EXIT SIGNS AS SHOWN ON PLAN DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES. WIRE ALL EXIT SIGNS AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING. H REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND SPECIFICATIONS OF LIGHT FIXTURES. I CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LIGHTING FIXTURE FRAME TYPES WITH CEILING CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO BASE BID PROPOSAL. K PROVIDE ENERGY SAVING LAMPS AND ELECTRONIC BALLASTS FOR ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES. J ALL FIXTURES SHOWN "EM /NL" DENOTES FIXTURE WIRED UNSWITCHED WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK. L EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. M ALL NEW POWER AND LIGHTING CONDUITS ON THIS PROJECT SHALL INCLUDE AN INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED AS NOTED OR PER NEC WHERE NOT NOTED. THIS GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CONDUIT USED. N LIGHTING FIXTURES MARKED "E" ARE EXISTING FIXTURES THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE. LIGHTING FIXTURES THAT ARE MARKED "R" ARE EXISTING FIXTURES THAT HAVE BEEN RELOCATED. RELOCATED FIXTURES SHALL BE STORED, THOROUGHLY CLEANED, PLACED INTO THE REMODELED AREA, RECONNECTED, AND RELAMPED. EXISTING FIXTURES WITHIN THE LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE THROUGLY CLEANED AND RELAMPED. O ALL LAMPS AND LENSES IN FOOD PREPERATION AREA SHALL BE EASILY CLEANABLE AND SHATTERPROOF P FOR ROOMS THAT REQUIRE AN OCCUPANT SENSING DEVICE, CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL: LEVITON - OCCUPANCY SENSOR LIGHTING CONTROL, ODS10 -IDI O GANG OF SWITCHES. SEE LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAMS. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. O WATER PROOF JUNCTION BOX AT CANOPY FOR CONNECTION TO STORE SIGN. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATION WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR AND JAMBA JUICE PROJECT MANAGER. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD AND RELOCATE IF REQUIRED. PROVIDE GROUND WIRE FROM PANEL TO SIGN GROUND FAULT TRANSFORMER IF NOT EXISTING. PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH AS REQUIRED BY ARTICLE 600 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. O REFER TO WIRING SCHEMATIC 2/E102 FOR WIRING OF WALK -IN COOLER /FREEZER LIGHTING. O JBOX DEDICATED FOR BLADE SIGN. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH BLADE SIGN MANUFACTURE. O PROVIDE INTERIOR LIGHTING OVERRIDE SWITCH. SEE LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM 2/E -111. biklW ty 40 RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER WJ J ZQ 2 W V C.) F z o w CC u) U m g j I— a - _0 u. C▪ O co co W O 00 O 0) SEATLLE, rn ti 0 w m z 1- U w 0 0 Issue Date 7/2 8/1 1 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 E lectrical L ighting P lan E -111 - L02 r J L01 0 L01 b0 p L1 b0 L01 0 SERVICE L02 OO s L07 L17 01 �1 L01 b0 p L01 O a .. ts- LO1 b0 L01 a0 d L02 O BACK AREA Lot a0 L00 1 b p L01 b� 02 1 L07 L07 c L02 L01 a0 L07 NL /EM T d A -1 A -3 LIGHTS TYPE "L02" • LIGHTS TYPE "L02" • LIGHTS TYPE "L01" • LIGHTS TYPE "1.01" A -5 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. A -1 A -3 O A -9 A -11 TIME CLOCK— —A-9 A -11 NEUTRAL SIGN NORTH TIMER /CONTACTOR DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. 71 Sho7 Cei *in DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 EXPIRES 0 .110 oRRO�� L/U woru6isapswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road 0 N. N 0 x a F 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 ry M M 0 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL <EYED NOTES A "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (I.E. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDED RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C THESE DRAWINGS ARE PREPARED WITH REQUIRED BRANCH CIRCUITS INDICATED BY CIRCUIT NUMBERS. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, BOXES, MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE OPERABLE SYSTEM (HOME RUN SHOWN). BRANCH CIRCUIT INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH SPECIFICATIONS, NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES. D REFER TO SHEET A -000 FOR RESPONSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND SHEET E -002 FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTE REQUIREMENTS. E CENTER ALL FIXTURES IN CEILING TILE WHERE APPLICABLE. F ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. G PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL ARROWS FOR EXIT SIGNS AS SHOWN ON PLAN DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE AUTHORITIES. WIRE ALL EXIT SIGNS AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHING. H REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND SPECIFICATIONS OF LIGHT FIXTURES. I CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LIGHTING FIXTURE FRAME TYPES WITH CEILING CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO BASE BID PROPOSAL. K PROVIDE ENERGY SAVING LAMPS AND ELECTRONIC BALLASTS FOR ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES. J ALL FIXTURES SHOWN "EM /NL" DENOTES FIXTURE WIRED UNSWITCHED WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK. L EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. M ALL NEW POWER AND LIGHTING CONDUITS ON THIS PROJECT SHALL INCLUDE AN INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED AS NOTED OR PER NEC WHERE NOT NOTED. THIS GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF CONDUIT USED. N LIGHTING FIXTURES MARKED "E" ARE EXISTING FIXTURES THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE. LIGHTING FIXTURES THAT ARE MARKED "R" ARE EXISTING FIXTURES THAT HAVE BEEN RELOCATED. RELOCATED FIXTURES SHALL BE STORED, THOROUGHLY CLEANED, PLACED INTO THE REMODELED AREA, RECONNECTED, AND RELAMPED. EXISTING FIXTURES WITHIN THE LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE THROUGLY CLEANED AND RELAMPED. O ALL LAMPS AND LENSES IN FOOD PREPERATION AREA SHALL BE EASILY CLEANABLE AND SHATTERPROOF P FOR ROOMS THAT REQUIRE AN OCCUPANT SENSING DEVICE, CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL: LEVITON - OCCUPANCY SENSOR LIGHTING CONTROL, ODS10 -IDI O GANG OF SWITCHES. SEE LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAMS. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. O WATER PROOF JUNCTION BOX AT CANOPY FOR CONNECTION TO STORE SIGN. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATION WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR AND JAMBA JUICE PROJECT MANAGER. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD AND RELOCATE IF REQUIRED. PROVIDE GROUND WIRE FROM PANEL TO SIGN GROUND FAULT TRANSFORMER IF NOT EXISTING. PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH AS REQUIRED BY ARTICLE 600 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. O REFER TO WIRING SCHEMATIC 2/E102 FOR WIRING OF WALK -IN COOLER /FREEZER LIGHTING. O JBOX DEDICATED FOR BLADE SIGN. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH BLADE SIGN MANUFACTURE. O PROVIDE INTERIOR LIGHTING OVERRIDE SWITCH. SEE LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM 2/E -111. biklW ty 40 RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER WJ J ZQ 2 W V C.) F z o w CC u) U m g j I— a - _0 u. C▪ O co co W O 00 O 0) SEATLLE, rn ti 0 w m z 1- U w 0 0 Issue Date 7/2 8/1 1 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 E lectrical L ighting P lan E -111 1 2 3 6 10 ELECTRICAL GE \ERAL \OYES A "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (I.E. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDED RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES. COORDINATE EXACT CODE REQUIREMENTS AND LOCAL AMENDMENTS WITH LOCAL INSPECTOR PRIOR TO ANY INSTALLATION. D CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT RATING & PROVIDE PROPER PROTECTION FOR MAIN SWITCH & ALL BRANCH DEVICES. E COORDINATE EXACT SCOPE OF SERVICE ENTRANCE WITH LANDLORD AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. F VISIT THE SITE AND CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE BUILDING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SO AS TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIFFICULTIES THAT WILL ATTEND THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK, BEFORE SUBMITTING PROPOSALS. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL WILL BE EVIDENCE THAT SUCH EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE AND LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS BECAUSE OF DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED, WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED. G THIS DRAWING IS DESIGNED BASED ON AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM ACCURACY BEFORE START OF PROJECT. CONTACT ARCHITECT & ENGINEER IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY. H CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY IN FIELD LANDLORDS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BREAKERS OR FUSES AS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE LANDLORDS DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT WITH THIS RISER DIAGRAM. PANEL "H" RE MKS ITEM CONT APPL N.C. A B C N.C. APP_ CON- ITEM REMKS REIMS 3P/30A 1 (1 7) WATER HE;ATE2 528 6000 I__ 1260 15727 528 45 KVA TRANSFORMER 2 3P /80A 3 -3 LIGHTING 180 -- 6000 .- 14-40 14961 1380 --• 4 L L 5 - -- 312 -_ 6000 _ 920 15240 1512 -- 6 L 3P/15A 9 (Vol) VAV -1 MIE 1080 1800 2670 ._ 360 230 SPACE 8 L L 9 -- 1200 L 2670 (E06A]BLENDER 720 SPACE 10 T /L/I 11 _.- 1200 L 2670 E (E06A)BLENDER 360 -. SPACE 12 TOTALS 13 SPACE (EOM) BLENDER 1800 TOTALS 0 0 28010 180 IMMII 3820 45928 3420 (T14). MONITOR 14 GFI GF1 15 PHASE 'A' 26185 528 15727 9930 MINN a. M111• HIGHEST PHASE 26451 LOWEST PHASE 26185 FHASE'B' 26451 1380 14961 10110 20 22 GFI GF1 17 PI-LASE 'C' 26342 1512 15240 9590 DIFFERENCE 268 1% IS <10 %SO PANG_ IS BALANCED TOTALS 78978 (T12) BUZZER 18 GF1 19 SPACE CONTINUOUS LOADS 3420 1.25 360 4275 615 A PRANCE LOADS 45928 6 0.65 21 SPACE (E30) ICE MACH (E100) YOGURT 29853 NCNCONIINJOUS LOADS 29630 1 .- 805 1800 29630 CCNNE£TSJ LOAD 78678 GFI GFI 23 SPACE SPARE - 63758 WATTS AT 208 VOLTS / 3 PHASE .- SERVICE IS 277/480 VOLT; 3 PHASE; 4 WIRE PANEL SHALL BE RATED AT 200 AMPS WITH 100 L = BREAKER WITH LOCK ON DEVICE T = GRCUIT CONTROLLED BY A TIMER CONTACTOR I = DEDICATED CIRCUIT W?VITH AN ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT BREAKER RATINGS: 277V = 14,000 A,LC, ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE 1 P /20A SWITCHING DUTY BOLT -ON, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR EN/AC EQUIPMENT SRALL BE "HACK" TYPE 77 AMPERES CIRCUIT BREAKER WP = A NEMA 3R RATED DEVICE GFI r GROUND FAULT AMPS MAIN PANEL "A" RENKS ITEM CONT APPL EC. A B C EC. APFL CONT ITEM REMKS REMKS 1 1 LIGHTING 528 I__ 360 (E22) COOLER (T01) FOS 2 3 -3 LIGHTING 180 -- .- 360 - -- (T03) FR1N -ER 4 GFI II� 7 5 LIGHTING 312 -_ _ 360 ( E23) FRFF7ER - -- (T04) SAFE 6 L GFi 7 SPACE MIE 1080 1800 _- -_ ._ 360 230 (T05,T07) MGR DESK 10 L TILII 9 SIGN 1200 L u (E06A]BLENDER 720 (T06,T10) MGR DESK 10 T /L/I 11 BLADE SIGN 1200 L GFI® E (E06A)BLENDER 360 -. (T11) ALARM 12 2995 13 SPACE (EOM) BLENDER 1800 -_ 180 IMMII 1800 (T14). MONITOR 14 GFI GF1 15 SPACE tiEO6A) BLENDER (EO6A) BLENDER 1800 1800 MINN a. M111• 360 180 1765 (T01}POS_FUTURE 16 20 22 GFI GF1 17 SPACE 804 200 (T12) BUZZER 18 GF1 19 SPACE (E08) RCA ROT 360 615 GB+IRECEP- 20 6 GF1 21 SPACE (E30) ICE MACH (E100) YOGURT 11111111111 2243 1800 MUM -_ .- 805 1800 SPARE 22 28 30 GFI GFI 23 SPACE SPARE - -- - 120O SPARE 24 GFI 25 SPACE -- SPACE SPARE 26 - 27 SPACE -- le . - SPARE 28 29 SPACE SPACE 38 39 -• _ SPARE 30 31 SFACE =. SPACE 40 -D SPARE _- = SPARE 32 -- 33 SPACE TOTALS 0 20331 0 MIMI SPACE 34 0 35 SPACE ® 0 - HIGHEST PHASE 15727 LOWEST PHASE 14981 A- ASE'B' 14961 0 14961 SPACE 36 - 37 SPACE 0 DIFFERENCE 766 5% IS < 10% SO PANEL IS BALANCED TOTALS 45928 - - 15727 PANEL '8' 38 3P/100A 0 39 SPACE • 0 APPLIANCE LOADS 45928 � 0.65 . 29853 - -- 0 41 SPACE M 0 CONNECTS? LOAD SERVICE IS 120/208 VOLT; PANEL SHALL BE RATED L = BREAKER W1TH LOCK ON DEVICE T = CIRCUIT CONTROLLED BY A TIMER CONTACTOR • = DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH AN ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT BREAKER RATINGS: ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE 1 PI20A SWITCHING ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT ■ - -. 4 WIRE 100 AMPS WITH MAIN A.I.C. -ON, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE TYPE 15240 WATTS AT 208 VOLTS / 3 PHASE -- 42 -- TOTALS TOTALS 3.420 0 0 3620 45928 0 J H-IASE'A' 17515 528 15727 1260 HIGHEST PHASE 17781 LOWEST PHASE 17515 PHASE 'B' 17781 1380 14961 1440 A- IASE'C' 17672 1512 15240 920 DIFFERENCE 268 2% IS < 10% SO PAIR IS BALANCED TOTALS 52968 CONTINUOUS LOADS 3420 1.25 4275 AFFIANCE LOADS 45928 0.65 29853 NCNCONTINJOUS LOADS 3620 1 3620 CONNECTED LOAD 52968 37748 WATTS AT 208 VOLTS / 3 PHASE SERVICE IS 120/208 VOLT; 3 PHASE; 4 WIRE PANEL SHALL BE RATED AT 200 AMPS WITH 125 L = BREAKER NTH LOCK ON DEVICE T , GRC1.1IT CONTROLLED BY A TILLER CONTACTOR I= DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH AN ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT BREAKER RATINGS: 120V = 10,000 A.I.C. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE 1 P/20A SWITCHING DUTY BOLT -ON, UNLESS NOTED OTHERIISE ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE "HACR' TYPE 105 AMPERES CIRCUIT BREAKER WP = A NEMA OR RATED DEVICE GFI = GROUND FAULT AMPS MAIN PANEL "B" REMKS ITEM CONY AFPL NC. MEE N C APR, CONY ITEM REMKS GF! 1 (E04) OJ DISP 518 I__ 1725 (E22) COOLER 2 2P130A 3 (E04) OJ DISP 518 -- .- 1725 - -- 0 L GF1 II� 7 (EO4C) OJ DISP MINI QUAD (E04C) OJ DISP MINI QUAD Mill 690 690 -_ _ 3016 3016 ( E23) FRFF7ER - -- 2 40 L GFi - 9 11 (E05) DIP BOX - -. -_ -- (E06A)BLENDER MIE 1080 1800 _- -_ ._ -'. 230 (E22)COOLER 10 L 180 CONTROLS m L u (E06A]BLENDER 1800 2995 (E74) OVEN m2FY30A 16 L GFI® E (E06A)BLENDER 1800 -. .- 2995 -- (EOM) BLENDER 1800 -_ IMMII 1800 ME (E59)C71'RUS 18 GF1 GFI GFI 21 tiEO6A) BLENDER (EO6A) BLENDER 1800 1800 MINN a. M111• .- 180 1765 (R10) WTR FLTR (E77) I-tV UASPENSER 20 22 GFI GF1 804 (E76 GF1 ® (E08) RCA ROT �- 615 EPo REFF GK 6 6 GF1 1 P/30A GE rig 29 (E30) ICE MACH (E100) YOGURT 11111111111 2243 1800 MUM -_ .- 805 1800 (E20) REFRG (E13) BAKE GOOD CASE 28 30 GFI GFI -® =11 SPARE - -- - 120O MINI (E75) WARMER GFI - -- SPACE - -_ -- le . - -- SPACE 38 39 -• _ -N _ = =. SPACE 40 -D SPARE _- = - -- TOTALS TOTALS 0 20331 0 MIMI 0 111153=1 0 FHASE'A' 15727 O ® 0 - HIGHEST PHASE 15727 LOWEST PHASE 14981 A- ASE'B' 14961 0 14961 0 - PHASE 'C' 15240 0 15240 0 DIFFERENCE 766 5% IS < 10% SO PANEL IS BALANCED TOTALS 45928 - - -- CONTINUOUS LOADS 0 . • 0 APPLIANCE LOADS 45928 � 0.65 . 29853 NONCONTINJOUS LOADS 0 _ 1 M 0 CONNECTS? LOAD SERVICE IS 120/208 VOLT; PANEL SHALL BE RATED L = BREAKER W1TH LOCK ON DEVICE T = CIRCUIT CONTROLLED BY A TIMER CONTACTOR • = DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH AN ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT BREAKER RATINGS: ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE 1 PI20A SWITCHING ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 45928 3 PHASE; AT 120V = 10,000 DUTY BOLT SHALL BE "HACR" - -. 4 WIRE 100 AMPS WITH MAIN A.I.C. -ON, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE TYPE 29853 WATTS AT 208 VOLTS / 3 PHASE WP = A NEMA 3R RATED DEVICE GFI = GROUND FAULT LUGS ONLY TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BREAKERS AS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE WITH THESE PANEL SCHEDULES. REFER TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LABEL FOR EACH OUTLET PLATE SHOWING CIRCUIT NUMBER AND EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. VOLTAGE DROP TO BE LESS THAN 3% LANDLORD SERVICE TO PANEL 'A' IN SPACE: DISTANCE TO SPACE (L): 150 FT. WIRE SIZE TO SPACE: #3 (R= 0.254) AMPS (I): - 77.0 A PANEL 'A' TO FARTHEST EQUIPMENT: DISTANCE TO EQUIPMENT (L): 50 FT. WIRE SIZE TO EQUIPMENT: #12 (R =1.7) AMPS (I): 10 A VD = 1.73 x 77.0 x 0.254 x 150_ 5.1 V 1000 5.1 V x 100= 480 V 1.06% vD = 2 x 50 x 1.7 x 10 = 1.7 V 1000 1.7 V x 100= 120 V 1.4% VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATION CODE MINIMUM SERVICE SIZE CALCULATION @ 277/480V, 3PH, 4W LIGHTING SIGNAGE SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE MECHANICAL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT WATER HEATER CONNECTED DEMAND 1.0 KW ® 125% = 1.3 KW 2.4 KW ® 125% = 3.0 KW - KW ® 100% _ - KW 3.6 KW 0 100% 1st 10 KW = 3.6 KW - KW 0 50% REMAINDER - KW 8.0 KW 0 100% = 8.0 KW 45.9 KW 0 65% = 29.9 KW 18.0 KW 0 100% = 18.0 KW 63.8 KW = 77 AMPS ELECTRICAL LOAD SUMMARY %- eh,:-.) DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 EXPIRES 4� (11 Luop.u6isepswpd 3100 East Randol Milt Road 0 X F 2 rn 817.633.4153 f O 0 0 m m ri APPROXIMATE DISTANCE OF FEEDER CONDUCTORS FROM LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL ROOM TO TENANT SPACE IS 150 FEET. ROOF COOLER COMPRESSOR 30AS /30AF /2P (NEMA 3R) 3 #10 THW WITH #10 GROUND IN 3/4 "C. FREEZER COMPRESSOR 60AS /40AF /2P (NEMA 3R) 3 #8 THW WITH #10 GROUND IN 3/4 "C. 0 CO N -4-#3 THW & #8 GND IN 1-1/2"C. 1 1 M/ L -I -J FLOOR 4 - #10 THW & #10 GND IN 3/4 "C. 3 - #6 THW & #10 GND IN 1"C. EXISTING 3 -POLE FUSIBLE SWITCH AT LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION WITH (3) 100 AMP FUSES AS REQUIRED. VERIFY IN FIELD. EXISTING METER & METER BASE AT LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION. VERIFY IN FIELD. 1 � NEW 45 KVA MOUNTED ON PLATFORM. 45 r- KVA 1 ��L NEW 12 CIRCUIT PANEL WITH 100 AMP MAIN BREAKER BY TENANT CONTRACTOR.- 1 VAV -1 30AS /NF /3P 1 FREEZER EVAPORATOR 60AS /40AF /2P COOLER EVAPORATOR 20AS /NF /1 P TC 2 #12 THW WITH #12 GROUND IN 1/2"C. 3 #8 THW WITH #10 GROUND IN 3/4 "C. LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. SEE 1/E111 4 #1 THW & #6 GND IN 2 "C. 4 #3 THW & #8 GND IN 1- 1/2 "C. 42 CCT. PANEL (MAIN LUGS ONLY) NEW 42 CIRCUIT PANEL WITH 125 AMP MAIN BREAKER BY TENANT CONTRACTOR. DISCONNECT SWITCH LEGEND al Wit QUANTITY OF POLES FUSE RATING SWITCH RATING (TERMINALS) #6 GROUND PER NEC. D 11 -z(o I ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM NO SCALE RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER Ok-B A HIDDEN LINE REPRESENTS EQUIPM WHICH IS EXISTING OR BY THE LANDLORD A SOLID LINE REPRESENTS NEW EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR w I- J za. W 2 W v� V LLJ 0F'I- > >z O w 4 CA CO ▪ (0 Q W � � r0n ▪ v' y (0 W in 00 CO CO 0) SEATLLE, 0) N. 0 W m z 1- 0 0 a Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date A Description By A A A A A J6.0 ERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 lectrical Schedules and Riser E -601 F E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 C TIME CLOCK MTD. ON REFRIG. RACK VERIFY VOLTAGE, PHASE & LOADING WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SPLICE BOX DISCONNECT SWITCH MTD. ADJACENT TO EVAP. AT 78 "(2000) DOOR FAN SWITCH COMPONENTS FURNISHED BY THE REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR COMPONENTS FURNISHED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR INTERCONNECTING WIRING /CONDUIT BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR OUTLINE OF COLD STOR. ROOM (FREEZER) • • • • • • ROOM T –STAT LIQUID LINE SOLENOID TERMINAL BLOCK MTD. ON EVAPORATOR DRAIN LINE HEATER REFRIG. WIRING SCHEMATIC DEFROST NO SCALE POWER SUPPLY -1- L_ S.P.S.T. SWITCH BY ELECT. CONTR. MOUNTED ADJACENT TO EVAP. AT +78" ABOVE FLOOR T --� ROOM THERMOSTAT LIQUID LINE SOLENOID • 1 EVAPORATOR WIRING BY ELECT. CONTR. OUTLINE OF COLD STORAGE ROOM NOTE: T –STAT SOLENOID & EVAPORATOR FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY REFRIGERATION OR KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR. REFRIG. WIRING SCHEMATIC MEDIUM TEMP NO SCALE T 0 PUSH BUTTON UNDER ORDER COUNTER BUZZER IN MGR'S DESK AREA 120V POWER B -9 TRANSFORMER BUZZER WIRING DIAGRAM NO SCALE ) W 1 41 DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington Lice - 4016 ‘111 IP or iirgqii 4, EXPIRES (0 o(O� v VJ . � v WOYu6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road m M r 1- '0 r` • X n a) O H N C O M 01 so C • O• DD ENCLOSURE FOR PANELBOARD ISOLATED GROUND BAR [- (ISOLATED FROM THE PANEL) CIRCUIT BREAKER --- L--__. -\_ ORANGE COLOR PLASTIC IDENTIFIES ISOLATED GROUND NOT CONNECTED TO SHELL. EQUIPMENT GROUND TERMINAL (IF PRESENT) ISOLATED GROUND HOT 1j` •• NEUTRAL-,,s. HUBBELL CATALOG # IG53620S FEEDER CONDUIT mm xv. mom DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT - ISOLATED BONDING JUMPER – GREEN WITH YELLOW TRACER THIS ISOLATED GROUND TERMINAL IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE RECEPTACLE FRAME INSULATED NEUTRAL BUS L_ 1 EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS BONDED TO ENCLOSURE EQUIPMENT GROUND ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR GREEN WITH YELLOW TRACER GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR ENCLOSURE IS CONNECTED TO A GROUND CONDUCTOR ISOLATED GROUNDING DETAIL NO SCALE 2" DIA. CONDUIT IN WALL FROM RJ45 PATCH PANELS TO ABOVE CLG. BY G.C. A66 BLOCK DEMARK TERMINAL BY G.C. SEE SHEET E -802 FOR WIRING DIAGRAM I.G. QUAD: ALARM & PHONE BOARD BY G.C. GROUND BY G.C. 12 PORT PATCH PANEL QUAD W/ 2" MUDRING -rr — PHONE CO. BOX 1 48 "X48" FIRE RESISTANT EXTERIOR GLUED DOUGLAS FIR BCX PLYWOOD MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING BY G.C. ALARM CO. BOX BY OWNER 1 I.G. DUPLEX: CPU, MONITOR I.G. DUPLEX: MODEM, MODEM I.G. DUPLEX: HUB, ROUTER – QUAD: PRINTER /COPIER /FAX, MONEY COUNTER, PHONE CREDIT CARD MODEM CPU MODEM ROUTER DSL 16 –PORT HUB t.a ( INTERIOR ELEVATIONS (OFFICE WALL) NO SCALE W ,J I- J z< W2 V 7 z O w U) m 2 4WD - _0 H (0 y Co W O w 0 Q • 00 CO 00 O SEATLLE, IY w 2 z PROJECT Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By 7/28/11 AQ DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A A A RECEIVED. JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER 6.0 ERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 Electrical Details E -807 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 E BLENDER COUNTER CO CONTROLLER VIDEO 3 r C1A) ABOVE 4 —COMP SINK RINTER-1 0 L C1 A )---rm r— L ORDER COUNTER TERM 1 PRINTER PRINTER o TERM 2 C3) C1A) r L MANAGERS OFFICE 0 BACK OFFICE COMPUTER 16 —PORT HUB = RJ45C WALL JUNCTION BOX 11 1 GENERAL NOTES: 1. EVERY QSR CONTROLLER WILL HAVE A BUMP BAR. 2. ALL CABLES SHALL BE CAT 5, FOUR PAIR, SOLID TWISTED. 3. ALL WALL JACKS SHALL BE RJ45. 4. ALL WIRING TERMINATION SCHEMES SHALL BE T568B TYPE. 5. ALL 120 VAC OUTLETS ON SAME CIRCUITS WITH DEDICATED HOME RUNS TO IG. CIRCUIT. 1 C1 C) J ## SCHEMATIC NOTES: �1 B) " CONDUIT WITH (1) ONE CAT 5 CABLE. 16 1" CONDUIT WITH (2) TWO CAT 5 CABLE. 2" DIA. CONDUIT ® MGRS. DESK P.O.S. SCHEMATIC NO SCALE SINGLE GANG SURFACE MOUNT JUNCTION BOX WITH RJ45 JACK. IN CABINET BELOW. PROVIDE ALTERNATE BID FOR CONNECTION AT /TO J —BOX FOR PRE —WIRED MILLWORK ASSEMBLIES AS PROVIDED BY OWNER. AMPLIFER OUTPUT 70V (2.5W) COMMON _] Ulr 7 Aiiiiiik Ailillik AIL 17►7 +60" SPEAKER OUTLET AT MANAGER'S DESK 0 NOTES: BACK ROOM LOOP THRU 24" SLACK 3/4" EMT CONDUIT FOR SPEAKER WIRE LEAVE 6' -0" OF COILED AND TAPED SPEAKER WIRING. (TYPICAL EACH CIRCUIT) LABEL "SALES AREA" CT830 —T870 COAX SPEAKER (EXISTING AND MINOR REMODEL STORES ONLY). GRILLE, ENCLOSURE (XCP84) AND SUPPORT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY "DMX ". (KITCHEN) PDXN S20 —AT -15 SPEAKER, ENCLOSURE (PUSH APB — FOR 'PLENUM' LOCATIONS ONLY) FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY "DMX ". (PREP & FRONT AREA) 3 SPEAKER WIRE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY "DMX ". IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE, RUN CONDUIT IN CEILING TO MANAGER'S OFFICE TO FEED EACH SPEAKER LOCATION. 4 SINGLE GANG RECESSED RECEPTACLE BOX FOR VOLUME CONTROL. (VOLUME CONTROL TO OPERATE BACK SPEAKER ONLY) COILED AND TAPED (24" LENGTH) b k‘-4,(9 DMX SOUND SYSTEM (PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY VENDOR) NO SCALE I9 44.0 �i4 fl*(9,26."1/41/V° RECEIVE JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER ev,,1 tom 54t DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, D( 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 EXPIRES ILI MIN woD.u6!sapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road 0 N. 0 0 v H 0 cn c Q 817.633.4153 f 0 n 0 0 V M S PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By Revisions Date 7/28/11 AQ DAR Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4-31-08 6.0.0 Electrical Details E -802 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 I i 1 - U, D 4" > cn 4" 0 ' TOP %WI-IT® BLUE 1.VOICE 1 1.VOICE 1 VOICE 2/ 2.ALARM 3' CREDIT 4. MODEM 5. DSL PAIR #1 BLUE ORANGE/WHT® ® 2. VOICE 2 /ALARM "A" PAIR CAT5 #2 ORANGE ®E73 ® GREEN /WHT® 3. CREDIT CARD PAIR #3 EEN GREEN ® � BROWN /WHT ®L, NE 4. MODEM PAIR #4 BROWN ® ® BLUE WHT AUL ® PAIR #1 BLUE E 5. DSL U, ci NOTE: LABEL COVER PLATE AS SHOWN / ® / ORANGE /WHT® r__I 7_11_, 6. CAT5 "B" PAIR #2 ORANGE ®0 0 0 / V \ GREEN /WHT 7 \ PAIR #3 GREEN ®0 0 0 VOICE " 15" H BROWN WHT 8. r-i r_I !._1 PAIR #4 BROWN 0 0 0 1/2 DSL FUTURE DATA BLUE/WHT FUTURE 9 . DATA 10. ® PAIR 9. FUTURE DATA #1 BLUE P. U ® ORANGE WHT / TO FINISH FLOOR CREDIT CARD / ®� J I r, CAT5 "C" PAIR #2 ORANGE ®0O0 GREEN/WHT... 11. -.44 0 0 0 PAIR #3 GREEN® 0 0 0 MODEM C B ) O -Rik BROWN WHT 12. h n 1--1 PAIR #4 BROWN 0 0 0 SINGLE GANG RECESSED SINGLE GANG SINGLE GANG THIS SIDE THIS SIDE TO A66 BLOCK 0 0 0 0 FROM PHONE CO.'S 13. (1) (1) (1) BOX W/3 PORT FACE PLATE RECESSED BOX W/ SINGLE RECESSED BOX W/ SINGLE (HUBBELL TYPE #DP130W) PORT FACE PLATE PORT FACE PLATE TO ACCEPT (3) RJ11C (HUBBELL TYPE #DP110W) (HUBBELL TYPE #DP110W) JACKS TO ACCEPT 1 SINGLE RJ45 TO ACCEPT 1 SINGLE RJ45 JACK JACK TELEPHONE & DATA BELOW MANAGER'S DESK ABOVE MGR.'S DESK M.P.O.E. 0 0 0 0 I= 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14• NOTE: ASSIGN ONLY (1) ONE WIRE PER PUNCH DOWN TERMINAL AS SHOWN A66 NOTE: LABEL COVER PLATE AS SHOWN 15. n 0 i21. wow .' NOTE: BRIDGE CLIPS TO BE USED FOR TERMINAL CONNECTIONS AS SHOWN BLOCK TERMINALS A66 BLOCK COVER SIEMON PART NO. S66M1 -50 PROTO -TEL COVER (ORANGE) l �i A66 BLOCK WIRING @ MAIN L.L. TELEPHONE ROOM NO SCALE 4 NO SCALE 1 BLUE /WHT 1 A66 BLOCK A66 BLOCK BLUE PAIR #1 1.VOICE 1 CAT5 "D" DEMARK TERMINAL DEMARK TERMINAL SEE DETAIL #4 SEE DETAIL #3 "C CAT 5 "D" -1" CONDUIT, ROUTE PHONE CABLING 3 a ALARM \ ORANGE/WHT ORANGE PAIR #2 2. VOICE 2 NOTE: ALARM SYSTEM PHONE CONNECTION IS TO BE SERVICED BY "VOICE 2" ONLY TOP T 5 /WHT 1 WITH (3) CAT FROM LANDLORD TEL. RM. OR BUILDING ENTRY POINT BY E.C. BLUE C:u `' 1. VOICE 1 11•111 PAIR #1 # BLUE ®BLUE PAIR #1 1.VOICE 1 BLUE El ORANGE/WHT... LI 2. ALARM VOICE 2 ...ORANGE/WHT #2 2. VOICE 2 CAT5 "A" CAT5 "A" PAIR #2 ORANGE ®LI ®oRANGEPAIR -� 48 "#6 COPPER L J 3' 4. 5. CREDIT CARD MODEM DSL --::.'--7\ GREEN/WHT /WHT �, �� SPACE FOR TEL SYSTEM PANEL GROUND. VERIFY W/ PHONE CO. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ORDER COUNTER _GREEN PAIR CLIP PAIR #3 3. CREDIT CARD TELEPHONE COMPANY'S - �/ #3 GREEN GREEN ® 1-�-I 1 ® , BROWN/WHT �LIH BROWN/WHT PAIR CLIP PAIR #4 4. MODEM #4 BROWN 1 BROWN ORDER COUNTER CASEWORK CONTRACTOR 36" X 36" PLYWOOD I t SPACE FOR ALARM PANEL cup BLUE/WHT /WHT ®� ®BLUE CLIP PAIR #1 5. DSL TO PROVIDE ONE / BACKBOARD IN BACK SINGLE GANG SURFACE DESK. ABOVE MGR'S DOUBLE BR RJ11C JACK PAIR #1 BLUE BLUE �� ® ORANGE /WHT c P ORANGE/WHT �l TERMINAL. VERIFY W/ PHONE CO. / ® 1' 6. ®� » PAIR CLIP #2 CAT5 "B" CAT5 #2 ORANGE oRANGEPAIR �1 WITH WHIP TO WALL. ®I� -':'.--747:.\ GREEN/WHr® �u� GREEN/WHT 7. 8. 9. 10. FUTURE DATA MAIN L.L. TELEPHONE "C ABOVE MANAGER'S PAIR PAIR #3 1 , ROOM DESK #3 GREEN _GREEN ® ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR NOTES: THIS SIDE BROWN /WHT � ®BROWN/WHT THIS SIDE FROM A66 PAIR #4 PAIR #4 BROWN.. BROWN TO BELOW BLOCK AT MAIN _ 1 • ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL THREE (3) CAT 5 TO BUILDING ENTRY POINT BY PUBLIC PHONE CO. BY START -1 OF CONSTRUCTION. cp 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL CONDUIT & n CABLE FROM BLDG. ENTRY POINT THROUGH TENANT SPACE. MANAGER'S CAT 5 "A" n -1 a L.L. TELEPHONE BLUE/WHT /wHr ®a _BLUE DESK ROOM PAIR PAIR #1 9. FUTURE DATA # #1 # BLUE10 ® ...BLUE ORANGE/WHT _a II= [ALL "C" PAIR AIR #2 CAT5 "C" CAT5 #2 ORANGE_ ®ORANGE' 11. 12• 13. 3. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO TERMINATE AND VERIFY WORKING CONDITIONING OF ALL PHONE LINES 3 WEEKS PRIOR TO TURNOVER. ..17'c-\. GREEN/WHT GREEN/WHT FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA GANGS PLATES AND PORTS, SEE DETAIL #2 IAI • PAIR PAIR #3 #3 GREEN_ ...GREEN BROWN /WHT BROWN /WHT r a a 1 4. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO USE ONLY CAT 5 CABLING. 5. ALARM VENDOR TO PROVIDE CONNECTION BETWEEN TEL. �, owl _ PAIR #4 PAIR #4 BROWN BROWN E Nom MIN C B 0 =I= 0 0 NOTE: ASSIGN ONLY (1) ONE WIRE PER PUNCH DOWN TERMINAL AS SHOWN `O / TERMINAL BOARD AND ALARM CONTROL PANEL. .� . 4.� n 0 NOTE: LABEL COVER PLATE AS SHOWN, ∎ BELOW MANAGER'S 5• PROVIDE TELEPHONE CABINET WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. s`.` NOTE: BRIDGE CLIPS TO BE USED FOR TERMINAL CONNECTIONS AS SHOWN A66 BLOCK TERMINALS A66 BLOCK COVER DESK 6. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO APPLY FOR SVC: (4) ANALOG VOICE LINES & (1) DSL LINE IN TENANTS NAME. RECEIVED TELEPHONE WIRING SCHEMATIC JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER SIEMON PART NO. S66M1 -50 PROTO -TEL COVER (ORANGE) L , A66 BLOCK WIRING @ BACKBOARD ABOVE MGR'S DESK NO SCALE 0 N1IL I LI NO SCALE 5 It y DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 1 EXPIRES ilL 'f 13 Boo0 woD•u6isapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road O 817.633.4153 f 8 O o W F -1 Z Q_ 00 W 2 00 _ 00 O w r o) 0 I- Owi> V) U w m = U 1 W 7 -0 C y C0 WL SEATLLE, Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By 7/28/11 AQ DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4- 31 -08 6.0.0 Electrical Details E -803 GENERAL \OTES SPECIFICATIO\ S 1. THESE PLANS MAY BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION ONLY AFTER APPROVAL IS OBTAINED FROM THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT PLUMBING PLAN CHECK DIVISION AND THAT DIVISION'S STAMP APPROVAL AND AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE APPEAR ON THE PLANS. 2. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, FIRE SPRINKLER AND STRUCTURAL CONTRACTOR. INSTALL ALL WORK TO CLEAR NEW AND EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NO ITEM SUCH AS PIPE, ETC. TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ANY EQUIPMENT. 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION WORK. 4. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT FIXTURE LOCATION. 5. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS, SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CUT SHEETS TO JAMBA JUICE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR THAT DEVIATE FROM SPECIFIED ITEM FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE OF ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES. 7. PLUMBING SYSTEM SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED AND STERILIZED PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA AND LOCAL AUTHORITY. 8. ACCESS TO ALL COMPONENT AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE PROVIDED TO MEET CODE AND SERVICE /MAINTENANCE EASE. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH LOCAL CODES AS TO THE REQUIREMENT /INSTALLATION OF ANY "WATER SAVING" DEVICES TO THE PLUMBING FIXTURES. (EXAMPLE: TOILET, FAUCETS, ETC.) CONSTRUCTIO\ \OTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTS AND LOCAL CODES AND THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY LOCAL HANDICAP CODE REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF EXISTING WASTE PIPING BELOW SLAB, VENT PIPING UP THROUGH ROOF AND COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING ABOVE CEILING PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. AFTER INSTALLATION AND FINAL CONNECTION OF NEW WASTE PIPING BELOW SLAB, BACK FILL AND PATCH IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S CRITERIA REGARDING SUCH WORK. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL OF THE NECESSARY DOMESTIC WATER PLUMBING FACILITIES TO SERVE THE TENANTS DEMISED PREMISES AND MAKE NECESSARY INSTALLATION OF SANITARY /DOMESTIC WATER PIPING FROM TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISE TO SANITARY /DOMESTIC WATER CONNECTION PROVIDED BY THE LANDLORD. 4. SANITARY VENTS SHALL BE ROUTED TO THE EXISTING LANDLORD'S POINT OF CONNECTION WITHIN THE TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES OR TO THE REAR SERVICE AREA OF THE DEMISED PREMISES AND RUN UP ALONG THE EXTERIOR WALL OR IN- BETWEEN THE TENANT DEMISING WALLS IN A SUITABLE MANNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CAPPED TEE FOR POSSIBLE FUTURE CONNECTION, (IF REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD). CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR, AS REQUIRED. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL TOILET FIXTURES IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS WITHIN THE TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES ARE PROPERLY SEALED AND REMAIN WATERTIGHT TO PREVENT ANY POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO OTHER TENANTS AND /OR TO THE BUILDING. FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL BE AT RISK AND SOLE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BROCHURES FOR ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND DEVICES TO THE LANDLORD FOR HIS REVIEW AND /OR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE OF ANY SUCH EQUIPMENT. 8. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION, SIZES, INVERTS AND CONDITION OF EXISTING SANITARY WASTE PIPING BELOW SLAB, VENT PIPING UP THROUGH ROOF AND DOMESTIC COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING TO TENANT'S DEMISED PREMISES PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE MADE FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE JOB SITE AND /OR FAILURE TO PREDETERMINE ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE SUBMITTING HIS BID. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE PROPER WORKING ORDER OF THE SYSTEM(S) AND MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A REPRODUCIBLE COPY OF THE "AS- BUILT" DRAWING TO THE LANDLORD AND TO THE OWNER FOR THEIR RECORDS. PLUMBING SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION GW SANITARY WASTE PIPING (W) GREASE WASTE PIPING (GW) SANITARY VENT PIPING (V) SANITARY INDIRECT WASTE PIPING (IW) - COLD WATER PIPING (CW) - • - HOT WATER PIPING (HW) FILTERED WATER PIPING (FW) GAS PIPING (G) UNION STRAINER 8 , WATER METER i>v<1 , MIXING VALVE -o-- GAS COCK FR HB HOSE BIB -1WH WALL HYDRANT VALVE IN RISE -Wa1 WALL CLEAN OUT -O FLOOR CLEAN OUT GRADE CLEAN OUT ■I cu CLEAN OUT VACUUM BREAKER BALL VALVE I� GLOBE VALVE -N- CHECK VALVE �d5 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (PRV) PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE OD -1 DRAIN AND MARK ORD ROOF DRAIN ODS DOWN SPOUT VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF VCP VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE CI CAST IRON IE INVERT ELEVATION NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NEW TO EXISTING CONNECTION DIVISION 15 - PLUMBING SECTION 15000 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS A. NOTE 1. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 15. 2. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 3. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE COMPLETION AND INSPECTION OF THIS WORK TO COMPLY WITH JAMBA JUICE'S SCHEDULE AND THE PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. 4. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTORS BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF HIS WORK. 5. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE BID. B. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE PLUMBING SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD OR JAMBA JUICE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH THE LANDLORD AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER, AS REQUIRED. 2. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF CONTRACT. 3. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES OR THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WITH THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL WORK IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING, AND REPAIRING. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT PROFESSIONAL MANNER USING GOOD CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES. 6. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED AND SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 7. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING AND CHANNELING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE BY G.C. AND SHALL MATCH THE SURROUNDING SURFACES. X -RAY SLAB BEFORE MAKING PENETRATIONS AND OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. 8. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL PLUMBING CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. C. D. CODES 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, THE STATE'S, COUNTY'S, CITY'S AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA CODES, ENERGY CODES AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY CODES IN THE BID AND IF THESE CHANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BID, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. AFTER CONTRACT IS AWARDED, CHANGE ORDERS FOR INCREASED COSTS DUE TO CODE ISSUES WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED BY JAMBA JUICE. E. LICENSES. PERMITS. INSPECTIONS & FEES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND FEES REQUIRED OR RELATED TO HIS WORK. 2. FURNISH TO JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER ALL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. F. TRADE NAMES. MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 1. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID. MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER THROUGH SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCESS FOR ACCEPTANCE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO JAMBA JUICES' PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. SUBMISSIONS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS FOR JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP AND /OR THE SIGNATURE OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SUB - CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN. G. GUARANTEE 1. THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL GUARANTEE AND PROVIDE A 12 MONTH GUARANTEE TO JAMBA JUICE FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY THE INSTALLATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT AND WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE AND /OR MALFUNCTION CAUSED BY THE INSTALLATION. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEAR ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES BEYOND A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM. (PARAGRAPH OMITTED) H. RECORD DRAWINGS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE SET OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB SITE UPDATED WEEKLY TO RECORD ALL DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH AS: a. LOCATION OF CONCEALED PIPING VALVES AND DUCTS. b. REVISIONS, ADDENDUMS, AND CHANGE ORDERS. c. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. 2. AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. FAILURE TO KEEP THESE RECORDS WILL ALLOW JAMBA JUICE TO DIRECT THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THESE RECORDS AT HIS EXPENSE PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. I. DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS 1. DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND INTENT OF THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN WRITING, PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ADVISE JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER, IN WRITING, OF VARIATIONS TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. OTHERWISE, JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL WITH NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. J. PHASING REQUIREMENTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL NECESSARY SERVICE REQUIRED TO KEEP THE OPERATING PHASE OF THE STORE'S HVAC, PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER SERVICE IN OPERATION. CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE IN WRITING WITH JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD ONE WEEK PRIOR TO ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE HVAC, PLUMBING OR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. K. DEMOLITION 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK AND THE DEMOLITION PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE, AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR, THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC. NOT TO BE REUSED ON THIS PROJECT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED PIPES AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO REMOVAL. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF /WALL / FLOOOR PATCHED /REPAIRED TO MATCH EXISTING STRUCTURE. EXISTING ABANDONED PIPES OR EQUIPMENT IN THE FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED PIPING MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN BID PROPOSAL. L. SLEEVES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE THROUGH THE LANDLORD ANY CORE DRILLING OR CUTTING OF OPENINGS IN MASONRY FLOORS OR WALLS. 2. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND /OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. 3. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS, AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL PIPING, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. M. HANGERS 1. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, BANDS, C- CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. 2. HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO PIPING. HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. HANGERS MUST BE ATTACHED TO UPPER CHORD OF BAR JOIST. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, AND IN ORDER TO SUPPORT DUCTWORK OR PIPING, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. 3. HANGERS FOR ALL INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR THE OUTER DIAMETER OF INSULATION. INSTALL 6" LONG SPLIT CIRCLE GALVANIZED SADDLE BETWEEN THE HANGER AND THE PIPE INSULATION. 4. HANGERS AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE DIELECTRICALLY SEPARATED. N. FINAL PLUMBING INSPECTIONS 1. ASIDE FROM NORMAL INTERIM INSPECTIONS OF WORK IN PLACE, JAMBA JUICE SHALL HAVE AN INDEPENDENT PLUMBING CONTRACTOR INSPECT THE FINISHED PLUMBING INSTALLATION UPON COMPLETION FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BRING ALL ITEMS REPORTED BY THE INDEPENDENT PLUMBING CONTRACTOR UP TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. END OF SECTION 15000 SECTION 15200 PLUMBING A. SCOPE OF WORK 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL WORK FOR THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: a. COMPLETE SANITARY PIPING SYSTEMS OF WASTE, DRAINS, AND VENTS. b. COMPLETE COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING SYSTEMS, APPURTENANCES AND INSULATION. c. FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED. d. COMPLETE NATURAL GAS OR PROPANE PIPING SYSTEMS (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). A. B. C. SCOPE OF WORK (CONTINUED) e. CONDENSATE PIPING SYSTEMS (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). f. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS. g. KEEPING RECORD SET AND DO AS- BUILTS. 2. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE PLUMBING SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. 3. RELOCATION OF EXISTING WATER, GAS, WASTE, VENT, OR DRAINAGE LINES TO FACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL. EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION 1. REFER TO PLANS FOR SCHEDULES OF EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES. AMERICAN STANDARD, KOHLER AND CRANE ARE CONSIDERED ACCEPTABLE AS EQUALS. 2. SANITARY PIPING a. WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON SOIL PIPE. VENT PIPING ABOVE FLOOR 2" OR SMALLER MAY BE GALVANIZED STEEL. ALTERNATE PIPING MATERIALS ARE ACCEPTABLE AS A SUBSTITUTION WHEN THEIR. USE IS PERMITTED BY THE LANDLORD, LOCAL CODES AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT OFFICIALS AND DOES NOT AFFECT OTHER TRADES. SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE LISTED AND QUALIFIED IN BID. INSULATE ALL HORIZONTAL RUNS OF PIPING LOCATED IN CEILING SPACES OF TENANTS IN SPACES BELOW, WHEN APPLICABLE. INSULATION TO BE AS SPECIFIED FOR WATER PIPING. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE TYPE 'L' DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH 95 -5 TIN - ANTIMONY SOLDERED JOINTS AND WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS WITH DIELECTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. 3. POTABLE WATER PIPING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: a. BELOW GRADE: TYPE 'K', ANNEALED TYPE TEMPERED COPPER TUBE FOR PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. BRAZE ALL JOINTS. b. ALL OTHER: TYPE 'L' DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND 95 -5 TIN - ANTIMONY SOLDER. b. C. 4. PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS MUST BE DIELECTRICALLY SEPARATED. 5. GENERALLY, SANITARY AND POTABLE WATER TAPS WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE LANDLORD. FIELD VERIFY EXACT CONNECTION POINTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER, IF CONDITIONS ARE NOT AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR AS STATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THE OPERABILITY OF ENTIRE SYSTEM PRIOR TO TIE IN AS FOLLOWS: a. SNAKE SANITARY TO MALL MAIN AND REPORT ANY BLOCKAGE. b. TEST WATER PRESSURE TO INSURE MINIMUM PSI MATCHES MOST DEMANDING EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED. 6. INSULATE ALL HOT WATER, COLD WATER AND CONDENSATE PIPING WITH 1" THICK (K =0.23 ® 75' F) PIPE INSULATION WITH AN ALL SERVICE JACKET TO MEET LOCAL CODES AND UL FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATINGS. 7. INSULATE THE TRAP, SANITARY AND SUPPLY PIPES UNDER LAVATORY WITH 1/2" ARMSTRONG "ARMAFLEX" PIPING INSULATION OR TRUEBRO MODEL 102W "HANDI LAV GUARD" INSULATION KIT. 8. INSTALL ALL NECESSARY PIPE HANGERS, SADDLES, AND CARRIERS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT ALL PIPING AND FIXTURES. HANGERS SHALL SUIT TYPE OF PIPING PROVIDED AND BE SPACED AT A MAXIMUM SPAN OF 5 FEET. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODES. 9. STERILIZE WATER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES. 10. CLEANOUTS AND FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER LOCAL CODES. WALL COVERS ARE TO BE STAINLESS STEEL AND FLOOR COVERS ARE TO BE BRASS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. PROVIDE FLOOR COVERS WITH INSET AREA FOR CARPETED LOCATIONS. ALL CLEANOUT LOCATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER. 11. ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE CHROME PLATED, SIZE AS REQUIRED AND PLACED AT ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS AT WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS IN FINISHED AREAS. 12. LEAKAGE TESTS SHALL BE PER LOCAL CODES, MINIMUM AS FOLLOWS: a. TEST WATER PIPING AT 100 PSIG FOR SIX HOURS. b. TEST DRAIN, WASTE, VENT PIPING BY A 10' WATER COLUMN FOR TWO HOURS. 13. FLASHING SHALL BE SEALED WATERTIGHT AND PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. USE A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR WHERE APPLICABLE. 14. PROVIDE WATER METER AND REMOTE READER PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA OR LOCAL UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF WATER METER IS REQUIRED. GAS PIPING 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE GAS PIPING SYSTEM IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A GAS SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. 2. GAS LINES SHALL BE BLACK STEEL, SCHEDULE 40, ASTM A -53, WITH MALLEABLE THREADED FITTINGS FOR 2" AND SMALLER, AND WITH WELDED JOINTS FOR 2-1/2" AND LARGER. 3. FURNISH AND INSTALL A GAS COCK, DRIP LEG, AND UNION CONNECTION TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. 4. SUPPORT PIPING AS REQUIRED BY CODE OR REQUIRED BY LANDLORD CRITERIA, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 5. GAS PIPING EXPOSED ON ROOF MUST BE PAINTED WITH RUST INHIBITING PAINT. 6. GAS PIPING INSTALLED IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND VENTED OR WELDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY, LOCAL CODE, AND APPLICABLE NFPA 54 CODES. 7. TESTING AND PURGING OF GAS PIPING SHALL BE DONE PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY, LOCAL CODES, AND APPLICABLE NFPA 54 CODES, UP TO FINAL CONNECTION POINT AT THE APPLIANCE. 8. CONTACT AND COORDINATE GAS SERVICE, METER AND REGULATOR REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY AND THE MALL'S OPERATIONS MANAGER PRIOR TO BID. INCLUDE INSTALLATION COST OF GAS METER AND REGULATOR IN BID. END OF SECTION 15200 RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 PERMIT CENTER f" Shflein 611) ••-) DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 woYu6lsapswpd 3100 East Rondo! Mill Road 1" G ▪ -J Z < 00 W 00 N- 0 = W � o 0) O I a. W 0 LL U) eh co W � SEATLLE, PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By Revisions Date A A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 7/28/11 AQ DAR Description By 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 Plumbing Specs. P -001 1 2 3 5 6 7 9 10 8' -10" 6' -0" 6' -4" PLUMBING ROUGH -IN PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" I‘D NORTH tom DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 woru6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Milt Road 817.633.4153 f ABBREVIATIONS PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES A "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (I.E. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDED RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C SANITARY, VENT, AND DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL ADHERE TO ALL LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. D PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM HANGERS AT AN ADEQUATE DISTANCE WITH ADEQUATE SUPPORTING HANGER RODS FASTENED TO BUILDING FRAMING. E REFER TO SHEETS P -104 & P -105 FOR ISOMETRIC RISER DIAGRAMS. F THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE OR BUILDING UTILITIES CAUSED BY HIS WORK. G ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS THRU FIRE RATED PARTITIONS OR CEILINGS SHALL BE SEALED WITH FIRE RATED CAULK SUCH AS 3 -M SCOTCH NO. 33 CAULK, OR EQUAL. H X -RAY SLAB BEFORE MAKING PENETRATIONS AND OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. I ALL FLOORS SAW CUTTING AND PATCHING TO BE AT PLUMBING CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. J ALL EXPOSED WASTE, WATER, AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE BLACK SCHEDULE 40 PVC UNLESS PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODES.. K ALL WASTE PIPING DOWNSTREAM OF 4 COMPARTMENT SINK SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 DWV PVC OR DURIRON AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. ALL OTHER WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 DWV PVC UNLESS PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODES. L SANITARY SEWER SHALL SLOPE AT 1 /4" PER FOOT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. M IT IS REQUIRED THAT THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR MUST VISIT THE JOBSITE TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ALL ITEMS SUCH AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND OTHER EXISTING JOB CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT HIS WORK. ADDITIONALLY, THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF SUCH ITEMS AS WASTE, VENTS, WATER LINES, ETC. N COORDINATE ALL BELOW SLAB PLUMBING WITH LANDLORD'S FIELD REP. O COORDINATE ALL CORE DRILLS WITH LANDLORD'S FIELD REP. P FLOOR DRAINS OR SIMILAR TRAPS DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND SUBJECT TO INFREQUENT USE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC MEANS OF MAINTAINING THEIR WATER SEALS. Q CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF CONFLICTS BETWEEN UNDERGROUND PIPING AND OBSTRUCTIONS IMMEDIATELY. R SEE SHEET P -601 FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AND REQUIREMENTS. S SEE SHEETS A -603 THRU A -605 FOR ARCHITECTURAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AND REQUIREMENTS. T WATER SUPPLY TO FIXTURES SHALL BE VALVED AT FIXTURES. U DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED PER SPECIFICATIONS AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. ADA AFF APP CD CFM CI CO CON T CON TR COTG CW DET DF DL DS DTR DWG (E) EWC FCO FCU FD FPS FS G GAL GC GPM HB HD HP HW INV AMERICAN DISABILITY ACT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ACCESS PANEL CONDENSATE DRAIN CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CAST IRON CLEANOUT CONTINUE CONTRACTOR CLEANOUT TO GRADE COLD WATER DETAIL DRINKING FOUNTAIN DOOR LOUVER DREAMSTEAMER DOWN THRU ROOF DRAWING EXISTING ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FLOOR CLEANOUT FAN COIL UNIT FLOOR DRAIN FEET PER SECOND FLOOR SINK GAS GALLONS GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALLONS PER MINUTE HOSE BIBB HEAD HORSEPOWER HOT WATER C(� INVERT RECEIVEr JUL 29 201 PERMIT CENTER LAV LB LF MECH MFR MTD MTR (N) N.C. N.I.C. N.O. N/A N TS P PD PLBG POC PRV PSI (R) RD RPBP RPM SCH SOV UH UON U TR VTR WC WCO WG WH WHA WT LAVATORY POUND LINEAL FEET MECHANICAL MANUFACTURER MOUNTED MOTOR NEW NORMALLY CLOSED NOT IN CONTRACT NORMALLY OPEN NOT APPLICABLE NOT TO SCALE PUMP PRESSURE DROP PLUMBING POINT OF CONNECTION PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH RELOCATE ROOF DRAIN REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER REVOLUTION PER MINUTE SCHEDULE SHUT -OFF VALVE UNIT HEATER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UP THRU ROOF VENT THRU ROOF WATER CLOSET WALL CLEANOUT WATER GAUGE WATER HEATER WATER HAMMER ARRE WEIGHT Cd WJ I- J ZQ ui W u. rt V W 0 H Z Ow ct o CI a� -1 _ O IL V) I- co W CO CO 00 O Q W J J H a W rn 0 w m 2 z PROJECT Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date A Description By A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 P lumbing Rough -in P lan P -101 � o0 o 0 2 ° ° 111 - 11;I!I[1!I1! 11';111!11;!!11111'! ° ° ° ° ° 24x48 24x36 . O .l 1 �,__, Ity i i i L.1 1 i iI O n n Jain > n CV _r i ' I I E23 > e e P28 i P28 1 F 0 0 SO1B � P24 ' _ �. < P03 P23 P13 I E100 > �' 1 - ` J < P19 2448 " - -�� o - S44A I 1 2436 G• ` �, i�; ,`.,• i�umom -4 P15 ' nr a I S14 0 0 0�0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -;�- P22 24x48 DUNNAGE P22 i n� - 7�; ;. 8 -1 E30 lu o— o �� i� fl P15 - -- -- P10 '�ii� K��s.!� S44 �� - III I E22 > �K • 4' AREA SERVICE < 7128'8'6'13' 2' -1" 2' -2' 2'- " 113 "4" I A i I BACK � 02 � � 01 � -Ill 1 - L , 24x48 24x36 t,_ , �1,��`-i AI. N. 24x36 181. 1 ' I PLUMBING ROUGH -IN PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" I‘D NORTH tom DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randol Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #44016 woru6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Milt Road 817.633.4153 f ABBREVIATIONS PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES A "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (I.E. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. B WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDED RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C SANITARY, VENT, AND DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL ADHERE TO ALL LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. D PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM HANGERS AT AN ADEQUATE DISTANCE WITH ADEQUATE SUPPORTING HANGER RODS FASTENED TO BUILDING FRAMING. E REFER TO SHEETS P -104 & P -105 FOR ISOMETRIC RISER DIAGRAMS. F THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE OR BUILDING UTILITIES CAUSED BY HIS WORK. G ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS THRU FIRE RATED PARTITIONS OR CEILINGS SHALL BE SEALED WITH FIRE RATED CAULK SUCH AS 3 -M SCOTCH NO. 33 CAULK, OR EQUAL. H X -RAY SLAB BEFORE MAKING PENETRATIONS AND OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. I ALL FLOORS SAW CUTTING AND PATCHING TO BE AT PLUMBING CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. J ALL EXPOSED WASTE, WATER, AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE BLACK SCHEDULE 40 PVC UNLESS PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODES.. K ALL WASTE PIPING DOWNSTREAM OF 4 COMPARTMENT SINK SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 DWV PVC OR DURIRON AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. ALL OTHER WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 DWV PVC UNLESS PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODES. L SANITARY SEWER SHALL SLOPE AT 1 /4" PER FOOT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. M IT IS REQUIRED THAT THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR MUST VISIT THE JOBSITE TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ALL ITEMS SUCH AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND OTHER EXISTING JOB CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT HIS WORK. ADDITIONALLY, THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF SUCH ITEMS AS WASTE, VENTS, WATER LINES, ETC. N COORDINATE ALL BELOW SLAB PLUMBING WITH LANDLORD'S FIELD REP. O COORDINATE ALL CORE DRILLS WITH LANDLORD'S FIELD REP. P FLOOR DRAINS OR SIMILAR TRAPS DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND SUBJECT TO INFREQUENT USE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC MEANS OF MAINTAINING THEIR WATER SEALS. Q CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF CONFLICTS BETWEEN UNDERGROUND PIPING AND OBSTRUCTIONS IMMEDIATELY. R SEE SHEET P -601 FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AND REQUIREMENTS. S SEE SHEETS A -603 THRU A -605 FOR ARCHITECTURAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AND REQUIREMENTS. T WATER SUPPLY TO FIXTURES SHALL BE VALVED AT FIXTURES. U DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED PER SPECIFICATIONS AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. ADA AFF APP CD CFM CI CO CON T CON TR COTG CW DET DF DL DS DTR DWG (E) EWC FCO FCU FD FPS FS G GAL GC GPM HB HD HP HW INV AMERICAN DISABILITY ACT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ACCESS PANEL CONDENSATE DRAIN CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CAST IRON CLEANOUT CONTINUE CONTRACTOR CLEANOUT TO GRADE COLD WATER DETAIL DRINKING FOUNTAIN DOOR LOUVER DREAMSTEAMER DOWN THRU ROOF DRAWING EXISTING ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FLOOR CLEANOUT FAN COIL UNIT FLOOR DRAIN FEET PER SECOND FLOOR SINK GAS GALLONS GENERAL CONTRACTOR GALLONS PER MINUTE HOSE BIBB HEAD HORSEPOWER HOT WATER C(� INVERT RECEIVEr JUL 29 201 PERMIT CENTER LAV LB LF MECH MFR MTD MTR (N) N.C. N.I.C. N.O. N/A N TS P PD PLBG POC PRV PSI (R) RD RPBP RPM SCH SOV UH UON U TR VTR WC WCO WG WH WHA WT LAVATORY POUND LINEAL FEET MECHANICAL MANUFACTURER MOUNTED MOTOR NEW NORMALLY CLOSED NOT IN CONTRACT NORMALLY OPEN NOT APPLICABLE NOT TO SCALE PUMP PRESSURE DROP PLUMBING POINT OF CONNECTION PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH RELOCATE ROOF DRAIN REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER REVOLUTION PER MINUTE SCHEDULE SHUT -OFF VALVE UNIT HEATER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UP THRU ROOF VENT THRU ROOF WATER CLOSET WALL CLEANOUT WATER GAUGE WATER HEATER WATER HAMMER ARRE WEIGHT Cd WJ I- J ZQ ui W u. rt V W 0 H Z Ow ct o CI a� -1 _ O IL V) I- co W CO CO 00 O Q W J J H a W rn 0 w m 2 z PROJECT Issue Date 7/28/11 Drawn By AQ Appv'd By DAR Revisions Date A Description By A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 P lumbing Rough -in P lan P -101 1 2 7 8 9 10 BACKFLOW PREVE\ TERS 1. PROVIDE A DOUBLE CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTER (WATTS SERIES 007) AT THE MAIN WATER SERVICE LINE ENTRANCE (VERIFY SIZE WITH DRAWINGS). 2. IN ADDITION, PROVIDE DUAL CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTERS AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS (VERIFY SIZE WITH PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE): EQUIP. MARK DESCRIPTION WATTS MODEL # E30 P10 P24 ICE MACHINE FILTER INLET PRE -RINSE SPRAYER SERIES 7 SERIES 7 SERIES 7 * *CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THAT BACKFLOW PREVENTERS SPECIFIED ARE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CODE INSPECTOR. BFP -1 BFP -2 FILTER BFP -3 PIPING PRESSURE LOSSES 5 PSI 9 PSI 15 PSI 5 PSI 2 PSI 36 PSI TOTAL LOSS AN APPROVED PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE SHALL BE INSTALLED TO REDUCE ANY FIXTURE TO 80 PSI. (VERIFY IN FIELD) ALL EXPOSED WASTE, WATER AND VENT SHALL BE COPPER. DO NOT USE P.V.C. WRAP ALL WATER PIPING WITH 1 1/2" ARMAFLEX OR EQUAL. NOTE: PROVIDE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES AT ALL FOOD PREP SINKS, ICE MACHINES, BEVERAGE DISPENSERS AND SIMILIAR TYPES OF EQUIPMENT. 04 P07 P37 P28 PO4 P20 E77 ARM S14 24x36 24x48 24x36 n n Pr" p, 0— 1 , I z_- 2408 DUNNAGE 24x48 24x36 r -- BACK AEA �t1 l 02 24x36 O mnui 1 111 (1i 11 111 'iU l Ill IF 1 6 P03 P19 S < 1 501 > An- . I�� U u u 0 r Li r 1 r P24 P13 E30 P10 - — Z 0 L_ L 3 J —I 0 P15 S44 (T 0 fO SERVICE 01 RI PLUMBING SUPPLY PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" WATER HEATER DEN A\ D CALCULATIO\ SPRIN <LER NOTE FIXTURE # FIXTURES SIZE, GPH TOTAL GPH P02 - 5 P03 1 5 5 PO4 1 15 15 SO1 1 (16X21 X12) 18 3 (12X21 X12) 39 S44 1 (12X10X12) 6 S44A 1 6 S45 E31 (18X18X12) 35 35 GALLONS PER HOUR DEMAND ALLOWANCE FOR SINGLE SERVICE UTENSILS TOTAL GALLONS PER HOUR DEMAND P07: BRADFORB -WHITE M- II- 80- 18 -3SF, 18 KW INPUT, 124 GPH ® 60' TEMP. RISE 57 6 6 89 0.80 71 RECOVERY A SPRINKLER SYSTEM EXISTS AND NEEDS TO BE REWORKED. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LANDLORD'S INSTRUCTIONS AND LOCAL ORDINANCE. PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF THE SYSTEM, THE DESIGN DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE APPROPRIATE LOCAL AUTHORITIES, THE LANDLORD AND /OR THE LANDLORD'S INSURANCE COMPANY FOR APPROVAL. A COPY OF THE DRAWINGS THAT ARE STAMPED "APPROVED" SHALL BE GIVEN TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO BE MAINTAINED AT THE JOBSITE UNTIL FINAL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY IS ISSUED. UPON RECEIPT OF C.O., THE COPY SHALL BE FORWARDED TO THE TENANT AS LISTED ON SHEET A -000. SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE CUSTOMER AND SERVICE AREAS SHALL BE CONCEALED TYPE (P29), SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE BACK AREA SHALL BE SEMI - RECESSED (P30). THE CONCEALED SPRINKLER COVERS COLOR SHALL MATCH THE COLOR OF THE SURROUNDING CEILING WHERE APPLICABLE. NORTH P34 > PO4 > III,,._._i ;,._;�. ���_.� 1 ._ c> ' PLUMBING SANITARY PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = NORTH ion to 6f) DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Rondo! Mill Rd Arlington, D( 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License # • 6 A. Co EXPIRES wo u6lsapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road 0 N. 0 0 a 0 0 0 G. 0 0 N V rn M W COLD WATER DESIGN REQUIRENE \TS PLUM BI \G GENERAL NOTES PLUN BING KEYED NOTES STREET MAIN TO PRV /LAST OUTLET (A) PRESSURE AVAILABLE: MAXIMUM 65 PSI, MINIMUM (B) WATER HARDNESS: GR. /GAL. (C) TOTAL FIXTURE UNITS: FLUSH TANK 31 F.U. (0) WATER DEMAND: 1. DOMESTIC 2. IRRIGATION MIGHT USE ONLY 3. MISC. 60 PSI FLUSH VALVE TOTAL: (E) RESIDUAL PRESSURE REQUIRES AT FARTHEST OUTLET: (F) PRESSURE LOSS DUE TO HEIGHT 7 FT. x 0.434: (G) PRESSURE FALL OFF THRU PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE: NOT REQUIRED (H) PRESSURE LOSS THRU BACKFLOW PREVENTOR: WATTS SERIES 007 (1-1/2") (I) PRESSURE LOSS THRU 1" METER: (J) PRESSURE LOSS THRU WATER SOFTENER: (K) TOTAL PRESSURE LOSS FROM ABOVE (ITEM E, THRU J): (L) MINIMUM PRESSURE AVAILABLE (ITEM A ABOVE) (M) PRESSURE AVAILABLE FOR FRICTION LOSS (L MINUS K) (N) DEVELOPED PIPE LENGTH: 1. LENGTH OF RUN (MAIN TO LAST FIXTURE): 2. EQUIVALENT LENGTH FOR FITTINGS 10 %: 3. TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH: (0) ALLOWABLE FRICTION LOSS PER ONE HUNDRED FEET OF PIPE: 1: 100' x (M) 30 DIVIDED BY (N) 220 = 13.6 PSI /100' O FU 21 GPM O GPM O GPM 21 GPM 20 PSI 3 PSI O PSI 4 PSI 3 PSI O PSI 30 PSI 60 PSI 30 PSI 200 FT 20 FT 220 FT A "VERIFY IN FIELD" OR "EXISTING" MEANS THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONFIRM THE ITEM SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (LE. EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC.) EXISTS AT THE SITE AND IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR FIND THAT THE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, WIRE, ETC. IS NOT THE EQUAL TO THAT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, IT IS TO BE REPLACED, IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTION ABOUT WHETHER IT IS EQUAL TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO CONTACT THE DESIGN ENGINEER AND JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR IS TO NOTIFY JAMBA JUICE'S PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGN ENGINEER IN WRITING OF ALL REPLACEMENT ITEMS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT (LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, TOILETS, ETC.) ARE TO BE REUSED, WHETHER IT IS RELOCATED OR REUSED IN THE EXISTING LOCATION, EXTREME CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PREVENT DAMAGE DURING THE RENOVATION OF THE STORE. WHERE DAMAGE OCCURS, THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPLACED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ALL ITEMS TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, IF REQUIRED, PAINTED, AND ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE NEEDED TO BRING EQUIPMENT UP TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. THIS INCLUDED RELAMPING ALL LIGHTS REUSED. C SANITARY, VENT, AND DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SHALL ADHERE TO ALL LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. D PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM HANGERS AT AN ADEQUATE DISTANCE WITH ADEQUATE SUPPORTING HANGER RODS FASTENED TO BUILDING FRAMING. E REFER TO SHEETS P -104 & P -105 FOR ISOMETRIC RISER DIAGRAMS. F THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE OR BUILDING UTILITIES CAUSED BY HIS WORK. G ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS THRU FIRE RATED PARTITIONS OR CEILINGS SHALL BE SEALED WITH FIRE RATED CAULK SUCH AS 3 -M SCOTCH NO. 33 CAULK, OR EQUAL. H X -RAY SLAB BEFORE MAKING PENETRATIONS AND OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. B I ALL FLOORS SAW CUTTING AND PATCHING TO BE AT PLUMBING CONTRACTORS EXPENSE. J ALL EXPOSED WASTE, WATER, AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE BLACK SCHEDULE 40 PVC UNLESS PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODES.. K ALL WASTE PIPING DOWNSTREAM OF 4 COMPARTMENT SINK SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 DWV PVC OR DURIRON AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. ALL OTHER WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 DWV PVC UNLESS PROHIBITED BY LOCAL CODES. L SANITARY SEWER SHALL SLOPE AT 1/4" PER FOOT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. M IT IS REQUIRED THAT THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR MUST VISIT THE JOBSITE TO FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ALL ITEMS SUCH AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND OTHER EXISTING JOB CONDITIONS THAT MAY AFFECT HIS WORK. ADDITIONALLY, THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF SUCH ITEMS AS WASTE, VENTS, WATER LINES, ETC. N COORDINATE ALL BELOW SLAB PLUMBING WITH LANDLORD'S FIELD REP. O COORDINATE ALL CORE DRILLS WITH LANDLORD'S FIELD REP. P FLOOR DRAINS OR SIMILAR TRAPS DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND SUBJECT TO INFREQUENT USE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC MEANS OF MAINTAINING THEIR WATER SEALS. Q CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF CONFLICTS BETWEEN UNDERGROUND PIPING AND OBSTRUCTIONS IMMEDIATELY. R SEE SHEET P -601 FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AND REQUIREMENTS. S SEE SHEETS A -603 THRU A -605 FOR ARCHITECTURAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AND REQUIREMENTS. T WATER SUPPLY TO FIXTURES SHALL BE VALVED AT FIXTURES. U DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED PER SPECIFICATIONS AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. O CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE TO EXISTING SANITARY PIPING OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, DIRECTION OF FLOW, AND DEPTH OF EXISTING SANITARY PIPING PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. FIELD ADJUST NEW INTERIOR SANITARY ROUTING AS NEEDED TO CONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY PIPING WHILE MAINTAINING PROPER SLOPE. O CONNECT NEW VENT TO EXISTING VENT. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. O CONNECT 1" CONDENSATE PIPING TO COOLER EVAPORATOR PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. CONDENSATE ROUTING SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ADJUST AND INSTALL CONDENSATE PIPE ROUTING AS NEEDED TO AVOID INTERFERENCE CAUSED BY STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, ETC. VERIFY THE EXACT ROUTING AND ELEVATION OF CONDENSATE PIPING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. O ROUTE INDIRECT DRAIN FROM DIPPER WELLS TO FLOOR SINK WITH LEGAL AIR GAP. O SPACE RESERVED FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. NO PIPING SHALL CROSS OVER OR THROUGH THIS AREA. O PROVIDE VALVED AND CAPPED STUB -OUT BELOW COUNTER ON 1/2" FW LINE TO ACCEPT FUTURE 1/4" COPPER TUBING. 0 CONNECT NEW DOMESTIC COLD WATER TO EXISTING DOMESTIC COLD WATER LINE OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER LINE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. FIELD ADJUST NEW INTERIOR WATER ROUTING AS NEEDED TO CONNECT TO EXISTING WATER PIPING. 0 WATER LINES FOR THE MOP SINK AND DETERGENT DISPENSER SHALL BE RUN INSIDE THE WALL. RUN 1 /2" WATER LINE TO VALVE ON INSIDE WALL OF WATER HEATER PLATFORM. WATER LINES ARE NOT ALLOWED TO RUN OUTSIDE OF WALL. THE DETERGENT DISPENSER SHALL BE MOUNTED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE TO UNDERSIDE OF PLATFORM. RUN FLEXIBLE HOSE FROM DETERGENT DISPENSER VALVE TO DETERGENT DISPENSER. D 11 --2(0 ( RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 IPiRMf T CENTER. W _1 za W2 V V = w 0 I- Z Q w Q CA m = g J ~ 12:1 '0 u. I(0 en co W in 0 w U 00 CO CO a) SEATLLE, 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By Revisions Date 7/28/11 AQ DAR Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 P lumbing P lans P-102 F E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 PO4 P20 P28 <IP17 0 CV < I P28 < 1 E77 FUTURE (VALVE & CAP) PLUMBING SUPPLY RISER SCALE: N.T.S. < 1 P10 0 • r WATER SIZING CHART BASED ON TABLE 6 -5 PRESSURE RANGE - 46 - 60 PSI, TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH = 200' PLU v BING KEYED NOTES PIPE SIZE MAXIMUM FIXTURE UNITS 1/2" 3.0 3/4" 11.0 1 25.0 1 1/4" 52.0 1 1/2" 117.0 L < 1 E30 P15 S44A E100 P28 L S14 S44 P15 0 CONNECT NEW SANITARY PIPING TO EXISTING SANITARY PIPING OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, DIRECTION OF FLOW, AND DEPTH OF EXISTING SANITARY PIPING PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. FIELD ADJUST NEW INTERIOR SANITARY ROUTING AS NEEDED TO CONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY PIPING WHILE MAINTAINING PROPER SLOPE. ® CONNECT TO EXISTING VENT PIPING. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. O CONNECT NEW DOMESTIC COLD WATER TO NEAREST EXISTING DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER LINE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. FIELD ADJUST NEW INTERIOR WATER ROUTING AS NEEDED TO CONNECT TO EXISTING WATER PIPING. 0 SPRAYER P24 CONTAINS INTEGRAL BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE. < 1 P22 1:1-/ ‘1>< \3'•V / S44A < 1 P34 > > � <1 PLUMBING SANITARY RISER SCALE: N.T.S. 1%.• I o9xa� 4p440//ii;47-4,1710 oil 4 RECEIVE' JUL 292011 PERMIT CENTER DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, D( 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -4153 Washington License #4 . 16 woD•u6isapswpd 3100 East Randol Mill Road O 00 00 0) r` 0 PROJECT NUMBER Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By 7/28/11 AQ DAR Revisions Date Description By A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 Plumbing Riser Diagrams P-1 04 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 ITEM < 1 E23 > < 1 E77 > < 1E100 > FIXTURE ROUGH IN SERVICES —j c0 0 0< = 3 -cc PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 10 j) () 5 z DESCRIPTION REMARKS ALTERNATE BID SPECIFICATION DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED SAVINGS ORNELIUS WILSHIRE #IMIC15100057 IN/ PORTION CONTROL WALK—IN COOLER WALK—IN FREEZER ICE MACHINE 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" +78" 3/4" THERMALRITE WALK—IN COOLER (EVAPORATOR) THERMALRITE WALK—IN FREEZER (EVAPORATOR) SCOTSMAN #FME 804—A5-1B w/ BH 3605 SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. KENMORE GAS WASHER DRYER MODEL NO. 26-94862 16,000 BTUH INPUT 35 GPH DEMAND SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. KENMORE ELECTRIC WASHER DRYER MODEL NO. 26-94802, 35 GPH DEMAND SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY C.C. CONNECTED TO FILTERED WATER GAS LINE CONNECTION 38"-41" A.F.F. BY G.C. FIELD VERIFY HOT WATER DISPENSER 1/2" BUNN #H5E—DV PC YOGURT MACHINE 1/2" 3/4" RESFAB #920 < 1 P03 > < 1 PO4 > < 1 P07 > < 1 P10 > < 1 P13 > < 1 P15 > < 1 P17 > < 1 P18 > < 1 P19 > < 1 P20 > < 1 P23 > < 1 P26 > 11111111M < 1 P34 > < 1 P37 > WATER CLOSET TANK TYPE LAVATORY WALL MOUNTED HAND SINK WALL MOUNTED AMERICAN STANDARD "CADET" WATER CLOSET MODEL NO. 2377.100.020 WITH OLSONITE SEAT NO. 95 BOLT CAPS AND ANGLE STOP. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. : • - 1/2" 1/2" 1.5" AMERICAN STANDARD "LUCERNE" LAVATORY MODEL NO. 0356.421. WITH GRID STRAINER CHROME PLATED P—TRAP AND SUPPLIES. PROVIDE WITH WATTS No. USG—B UNDER SINK THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE SET AT 110°F. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ADVANCE TABCO NO. 7—PS-60 W/ K4 72 FAUCET HOLE. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. INSULATE DRAIN AND HW PIPE BELOW LAV BARRIER FREE WITH P18 FAUCET SET. WITH P19 FAUCET SET JANITOR'S SINK GAS WATER HEATER TANK TYPE LOW INPUT GAS WATER HEATER TANK TYPE HIGH INPUT GAS WATER HEATER TANK TYPE CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC WATER HEATER TANK TYPE 1/2" 1/2" FLORESTONE SERVICE SINK MODEL MSR3624, CENTER DRAIN, 18 GA. S.S. DRAIN GRID FLAT TYPE No. 430. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. WITH P20 FAUCET SET BRADFORD WHITE GAS WATER FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY WATER FILTER SWING TYPE FAUCET (4—COMP. SINK) COUNTER SINK FAUCET 1" 3/4 4-108' 3/4" 3/4" i-108' HEATER G.C. MODEL HEATER NO. 75T-80B-3N 80 MBH INPUT, 75 GAL. CAP., 123 GPH RECOVERY @ 60° RISE BRADFORD WHITE GAS WATER MODEL NO. D-75T-125-3N, 125 MBH INPUT, 75 GAL. CAP., 202 GPH RECOVERY @ 60 RISE, LOW NOX, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. BRADFORD WHITE GAS WATER HEATER MODEL NO. D-75T-125E-3N, 125 MBH INPUT, 75 GAL. CAP., 202 GPH RECOVERY @ 60 RISE, LOW NOX, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. BRADFORD WHITE ELECTRIC WATER HEATER MODEL NO. M—II-80-18-3SF, 18 KW INPUT, 80 GAL CAP., 124 GPH RECOVERY @I 60 RISE, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. EVERPURE MODEL NO. EV9328-05 FILTER ASSEMBLY WITH PREFILTER AND ALARM SYSTEM. SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AS REQUIRED BY CODE. NOTE 1 G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AS REQUIRED BY CODE. NOTE 1 G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AS REQUIRED BY CODE. NOTE 1 G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AS REQUIRED BY CODE. NOTE 1. 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" FISHER MODEL NO. 13269. FAUCETS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. FISHER MODEL NO. 3526, 3/8" SHANK, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. STUB OUT WATER LINES AT 24" A.F.F. tr. IOWA • • : w, ■, w w DETERGENT DISPENSER LAVAT RY FAUCET HANDSINK FAUCET MOP SINK FAUCET 1/2" +48" COLGATE—PALMOLIVE/AJAX MODEL #7927 SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 1/2" 1/2" CHRCAecy0 MOB[L N0. 22&e 1/2" 1/2" ADVANCE TABCO NO. K-59 GOOSENECK SPOUT W/ AERATOR AND WRIST BLADE HANDLES. PROVIDE WITH WATTS USG—B THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE (SET TO 110° F) PROVIDE WITH WATTS USG—B THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE SET TO 110' F 1/2" 1/2" • V • FISHER NO. 8253 WITH VACUUM BREAKER AND DOUBLE STOPS, ,BUCKET HOOK AND WALL SUPPORT. ZURN SANI—FLOR RECEPTOR NO. Z-1930-3NH GRATE WITH 2 1 2" SQUARE CENTER HOLE & WHITE ACID RESISTING ENAMEL INTERIOR. FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. PROVIDE 1/2" STUB 0 MOP SINK 12" X 12" FLOOR SINK ; • 12" X 12" FLOOR SINK ; COMBO. PRE—RINSE W/ ADD—ON FAUCET ZURN SANI—FLOR RECEPTOR NO. Z-1900-2NH, HALF GRATE WITH ANTI—SPLASH STRAINER & WHITE ACID RESISTING ENAMEL INTERIOR. FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. ZURN SANI—FLOR RECEPTOR NO. Z-1960-2, HALF GRATE WITH ANTI—SPLASH STRAINER & WHITE ACID RESISTING ENAMEL INTERIOR. FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. ZURN SANI—FLOR RECEPTOR NO. Z-1900-3NH, HALF GRATE WITH ANTI—SPLASH STRAINER & WHITE ACID RESISTING ENAMEL INTERIOR. FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. ZURN SANI—FLOR RECEPTOR NO. Z-1950-3, HALF GRATE WITH ANTI—SPLASH STRAINER & WHITE ACID RESISTING ENAMEL INTERIOR. FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. 1/2" 1/2" FISHER NO. 34479 SPRING STYLE PRE—RINSE W/ ADD—ON FAUCET FLOOR CLEANOUT J.R. SMITH FLOOR CLEANOUT MODEL NO. 4100 SERIES. FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. AS, -"FH WA.LL CLEANOUT MODEL 40. 4422-C. FURNE-EFEB & H4STA-LLEB BY G.C. TRAP PRIMER FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS CUSTOMER AREA FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS PREP TOILET AREA 1/2" PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS TRAP PRIMER MODEL NO. P-2, COPPER BODY, ADJUSTABLE WITH 1/2" COPPER TYPE 'L' TO FLOOR DRAIN. FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C. • • th e1 1. 1 w w FLOOR DRAIN EXPANSION TANK L L SE61-1 H-EADS, AD4HST EXISTING PIPING TO NLW CEILING HT. COORD. WITH LICIaINC AND HVAC. ZURN MODEL Z415—S SQUARE FLOOR DRAIN, CAST IRON BODY W/ADJUSTABLE COLLAR W/SEEPAGE SLOTS AND POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE SQUARE STRAINER. PROVIDE W/ TRAP PRIMER. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. AMTROL THERM—X—TROL ASME EXPANSION TANK MODEL NO. ST-12—C, 6.4 GALLON CAPACITY WITH MAX. ACCEPT. FACTOR OF .5, 150 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AS REQUIRED BY CODE CLOTHES WASHER SUPPLY BOX 1/2" 1/2" 1.5" GUY GRAY NO. WB-200 2" DRAIN PIPE. UNIT SHALL INCLUDE:L/2" HOT AND COLD WATER HOSE CONNECTIONS INTEGRAL WITH UNIT AND SINGLE LEVER SHUT OFF VALVE. • ik • t • A! • • AI AL OA t w A , • PROVIDE VENTING AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER AND LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION • 3 14O0 W 14" GLASS 4 COMPARTMENT SINK ASSEMBLY DISPENSING COUNTER — CRATHCO 3/4" 3/4" 19 84 FOUR 4 COMPARTMENT SINK W FISHER MODEL NO. 22209 ROTARY WASTE. CUSTOM MADE BY STAINLESS STEEL MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE FLOW CONTROLS WASTE LEVERS ON STRAINERS. WITH P13 & P24 FAUCET SET. NOTE 2. 3/4" CUSTOM BUILT BY STAINLESS STEEL MANUFACTURER. DIPPER WELL 1/2" 1.5" FISHER MODEL NO. 3043 AND FISHER MODEL NO. 3042 BY STAINLESS STEEL MANUFACTURER. FAUCET FINAL CONNECTION BY G.C. UNDER COUNTER LID BIN 3/4" CUSTOM BUILT BY STAINLESS STEEL MANUFACTURER. INSTALL IN 36"H DISPENSER COUNTER INTEGRAL SINK 1/2" 1/2" 1.5" CUSTOM BUILT BY STAINLESS STEEL MANUFACTURER. CONNECT TO FILTERED WATER. BRAIDED STAINLESS STEEL WASTE. FAUCET SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY G.C. WITH P15 FAUCET SET WHERE SHOWN INTEGRAL SINK 1/2" 1/2" CUSTOM BUILT BY STAINLESS STEEL MANUFACTURER. CONNECT TO FILTERED WATER. BRAIDED STAINLESS STEEL WASTE. FAUCET SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY G.C. WITH P15 FAUCET SET 1/2" 1/2" 1.5" CUSTOM BUILT BY STAINLESS STEEL MANUFACTURER. FAUCET SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY G.C. T—STATION ICE BIN DRAIN 3/4" CUSTOM BUILT BY STAINLESS STEEL MANUFACTURER. INDIRECT WASTE TO FLOOR SINK PRODUCE BIN W/ DRAIN 3/4" • • CUSTOM BUILT BY STAINLESS STEEL MANUFACTURER. • • NOTE 1 — VERIFY WATER HEATER WITH JAMBA JUICE. • rERM1T CENTER DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Rondo! Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)6334200 FAX (817)633-4153 Washington License #44016 EXPIRES 0 IFD woyalsapswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road 0 Lfl C.s3 0 0. 0 0 rn C71 w z < w 2 uJ (,) U !". Ow 411)0 m z 2 .1 • ui 0 II..C) IjJio I— co 1"— 0 Ct. w ro 2 PROJECT Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By Revisions Date 7/28/1 1 AQ DAR Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4-3 1-0 8 6.0.0 P lumbing E quipment Schedules P-601 F E D c B A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ;6\1 P%\'* gh,,:n *In DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -41 3 Washington License • 016 trwr 413/1, 1 EXPIRES ( woru6lsapswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road 817.633.4153 f 0 0. 8 O N M CD w 0 0 0) SEATLLE, WA 98188 rn 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By 7/28/11 AQ DAR Revisions Date A Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 Plumbing Details P-807 bitaco PROVIDE COLD WATER ROUGH -IN AT TOP OF ICE MACHINE. ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST AS REQUIRED TO SUIT CONDITIONS. VERIFY CONNECTIONS WITH MANUFACTURER. 12' 1 2" C.W. SUPPLY LINE TO COME If / ( PROVIDE CLEANOUTS IN TURNS /ENDS OF PIPE. USE DWV FITTINGS IF SIZE IS LARGER THAN 1". / SLOPE PIPE AS MUCH "�' DISCHARGE INTO RECEPTOR WITH AIR GAP SUFFICIENT TO REMOVE GRATE AND STRAINER. MINIMUM METAL DECK FROM WATER FILTRATION SYSTEM) 'PROVIDE FULL PORT BALL SHUT -OFF VALVE ON ROUGH -IN DOUBLE CHECK VALVE CAULK WITH FLEXIBLE FILLER SLEEVE 0 • FLAKER —i AS POSSIBLE TOWARD �p DISCHARGE. \ �/ MAKE CONNECTION GAP =TWICE PIPE c� DIAMETER. MIN. 4" 0 ..' SPRING • ADAPTER AND SIX FOOT LONG SOFT COPPER TUBING TO CURER WATER INLET. • - I. �; • •..: .•;• .. ': ' ' �. ,' •. / / % • ,: - _ •' :;� • ..� ..: .;',.. :.. . :.: `� •: .•'• '•'' • • . :.0 gm • 0•':• f- INDIRECT DRAIN OPEN TO ATMOSPHERE AT UPPER END ..-CONNECT CONNECT TO CURER DRAIN OUTLET AS REQUIRED NOTE: BACK FLOW PEVENTOR TUBE INSTALLED AFTER BALL VALVE TO EQUIPMENT AS VERIFY WITH LOCAL MAKE PIPE MINIMUM ONE SIZE FLOOR SLAB IA NON - COMBUSTIBLE FIRE STOPPING PIPE AIR GAP ICE BIN UNISTRUT P 3300 CHANNEL UNISTRUT P 1010 NUT CODES LARGER THAN EQUIPMENT AND /ORF TRAP VENT ARE CONNECTION, MINIMUM 3/4 "• REQUIRED FOR THE USE "M" OR "L" HARD COPPER LENGTH OF DRAIN UP TO 1" AND TYPE DWV FOR PIPE INSTALLED. LARGER. ROUTE PIPE INCONSPICUOUSLY AND UNOBTRUSIVELY. HANG PIPE AS REQUIRED. DO NOT INSULATE INDIRECT DRAIN PIPE WHEN INSTALLED EXPOSED IN FOOD SERVICE FACILITY. REFER TO LOCAL CODES FOR FURTHER INFDRMATION. 6 CONDENSATE DRAIN TOP CHORD BAR JOIST "c (2) HEX NUTS 1/2" SUPPORT HANGER ROD 3/4 „ - ” 1 PROVIDED BY EQ. COMPANY & INSTALLED BY G.C. NOTE: ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS MUST BE SLEEVED AND LIQUID TIGHT. _ UNISTRUT P 2864 FLAT PLATE FITTING SUSPENSION ANCHOR DETAIL PER CODE PIPE FLOOR PENETRATION DETAIL CD FLOG CONNECT TO ICE BIN DRAIN DRAIN OUTLET AS REQUIRED 9 ICE MACHINE CONNECTIONS SALE: N.T.S. , SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. 0 TERMINATE SLEEVE` SEAL OR CAULK FLUSH WITH FINISHED SEAL SLEEVE WITH TIGHTLY THIN SET SEALANT ALL AROUND PROVIDE ROUND SECURED WITH "CO" CAST IN COVER. VARIATIONS SUITABLE FOR RECESSED FOR TILE, SCORIATED PROVIDE BRONZE PLUG IN NICKEL BRONZE ADJUSTABLE TOP PROVIDE CLEANOUT TOP WITH FLOOR COVERING (CARPET MARKER, FOR UNFINISHED FLOORS). PVC BODY. FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE QUARRY TILE SLOPE TO DRAIN % • ;,, -,�.. ti'' •� =''�'� �• ".,,101''' ' °T }` j �,. .�;L.�•�;;; �j +�.*,:c• r~ `r�r" `' ''�I "�'� :�s �x�,'?� =►� *:r r �.'•� SLEEVES THRU FIRE WALLS IN SMOKE TIGHT MANNER AND TO MEET FIRE RATING OF WALL (REFER TO ASTM E -814) WALL IraAIL "''"'''''''"` SURFACES STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE SLEEVE OF SIZE TO PASS PIPE AND INSULATION. PLUS GAP AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. (25 GA. SPLIT WALL SLEEVE ALSO ACCEPTABLE) • - "• •: ' ',p '•..• . ' • •.' • ..' . " • •. ... ' • : ' ,; • •; ': • • - • ' '- = . • -• • '••. • •- • '' • • • . . °•: •: • ' ' - ' ' �..: • • • ` .:• . .43 '�•': ' - ''°•'.' / • •'' ' ' • . • ' •• "'' • ": ' • ' • : •• '' •�/ p •:% • •: - • ' - MEMBRANE CLAMP SEALING AND ANCHORING COLLAR (WATERSTOP) PACKED OAKUM AND POUR LEAD OR OTHER WATERPROOFING MATERIAL (PROVIDE FIRE RATE ( N)CONCRETE : :: a. t r , sr ' � • ..; „.�.'�'` . �. ' ►: d. ...4 , . .,w” AS REQUIRED FOR DEPTH OF SEWER %. HUB AND SPIGOT PVC ENE > SAME SIZE AS SEWER UP TO 4" MAX /MUM � CENTER PIPE SLEEVE SEALANT IN FIRE RATED WALLS) wor LONG SWEEP ELBOW AT END OR ::: RUN ( E)CONCRETE SLAB BLOCKOUT THROUGH (E) SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR DRAIN BODY CAST INTO CONCRETE SLAB AND • ,�������������� • . lir STRUCT. AS NECESSARY SINK DETAIL P /PE BELOW FLOOR FINISHED ESCUTCHEON PLATE FLUSH AGAINIST WALL AND OF SIZE TO COMPLETELY COVER OPENING SURFACE WYE AND EIGHTH U SANITARY OR BEND IN RUN. ENTER TOP OF PIPE STORM SEWER STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE POURED EXTERIOR SURFACES PIPE AND INSULATION TO BE CENTERED IN SLEEVE -DO NOT SUPPORT PIPE FROM SLEEVE LINE ' "`� ' "' "' COAT . 111 D /RECTION FINISHED WALL PIPING EXPOSED TO VIEW < J1 ''. < OF FLOW SCALE: N.T.S. OFCP PIPE GREATER ON STRAIGHT RUNS, AND BACKFILL PER ARCHITECTURAL CLEANOUTS WHERE THERE LOCAL CODES FOR OTHER FLOOR CLEANOUT 14�5ADEGREESO WHERE IS 18" FCO AT 50S'IN AT TURNS INTERVALS SHOWN ON PLANS. PROVIDE SPECIFICATIONS. LOCATE CLEAR AROUND. CONSULT REQUIREMENTS. DETAIL CONCEALED PIPING NOTE: PROVIDE FOR ALL MASONRY PIPE SLEEVE INTERIOR WALLS AND FIRE RATED WALLS WALLS IN PLACE PIPE SLEEVE EXTERIOR 8 WITH TAR COMPOUND OR OTHER WATERPROOF MATERIAL WALLS SEISMIC BRACING AND SIZING BRACE SIZING BRACING SPACING BRACE SIZE MAXIMUM LENGTH 2 "x2 "x3/16" ANGLE 6' -0" 2- 1/8 "x2- 1/8•x3/16- ANGLE 8' -0" 3 "x3"x3/16" ANGLE 10' -0" 3- 1/2'x3 - 1/2x1/4' ANGLE 11' -6" 4 "x•'x1 /4" ANGLE 13' -0" 3" DIAM. PIPE 13' -0" TO 18'-0" PIPE SIZE UP TO 1 -1/2" 2" 2 -1/2" TO 3" 4" AND UP MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING 7' -0" 10' -0" 10' -O" 10' -0" MAXIMUM BRACE SPACING* (SEE NOTE 2) NOT REQUIRED NOT REQUIRED 7' -0" 10' -0" SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. • RATED WALL THIN SET SEALANT ALL AROUND SCALE: N.T.S. VACUUM BREAKER B Y P.C. NOTES: 1. DUCTS WHICH ARE LARGER THAN 6 SQUARE FEET IN CROSS SECTION AREA SHALL BE BRAC ED LATERALLY *2. BRACING CAN BE OMITTED "ON ALL 3/16" /INS ANGLE BY INDIVIDUAL HANGERS 12" OR LESS IN LENGTH FROM THE TOP OF PIPE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE SUPPORT FOR THE HANGER. HW GATE /BALL VALVE c�-- P.C. (TYP.) CW P.C. Y (TYP.) UNION ( ) 1 PIPE OVER RNG FOR STIFFENING A�"�` I '� CHECK VALVE BY P.C. TYP. ( ) / ♦ WATER HEATER SEE I / 1" FIBERGLASS INSULATION THRU WALL ONLY (E) OR (N) PIPE ' °• . �. tti PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. P QUARRY TILE SLOPE TTO DRAIN THERMAL EXPANSION TANK » 3/4 T & P RELIEF VV' �� METAIDEBAND AT SHEET UPPER THIRD AND LOWER FOR SEISMIC BRACING r I 4844 ' PIPE ;;I:i: . zits- C`s`�f4t'..2.. -- b':': r�.... _ / •., ..",.. : \.. .,?•-:w "-- •...+t 4P".• -..,.r .� �4;�,►;�`�,I.nrAi L.ax,�... is j'`�!t'`a" +sr'. d,�ir:tCiJsiy / ` s ° p': ' ' °''•' / » RUN 3 4 COPPER _ ; i ' s �'• . • • ••. "' I, . � ' -.- : , '� "• • •• • 4 " lNMc mM� ! i.i ~' WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. (BY P.C.) y • • ° ' • ° ' : ''�• ! _ ` ? ! PIPE TO MOP SINK. �I _J :• , . • �',' • 3M BRAND FIRE BARRIER CP25WB+ CAULK OR EQUAL. COMPLETELY FILL ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN PIPE AND WALL AND LEAVE A MIN. �' f OW k y } 11 ( N)CONCRETE '■ DRAIN VALVE BY P.C. I— GALV. DRIP PAN BY P.C. ----^ (�� CAST INTO .... AsrINSER,s \ / 6» X24 SLAB �� •� DRAIN BODY PLATFORM BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 1" SECONDARY DRAIN —► P.. 1.. 1 5/8 BEAD AROUND BOTH OUTSIDE FACES OF WALL. - - UNINSULATED UL SYSTEM WL 1001 INSULATED UL SYSTEM WL 5039 ♦ (E)CONCRETE CONCRETE SLAB AND SECURELY FASTENED TO BLOCKOUT AS STRUCT. AS NECESSARY I DRAINS TO MOP SINK. r: v I'- - REQUIRED THROUGH 3 8" COPPER LINE (E) SLAB ON GRADE TO TRAP PRIMER FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL cASr INSERTS NOTE: INSULATE ALL PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. RECEIVED JUL 29 2011 NOTE: INSTALLATION TO FOLLOW UL SYSTEM WL 1001 OR WL 5039 AND BE A UL TESTED ASSEMBLY. Ss ANGLE of EQUAL 1( BOLTS ON ER TRUS MEMBER •,/0 PERMIT CENTER SHELF MOUNT WATER HEATER DETAIL 0 1 PIPE THROUGH FIRE WALL PENETRATION DETAIL 10 CUP ANGLE SEISMIC DETAILS FOR SWAY BRACING SCALE: N. lef �p " .yip,' "p Gov SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. ;6\1 P%\'* gh,,:n *In DR DANIEL A. REEVES, P.E. 3100 E. Randal Mill Rd Arlington, TX 76011 (817)633 -4200 FAX (817)633 -41 3 Washington License • 016 trwr 413/1, 1 EXPIRES ( woru6lsapswpd 3100 East Randal Mill Road 817.633.4153 f 0 0. 8 O N M CD w 0 0 0) SEATLLE, WA 98188 rn 0 PROJECT NUMBER: Issue Date Drawn By Appv'd By 7/28/11 AQ DAR Revisions Date A Description By A A A A A J6.0 VERSION 4 -31 -08 6.0.0 Plumbing Details P-807 bitaco